Docstoc

Mechanical spec.pdf - TABLE OF C

Document Sample
Mechanical spec.pdf - TABLE OF C Powered By Docstoc
					          TABLE OF CONTENTS
           MOSIAC COMMONS
      RESIDENTIAL UNITS/COMMON
       HOUSE/OFFICE/WORKSHOP
15001      SUMMARY OF WORK
15006      ALTERNATES
15007      DEFINITIONS AND STANDARDS
15010      BASIC REQUIREMENTS
15030      ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
15055      BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
15100      VALVES
15125      EXPANSION COMPENSATION
15135      METERS AND GAGES
15140      SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
15250      INSULATION
15430 WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
15435      DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEM
15440      PLUMBING FIXTURES
15455      ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS
15488      GAS PIPING
15510      HYDRONIC PIPING
15540      PUMPS
15190      IDENTIFICATION
15545      HOT WATER STORAGE TANK HEATERS
15548      FUEL OIL SYSTEMS
15556      CAST-IRON BOILERS
15559      WOOD PELLET BOILER & SILO SYSTEM
15577      PREFABRICATED BREECHING AND STACKS
15620      GAS-FIRED HEATER
15675      VRF MULTIZONE SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
15676      DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
15830      TERMINAL UNITS
15846      ENERGY RECOVERY UNITS
15849      KITCHEN HOODS AND FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS
15850      FANS
15855      AIR HANDLING UNITS
15891      METAL DUCTWORK
15910      DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES
15932      AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS
15970      VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES
15971      DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM
15972      ELECTRIC CONTROL SYSTEM
15985      SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
15990      TESTING, ADJUSTING AND BALANCING
SECTION 15001 - SUMMARY OF WORK

Part 1 - GENERAL
Identification: Refer to the Contract (Owner-Contractor Agreement) for name location, project number
and abbreviated identification of the work of the project.

Contract Documents: Requirements of the work are contained in the contract documents, and include
cross-references herein to published information, which is not necessarily bound therewith.

Verbal Summary of Work: Contractor to provide complete in-place mechanical systems, as shown on
drawings and/or as needed for a complete and proper installation, tested and in compliance with all
Federal, State and local codes for the Mosiac Commons Cohousing Village, Berlin, MA




END OF SECTION 15001




SUMMARY OF MECHANICAL WORK                                                              15001 - 2
SECTION 15006 - ALTERNATES & UNIT PRICING

Part 1 - GENERAL
Alternates: An alternate is an amount proposed by Bidders and stated on the Bid Form that will be
added to or deducted from Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a corresponding change in
either scope of work or in products, materials, equipment, systems or installation methods described in
Contract Documents.

Unit Prices: A unit price is an amount proposed by Bidders and stated on the Bid form as a price per unit
of measurement for materials or services that will be added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by
Change Order in the event the estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are
increased or decreased.

Coordination: Coordinate related work and modify or adjust adjacent work as required to ensure that
work affected by each accepted alternate is complete and fully integrated into the project.

Notification: Immediately following award of Contract, prepare and distribute to each party involved,
notification of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted, rejected or
deferred for consideration at a later date. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to
alternates, if any.

Part 3 - EXECUTION
Schedule: A "Schedule of Alternates and Unit Prices" is included at the end of this section.

        Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, appurtenances and similar items inci-
        dental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the alternate.


END OF SECTION 15006 (15006b-7/19/07)




ALTERNATES & UNIT PRICING                                                                   15006 - 3
                        MECHANICAL ALTERNATES
                           MOSAIC COMMONS
                          RESIDENTIAL UNITS
M1.    15440. UNITS 3C, 3D, 3E, FIRST FLOOR: UNIT PRICE TO DELETE P-73R SHOWER
       SYSTEM AND PROVIDE FULL ROUGH-IN BELOW FLOOR AND BEHIND WALL.
       (OWNER OPTION.)

M2.    15440. UNIT PRICE TO PROVIDE P-11R IN LIEU OF P-16R. (OWNER UPGRADE.)

M3.    15676. PROVIDE A UNIT PRICE TO ADD HEAT PUMPS TO UNITS 1A OR 1B.

M4.    15676. PROVIDE A UNIT PRICE TO ADD HEAT PUMPS TO UNITS 2A OR 2B OR 2C OR
       3B OR 3C OR 3D OR 3E.

M5.    15676. PROVIDE A UNIT PRICE TO ADD HEAT PUMPS TO UNITS 3A.

M6.    15676. PROVIDE A UNIT PRICE TO ADD HEAT PUMPS TO UNITS 4.

                           COMMON HOUSE
M7.    15676. PROVIDE DEDUCT PRICE TO DELETE CU-3 AND AC-7 FOR SERVER ROOM
       AC.

M8.    15676. ADD COST TO PROVIDE CU-4 AND AC-8,9 (INSTALLED) FOR REC AND KIDS
       ROOM HEAT PUMPS.

M9.    PROVIDE DEDUCT PRICE TO DEDUCT COMPLETE HYDRONIC HEATING SYSTEM
       INCLUDING PELLET & OIL BOILER SYSTEMS AND WATER HEATER HWH-1.
       (HEATING WILL BE BY HEAT PUMP SYSTEM CONSISTING OF BASEBID HEAT PUMP
       SYSTEMS PLUS ALTERNATE M8 HEAT PUMP SYSTEM PLUS ELECTRICAL
       ATERNATE TO ADD ELECTRIC RESISTANCE HEAT).

M10.   PROVIDE COST TO ADD 80 GALLON GAS-FIRED WATER HEATER TO REPLACE
       HWH-1 DELETED IN M-9.

M11.   DELETE D-45/D-70/D-72 FLOOR DRAIN SYSTEM IN BASEMENT.

                                     OFFICE
M12.   15676. ADD COST TO PROVIDE CU-6 AND AC-18, 19 (INSTALLED) FOR UNFINISHED
       OFFICE #6 AND #7 HEAT PUMPS.

END OF MECHANICAL ALTERNATES (printed 7/19/07)

ALTERNATES & UNIT PRICING                                             15006 - 4
SECTION 15010 - BASIC REQUIREMENTS

Part 1 - GENERAL
Related Documents
The general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplemental General Conditions of the
Contract and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section and to all Contractors,
Subcontractors, or other persons supplying materials and/or labor, entering into the Project site and/or
premises, directly or indirectly.

The Specifications and Drawings are intended to be complementary. A particular section, paragraph or
heading in a Division may not describe each and every detail concerning work to be done and materials to
be furnished. The Drawings are diagrammatic and may not show all of the work required or all
construction details. Dimensions are shown for critical areas only; all dimensions and actual placements
are to be verified in the field. It is to be understood that the best trade practices of the Division will
prevail.

All trade subcontractors are to note that the organization of these Specifications into divisions, sections,
and paragraphs, and likewise the arrangement of the Drawings, is set up for the convenience of
understanding the scope of the Work only. This structuring shall not control the General Contractor in
dividing the Work among trade subcontractors or in establishing the extent of the Work to be performed
by any trade.

Commissioning Requirements
Where there is a third party Commissioning Agent, Contractor shall comply with the commissioning
requirements specified in various Divisions, Sections, and Schedules, as provided by the Commissioning
Agent. These Sections and Schedules may include, but shall not be limited to, Project Closeout;
Operations and Maintenance Data; Direct Digital Control System; Testing, Adjusting and Balancing;
Mechanical Systems Commissioning; Prefunctional Checklists; and Commissioning Requirements. Each
of these Sections and Schedules, including those that are part of Division 15, shall include the name of the
Commissioning Agent, and Contractor shall direct any questions regarding these requirements to the
Commissioning Agent.

Where there is overlap between the Kohler & Lewis requirements and those of the Commissioning Agent,
Contractor shall adhere to both sets of requirements. Where there is conflict, the most stringent
requirements shall apply.

Reference Symbols
Symbols shown on the drawings show approximate location of fixtures, ductwork, piping, and other
equipment, unless otherwise detailed. The exact location will be governed by structural conditions,
appearance and obstructions. This is not to be construed so as to permit redesigning systems.



BASIC REQUIREMENTS                                   July 19, 2007                             15010-5
It is not intended that the drawings show in detail every fitting and appurtenance, etc., but all material
necessary to complete the systems in accordance with the practices of the trade and to the complete
satisfaction of the Architect will be provided without additional recompense under this Division of the
specifications.

No deviations from the layout will be made without written approval of the Architect.

Conflicting Requirements
In case of overlapping or conflicting requirements or indications of any type, in any part or parts
of any of the Contract Documents, follow the most expensive/stringent version unless approved
otherwise in writing by Engineer.

Submittals
Shop Drawings and Product Data: Refer to Division 1 for requirements. The following paragraphs
supplement the requirements of Division 1, when not in conflict with them.

Submittal Binder. Submit all mechanical shop drawings and product data at one time in a hard-sided
three-ring binder, organized to the extent possible by specification sections and tabbed. (If there are a few
long lead time products, it is acceptable to submit them early before the rest of the binder is assembled.
Also, controls submittals often come later in a separate notebook.) Submit the number of copies as
required by Division 1.

Submittal Binder Contents. For all proposed products, submittal data must include the complete model
number and all required options and accessories, such as size, material, and finish. For proposed products
that are not an exact match to a specified model number, submittal data must also show in writing all
features and required options listed in the Specifications and in the Schedules. For all products, any
specified requirements that are not met by the proposed product shall be specifically listed and noted.
Provide shop drawings of mechanical room layout if different from the layout shown on the Drawings.

Resubmittals. Resubmittals shall be three-hole punched and organized by specification sections.

See “Part 3 – Execution” for requirements for the submittal process.

Record Documents: Refer to Division 1 for requirements. The following paragraphs supplement the
requirements of Division 1.

Provide a new, complete clean set of CAD generated mechanical/plumbing drawings to indicate, in a
distinctive CAD generated line weight, revisions to piping and ductwork, size and location both exterior
and interior; including locations of coils, dampers and other control devices, filters, boxes, and similar
units requiring periodic maintenance or repair; actual equipment locations, dimensioned for column lines;
actual inverts and locations of underground piping; concealed equipment, dimensioned to column lines;
mains and branches of piping systems, with valves and control devices located and numbered, concealed
unions located, and with items requiring maintenance located (i.e., traps, strainers, expansion



BASIC REQUIREMENTS                                    July 19, 2007                             15010-6
compensators, tanks, etc.); Change Orders; concealed control system devices. Bind drawings into a set
with a cover sheet indicating the job name and location, and the name and address of the Contractor.
Also provide a copy of the as-built drawings on CD.

Mark Specifications to indicate approved substitutions; Change Orders; actual equipment and materials
used.

HVAC System Completion. Prior to the issuance of a Certificate of Occupancy, the Contractor shall
provide evidence of system completion as follows:

        Air System Balancing Report.
        Hydronic System Balancing Report.
        Manuals. An operating and maintenance manual shall be provided to the building Owner by the
        Mechanical Contractor. The manual shall include, but not be limited to, the following:

        1. Equipment capacity (input and output) and required maintenance actions.
        2. Equipment operation and maintenance manuals.
        3. HVAC system control maintenance and calibration information, including wiring diagrams,
           schematics and control sequence descriptions. Desired or field-determined setpoints shall be
           permanently recorded on control drawings, at control devices or, for digital control systems,
           in programming comments accessible to the Owner.
        4. A complete written narrative of how each system is intended to operate.

Operation and Maintenance Data: Refer to the Division 1 Section for procedures and requirements for
preparation and submittal of maintenance manuals. In addition to the information required by Division 1
for Maintenance Data, include the following information:

Manufacturer's printed operating procedures to include start-up, break-in, routine and normal operating
instructions; regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions; and summer and
winter operating instructions.

Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and troubleshooting; disassembly, repair,
and reassembly; aligning and adjusting instructions.

Servicing instructions and lubrication charts and schedules.

A periodic preventative maintenance and inspection schedule for each system and for the components in
the system, listing inspection and maintenance operations to be performed daily, weekly, monthly,
quarterly and annually as required to provide for long life and faithful performance of the systems. The
schedule shall be prepared by the Mechanical Contractor. It shall be presented in a concise 8-1/2x11
chart format to serve as a checklist for maintenance personnel. (Copies of manufacturer's product
literature do not satisfy this requirement.)

One copy of the valve charts in clear plastic covers and one copy bound in each operating and
maintenance manuals.

One copy of spare parts list bound in each operating and maintenance manuals.


BASIC REQUIREMENTS                                   July 19, 2007                          15010-7
Warranties: Compile and assemble the warranties specified in Division 15, into a separated set of vinyl
covered, three ring binders, tabulated and indexed for easy reference.

Provide complete warranty information for each item of product or equipment to include date of
beginning of warranty or bond; duration of warranty or bond; and names, addresses, and telephone
numbers and procedures for filing a claim and obtaining warranty services.

Quality Assurance
Permits and Inspections: Refer to General Conditions and Requirements.

Codes: Refer to the General Conditions and Requirements. Comply with the applicable requirements of
the applicable editions of the following publications in addition to codes referenced elsewhere in this
Division.

        International Plumbing Code

        International Mechanical Code

        NFPA

        Life Safety Code

        Applicable State and Local Codes

Spare Parts

General: Provide spare parts in accordance with the Spare Parts Schedule at the end of this section, or as
indicated in individual specification sections when a schedule is not included in this section. Provide the
quantity indicated on the schedule. Spare filters are filters in addition to the filters that come with the
equipment and the new filters to be installed in equipment when it is turned over to the Owner.

        The Owners stock of spare parts shall not be used by the Contractor during the Warrantee period.

Submittal: Submit a list of spare parts indicating the quantity of each item and include this list in the
Owner’s Manual.

Delivery: Deliver the spare parts to a site designated by the Owner before substantial completion of the
Project. Obtain itemized receipt from Owner.

Delivery, Storage, and Handling
Deliver products to project in the manufacturer’s original, unopened packages and containers properly
identified with names, model numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and similar information needed



BASIC REQUIREMENTS                                   July 19, 2007                            15010-8
for distinct identifications; adequately packaged and protected to prevent damage during shipment,
storage, and handling.

Coordinate delivery of materials supplied by Contractor to be built into work done by others to avoid
delay.

Coordinate deliveries of mechanical materials and equipment to minimize construction site congestion.
Limit each shipment of materials and equipment to the items and quantities needed for the smooth and
efficient flow of installations.

Store equipment and materials at the site, unless off-site storage is authorized in writing. Storage of
materials and equipment on-site will be in a clean, well-ventilated area designated by General Contractor.
Protect stored equipment and materials from damage.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General Product Requirements: Provide products as indicated and as required for a complete system.
Products must comply with every item of the descriptions in the Specifications and in the Schedules. In
case of a discrepancy between the specified make/model and the description, the more expensive/stringent
version shall prevail.

Manufacturers: Comply with Division One requirements. For products not specified by make and model
number, or for those so specified but accompanied by the term “or equal,” Contractor may propose any
available products that comply with the Contract Documents.

Many products are specified by make and model number. The designation of a specific manufacturer or
manufacturer’s product in the Mechanical Schedules is for the purpose of establishing the minimum
requirements for the mechanical equipment specified. Provide either the product designated, or, where
more than one manufacturer is listed, the equal product of one of the other listed manufacturers that
complies with minimum requirements, warranty coverage, utility connections, capacity, type of
construction, available finishes, available colors, operational features, accessories, controls, efficiency,
energy consumption, and availability, etc. Note that where an alternate manufacturer is listed without a
model number, there may or may not be an “equal” product available. In all cases, all products within a
given type must be from a single manufacturer. It shall be the contractor’s responsibility to provide all
necessary information for comparison.

Substitutions: Where a product is specified by make and model number, products from manufacturers
not listed are not allowed except as follows: Contractors wishing to substitute comparable products by
manufacturers not listed must submit a written request to the Mechanical Engineer for approval at least
ten (10) days prior to the date for receipt of Bids. Each such request shall include catalog data and any
other information necessary for a complete evaluation. Any deviations from the product specified must
be noted.

The Contractor shall be solely responsible for coordinating the installation of accepted substitutions of
comparable products making such changes as may be required for the work to be completed in all
respects. Any additional cost, or any loss or damage arising from the substitution of any material or



BASIC REQUIREMENTS                                   July 19, 2007                             15010-9
method for those originally specified shall be borne by the Contractor, not withstanding approval or
acceptance of such substitution by the Owner, Architect or Mechanical Engineer, unless such substitution
was made at the written request or direction of the Owner, Architect or Mechanical Engineer.

Manufacturers--Control Systems: Because Automatic Temperature Control (ATC) contractors usually
use the products of a single major control system manufacturer, the specification of a control
manufacturer is virtually the same as specifying an ATC contractor. Therefore, in this Specification,
control system manufacturers and ATC contractors are specified jointly.

The Engineer has completed a pre-qualification process for all known ATC contractors in the project area.
 Pre-qualified firms are listed in the control system Section of this Division. The criteria for being
approved are for the ATC contractor to:

        (1) Have good company resources, including physical facilities, organizational structure,
        experienced personnel, positive references, and geographic coverage including the current project
        location. Contractor must be an authorized branch office or distributor (such as Johnson Controls
        ABCS) of Manufacturer. Contractor must maintain a commercial office and be accessible via
        telephone, receptionist, and/or pager; and installers/service technician(s) for the project must be
        located within 100 miles of the project site.

        (2) Have a good record of similar project experience, including size of projects, quality of work,
        timely performance of work, change order fairness, response to and documentation for submittal
        reviews and punch lists, warrantee performance, and coordination and cooperation with other
        contractors.

        (3) Be able to provide products and documentation in compliance with the Contract Documents.

Firms shall demonstrate compliance with these criteria by the following steps.

        Step 1. Provide general information to the Engineer as follows: a) company brochure or resume
        describing physical facilities, organizational structure, personnel at each site, years of experience,
        education and training of key people, etc. b) up to five letters of recommendation from satisfied
        Owners, Architects, Mechanical Contractors, or Engineers, during the last five years. c)
        geographic area in which work is conducted. (d) letter or publication from Manufacturer
        describing the relationship between Manufacturer and Contractor.

        Step 2. Receive a net positive recommendation from mechanical contractors surveyed by the
        Engineer. That is, receive more “recommended” than “not recommended” evaluations. (The
        survey of mechanical contractors will be updated at least every three years.) Secondly, have
        experience with at least one similar project of similar or larger size within the last five years.
        Finally, have a record of satisfactory performance on previous Kohler & Lewis projects (if any)
        within the last five years.

        Step 3. For those contractors who successfully complete Steps 1 and 2: attend a minimum four-
        hour meeting at the Engineer’s office in Keene to discuss the company’s products and their
        compliance with the Kohler and Lewis Specifications. Provide Engineer with all requested



BASIC REQUIREMENTS                                    July 19, 2007                              15010-10
        product information in format as requested, and provide continual updates as required. Provide all
        requested product samples.

Other firms who have not yet been evaluated may submit to Engineer a written request to be listed a
minimum of fourteen days before the bid. Included in the request must be complete information for Step
1. The Engineer will pursue Step 2 and, if positive, conduct the meeting (Step 3). Approved Contractors
will then be added to the list by addendum prior to the bid.

Part 3 - EXECUTION
Preparation
Pre-bid Site Visit: The Contractor, before submitting a proposal, shall visit the site with plans and
specifications in hand to determine the conditions under which work will be performed. No request for
extra compensation will be considered for hardships encountered that would have been disclosed or made
evident by a reasonable examination of the site.

Pre-submittal Meeting: The Engineer is available to meet with the Contractor at the office of the
Engineer in Keene, N.H. to review in person the first draft of the submittals (prior to the formal
submission of multiple copies), and for assistance as requested in other aspects of the project. The
Engineer has found that this meeting significantly expedites the submittal preparation and review process,
and results in fewer time-consuming and potentially expensive errors.

Submittal Process: Refer to Division 1 for requirements. The following paragraphs supplement the
requirements of Division 1, when not in conflict with them.

Prior Contractor Review: Submittal of shop drawings, product data, and samples will be accepted only
when stamped or indicated "Approved," “Reviewed, ” or “No Exception Taken” by the Contractor in
accordance with the provisions of “Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples” Section of AIA
Document A201 and Division 1 “SUBMITTALS”. Data submitted from subcontractors and material
suppliers directly to the Architect/Engineer will not be processed. The Contractor is responsible for:
noting any omissions in the submittal; confirming and correlating all quantities, weights and dimensions;
selecting fabrication processes and techniques of construction; and coordinating work with that of all
other trades. Where an alternate manufacturer is submitted, Contractor shall verify that the alternate
product has all the features and required options as specified, and that these features and options are
shown on the submittal, and that all dimensions are compatible, and shall make all required adjustments at
no extra cost to Owner.

Engineer Review: The Engineer will review submittals to check general conformance with the Contract
Documents. This review in no way relieves the Contractor of responsibility to comply with the Contract
Documents as described above and elsewhere.

Coordination: Coordinate equipment and materials installation with other building components.

Coordinate exact location of exposed ducts, pipes, and equipment with Architect before installation.



BASIC REQUIREMENTS                                   July 19, 2007                            15010-11
Verify all dimensions by field measurements.

Arrange for chases, slots, and openings in other building components to allow for mechanical
installations.

Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to be set in poured in place
concrete and other structural components, as they are constructed.

Coordinate the cutting and patching of building components to accommodate the installation of
mechanical equipment and materials.

Coordinate the installation of mechanical materials and equipment above ceilings with suspension system,
light fixtures, and other installations.

Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior underground and overhead utilities and
services. Comply with requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies, and
controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service.

Installation
General: Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions. Comply with
manufacturer’s recommendations for types of materials, project conditions, and intended use. Coordinate
the installation in accordance with final shop drawings, field measurements, manufacturer’s data, and as
specified herein. Refer to Division-1 Section 01040 “Project Coordination” Paragraph 3.1.

Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical materials and equipment for efficient flow
of the Work. Give particular attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing-in the
building.

Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install mechanical services and overhead
equipment to provide the maximum headroom possible.

Install mechanical equipment to facilitate maintenance and repair or replacement of equipment
components. As much as practical, connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of
interference with other installations.

Access: Install equipment and materials to provide required access for servicing and maintenance.
Install access panel or doors where units are concealed behind finished surfaces. Access panels and doors
are specified in Division 15 Section 15055 "BASIC MECHANICAL MATERIALS AND METHODS."

Coordinate the final location of concealed equipment and devices requiring access with final location of
required access panels and doors. Allow ample space for removal of all parts that require replacement or
servicing. Extend all grease fittings to an accessible location.




BASIC REQUIREMENTS                                  July 19, 2007                            15010-12
Install all horizontal cabinet unit heaters, fan coils, and unit ventilators mounted in spaces with finished
ceilings such that the bottom of the unit is flush with the ceiling in order to permit access for maintenance
and filter changes. Coordinate the exact locations with the reflected ceiling plan where available.

Where units are suspended from a high ceiling, ensure that they are accessible via a lift, catwalk, ladder,
etc. as coordinated with Owner.

Rough-In: Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the requirements of the
actual equipment to be connected. Refer to equipment specifications in Divisions 2 through 16 for
rough-in requirements.

Cutting and Patching
Do not endanger or damage installed Work through procedures and processes of cutting and patching.

Arrange for repairs required to restore other work, because of damage caused as a result of mechanical
installations.

No additional compensation will be authorized for cutting and patching Work that is necessitated by
ill-timed, defective, or non-conforming installations.

Perform cutting, fitting, and patching of mechanical equipment and materials required to:

        Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work;

        Remove and replace defective Work;

        Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the Contract Documents;

        Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing;
        Install equipment and materials in existing structures; and

        Upon written instructions from the Architect/Mechanical Engineer, uncover and restore Work to
        provide for Architect/Mechanical Engineer observation of concealed Work.

Cut, remove and legally dispose of selected mechanical equipment, components, and materials as
indicated, including, but not limited to removal of mechanical piping, heating units, plumbing fixtures
and trim, and other mechanical items made obsolete by the new Work.

Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not indicated or scheduled to be
removed.

Locate identify, and protect mechanical and electrical services passing through remodeling or demolition
area and serving other areas required to be maintained operational. When transit services must be
interrupted, provide temporary services for the affected areas and notify the Owner prior to changeover.




BASIC REQUIREMENTS                                    July 19, 2007                             15010-13
Temporary Heat
Refer to other Division-15 Sections for additional requirements when utilizing HVAC systems for
temporary heat (when allowed). If air-handling units must be used during construction, filtration media
with a Minimum Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 8 must be used at each return air grille, as
determined by ASHRAE 52.2-1999. Replace all used filters for all units used for temporary heat on the
day of beneficial occupancy and provide spare set of filters to the owner.

Limit heating to maintain a temperature in the space no
higher than 60 ºF. If the control system is not operational,
use nonadjustable temporary thermostats such as ICM
Controls Model SC060 (1-207-885-9476 or 1-800-365-
5525).




Protection
Initiate and maintain protection and other precautions required throughout the construction period to
ensure that mechanical systems components will be free of damage or deterioration, and are visibly clean
of dirt and debris at the time of Substantial Completion.

Correction of Defective Work
Promptly correct work rejected by Architect or failing to conform to requirements of the Contract
Documents. Refer to General Conditions.

Work Area Clean-Up
During Construction: Keep premises and surrounding areas free from accumulation of waste materials
or rubbish; Each Contractor and Subcontractor shall dispose of his waste materials and rubbish daily off
site. Refer to General Conditions and applicable Division-1 Sections.

Final Clean-up: Remove waste materials, rubbish, tools, equipment, and surplus materials. Refer to
General Conditions and Division-1 Sections.

Factory Start-up and Owner’s Training
Provide factory start-up and Owner’s training for the following equipment: Boilers, Roof Top Units,
Energy Recovery Units, Air Handling Units, Chillers, Dust Collection Systems and other equipment as
specified in the individual mechanical specification sections. Factory start-up and training shall be
performed by the manufacturer’s authorized representative. The Contractor may assist and augment the



BASIC REQUIREMENTS                                   July 19, 2007                         15010-14
start-up and training, but in no cases shall this assistance be in lieu of the work required of the authorized
factory representative.

Submit copy of “Confirmation of Factory Start-Up and Owner’s Training” form signed by Owner’s
representative at completion of Project.

Demonstrate operation and maintenance of mechanical systems to Owner’s personnel prior to completion
and final payment.

Cleaning
Refer to Division-15 Section 15990 “TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING” for requirements
for cleaning filters, strainers, and mechanical systems prior to final acceptance.

Touch-up Painting
Touch-up all marred, scratched, or rusty surfaces on factory painted equipment, with touch-up paint
provided by manufacturer.

Final Inspection

Final Inspection Checklist: Prior to any request for the Engineer to perform a Final Inspection of the
work, or any portion thereof, the Contractor shall complete a Contractor Final Inspection Check List on a
form provided by the Engineer.


END OF SECTION 15010 (7/19/07)




BASIC REQUIREMENTS                                     July 19, 2007                             15010-15
                     CONTRACTOR FINAL INSPECTION LIST
Project:                                         Contractor:                                               Date:

Instructions: Place a check mark in the box for each line item that is complete. Use “NA” for items that
are Not Applicable. Return the list and we will arrange for a final inspection.

                    Item                                                                                   Notes/Location

                                   Record-Keeping Items Have Been Submitted
                    Balance report. (Required before Final Inspection.) <========= Note
                    As-built drawings.
                    Maintenance manual in binder.
                    Maintenance and Inspection Chart.
                    Warranty (>1 yr) information in binder. (e.g. 5-yr compressor and 30-yr oil tank).
                    Spare Parts Receipt.
                   Certified Analysis of Glycol Concentration and Chemical Treatment.
           ------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------------
                                                    Project Close-Out
                    Control system instruction to Owner completed.
                    Clean filters have been installed in units.
                    Spare Parts (filters, belts, fusible links, etc.) to owner.
                    (See spec sections 15-010,-671, -782, -846, -850, -855, -886, -910.)
                    Bypass balance valves for all three way valves have been set.
                   Seismic Bracing has been inspected by Registered Engineer.
           ------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------------
                                                    Mechanical Room
                    Boiler cabinet is clean and free of dents.
                    Breeching is insulated.
                    Boiler chemical treatment / glycol completed.
                   Boiler reliefs are piped to floor.
           ------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------------
                    Pipes are labeled.
                    Pipes are insulated; ends are sealed with vinyl clad sealer.
                   Valve tag schedule is on the wall.
           ------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------------
                    Room and all equipment is clean, with packing labels removed.
                    All equipment is painted; no rusty pipes or equipment.
                    Thermometers and pressure gages are installed and oriented properly.

                    Item                                                                                   Notes/Location

BASIC REQUIREMENTS – Contractor final Inspection List                                                          15010-16
               Combustion air louvers / fan installed and working.
               Water entrance is complete: meter, strainer, backflow preventer, PRV.
               Backflow preventer air gap is piped to floor drain.
               Floor drain has clean sediment bucket.
              Mixing valves are piped and set properly.
      ------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------------
                                                 Exterior Walls
               Wall hydrants are sealed. Valve bodies are in heated space.
              Louvers and wall-mounted exhaust fans are sealed and free from dents.
      ------- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -------------------
                                                       Roof
               Roof drain domes are on tight; minimum 8 inch hole cut in membrane.
               Condensates from equipment are piped and trapped.
              Roof-mounted fan equipment is mounted securely, without vibration.
      ------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------------
                                     Equipment, Ductwork and Piping
               Equipment and ductwork is visibly clean of dust and debris.
               Air handling equipment has vibration isolators and operates quietly.
               Equipment and exposed ducts and pipes are labeled.
              Condensates from equipment are piped and trapped.
      ------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------------
               Ducts are sealed and insulated (spot-check in hallways).
               Fire dampers are installed with access panels.
               Pipes are insulated; saddles used under pipes.
              Expansion loops have proper guides and anchors.
      ------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------------
                                      Rooms with Plumbing Fixtures
               Fixtures are clean, square, tight to walls or floor, with all joints sealed.
               Fixture labels and protective coverings are removed.
               Faucet handles are set parallel to back wall, opening toward sink/lav.
              Faucet aerators are present, correct, and clean.
      ------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------------
               ADA faucets are provided on ADA sinks and lavs.
               Faucets, spouts, and flush valves are tightly mounted.
               Mop basin has tight spout, hose, and three mop hangers.
               Escutcheons are on all piping, proper sizes, with tight setscrews.

               Item                                                                                   Notes/Location


BASIC REQUIREMENTS – Contractor final Inspection List                                                     15010-17
               ADA lav and sink piping Piping under lavs and sinks has no leaks, and is chrome plated.
               is insulated neatly.
               Water hammer arrestors are installed with access doors or above ceiling.
               Floor drain trap primers are installed with access doors.
               Floor drains and floor sinks have clean sediment buckets.
              Adequate access is provided for all types of tanks and interceptors.
      ------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------------
                                                General Rooms
               Cabinet unit heater and convector covers are properly fastened, and clean.
               Unit ventilators are neatly installed, clean, and have new filters.
               Radiation covers are securely installed with all required clips, and clean.
              Radiation end and corner caps are aligned, fastened, and clean.
      ------- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------   -------------------
               Diffusers and Registers are correct and clean and mounted properly.
               Restroom, etc. doors are undercut or have specified grilles.
               Thermostats are installed and set, with guards where indicated.
               Room temperature is being maintained near setpoint.




BASIC REQUIREMENTS – Contractor final Inspection List                                                     15010-18
SECTION 15030 - ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS
Part 1 - GENERAL
Summary: This section specifies the basic requirements for electrical components for mechanical
equipment. These components include, but are not limited to starters, disconnect switches and motors. It
includes motors that are factory-installed as part of equipment and appliances as well as field-installed
motors.

Starters, Disconnects and Variable Frequency Drives: Provide disconnects and starters and variable
frequency drives as required for proper installation and operation of equipment. Confirm electrical
characteristics of equipment specified with electrical installer before ordering. Coordinate starter and
drive characteristics with Control Contractor. See Division 15 Section “Variable Frequency Drives.”

Motors: Confirm electrical characteristics of all motors, including factory installed motors provided with
pumps, air handling units, energy recovery units, condensing units, and other equipment, with Electrical
Contractor before ordering.

Electrical Characteristics: Confirm electrical characteristics of all starters,
disconnects, variable frequency drives, motors, and other equipment with electrical
installer before ordering. This Contractor shall be responsible for all action that
may be necessary (by any contractor or subcontractor) to correct any problems due
to the failure of Contractor to adhere to this paragraph.
Codes and Standards: Comply with National Electrical Code (NFPA 70). Electrical components and
materials shall be UL labeled.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
Starters, Electrical Devices and Wiring
Motor Starter Characteristics: NEMA 1, general purpose enclosures with padlock ears, except in wet
locations shall be NEMA 3R with conduit hubs, or units in hazardous locations which shall have NEC
proper class and division. Type and size of starter shall be as recommended by motor manufacturer and
the driven equipment manufacturer for applicable protection and start-up condition. All motor starters
must be compatible with DDC controls.

Manual Switches Characteristics: Pilot lights and extra positions for multi-speed motors. Melting
alloy type thermal overload relays where motors are not internally overload protected.

Magnetic Starters Characteristics: Maintained contact push buttons and pilot lights, properly arranged
for single speed or multi-speed operation as indicated. Trip-free thermal overload relays, each phase.
Interlocks, switches and similar devices as required for coordination with control requirements of




ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS                                                                      15030 - 19
Division-15 Controls sections. Built-in 120 volts control circuit transformer, fused from line side, where
service exceeds 240 volts. Externally operated manual reset. Under-voltage release or protection.

Motor Connections: Flexible conduit, except where plug-in electrical cords are specifically indicated.

Disconnects
Fusible Switches: Fused, each phase; heavy duty; horsepower rated; non-teasible quick-make,
quick-break mechanism; dead front line side shield; solderless lugs suitable for copper or aluminum
conductors; spring reinforced fuse clips; electro silver plated current carrying parts; hinged doors;
operating lever arranged for locking in the "OPEN" position; arc quenchers; capacity and characteristics
as indicated.

Non-Fusible Switches: Horsepower rated; toggle switch type; quantity of poles and voltage rating as
indicated. For equipment larger than 2 horsepower, switches shall be the same as fusible type.

Motors
General: Requirements below apply to motors covered by this section except as otherwise indicated.

Frequency rating: 60 Hz.

Voltage rating: Determined by voltage of circuit to which motor is connected.

Capacity: Sufficient to start and operate connected loads at designated speeds in indicated environment,
and with indicated operating sequence, without exceeding nameplate ratings. Provide motors rated for
continuous duty at 100 percent of rated capacity.

Temperature Rise: Based on 40oC ambient except as otherwise indicated.

Polyphase motors
General: Squirrel-cage induction-type conforming to the following requirements except as otherwise
indicated. NEMA Design Letter Designation: "B".

Motor Efficiency: Nominal efficiency equal to or greater than that listed in Minimum Three Phase
Motor Efficiency Schedule for that type and rating of motor, unless otherwise stated.

Internal Thermal Overload Protection for Motors: For motors so indicated, protection automatically
opens control circuit arranged for external connection. Protection operates when winding temperature
exceeds safe value calibrated to the temperature rating of the motor insulation.

Bearings: Double-shielded, prelubricated ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading of the
application.

Multi-Speed Motors: Provide separate winding for each speed



ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS                                                                      15030 - 20
All Polyphase Motors: Corona free, inverter-duty rated, energy efficient, squirrel-cage induction, design
B units with ratings, characteristics, and features coordinated with and approved by drive manufacturer.

Rugged Duty Motors: Totally enclosed with 1.25 minimum service factor. Provide motors with
regreasable bearings and equipped with capped relief vents. Insulate windings with nonhygroscopic
material external finish shall be chemical resistant paint over corrosion resistant primer. Provide integral
condensate drains.

Motors for Reduced Inrush Starting: Coordinate with indicated reduced inrush controller type and
with characteristics of drive equipment load. Provide required wiring leads in motor terminal box to suit
control method.

Single Phase Motors
General: Conform to the following requirements except as otherwise indicated.

Energy Efficient Motors: One of the following types as selected to suit the starting torque and other
requirement of the specific motor application.

        Permanent Split Capacitor.

        Split-Phase Start, Capacitor-Run.

        Capacitor-Start, Capacitor-Run.

Shaded-Pole Motors: Use only for motors smaller than 1/20 hp.

Internal Thermal Overload Protection for Motors: For motors so indicated, protection automatically
opens the power supply circuit to the motor, or a control circuit arranged for external connection.
Protection operates when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to the temperature returns
to normal range except as otherwise indicated.

Bearings: Belt connected motors and other motors with high radial forces on motor shaft shall be ball
bearing type. Sealed, prelubricated sleeve bearings may be used for other single phase motors.

END OF SECTION 15030




ELECTRICAL REQUIREMENTS                                                                        15030 - 21
SECTION 15055 - BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit product data for each specialty and for access doors.

Firestopping Submittals: Submit drawings showing typical installation details for the methods of
installation. Indicate which firestop materials will be used and thickness for different hourly ratings.

Submit manufacturer’s drawings for all non-standard applications where no UL tested system exists. All
drawings must indicate the “Tester” UL system upon which the judgment is based so as to assess the
relevance of the judgment to some known performance.

Submit manufacturer’s installation procedures for each type of product.

Approved Applicator:      Submit document from manufacturer wherein manufacturer recognizes the
installer as qualified.

Upon completion, installer shall provide written certification that materials were installed in accordance
with the manufacturer’s installation instructions and details.


Part 2 - PRODUCTS
Zinc Content: Brass alloys of valves and all other hydronic/plumbing products shall contain no more
than 15% zinc. Compliance with this requirement shall be shown on all relevant product submittals.

Mercury: Products and materials containing mercury are not allowed on this project. Prohibited
products include, but are not limited to mercury thermostats (whether wall mounted or unit mounted),
mercury float switches, mercury thermometers, mercury boiler pressure or temperature controls, and
mercury switches.

Propylene Glycol: Unless otherwise noted, charge systems with non-toxic (Gosselin Rating = 1),
inhibited propylene glycol solution sufficient to achieve a freeze point of 1oF. Systems should be charged
with glycol as soon as possible. Prolonged operation with plain water may result in leaking seals when
the system is charged with glycol and there is a greater risk of damage due to frozen pipes if the system is
operated without glycol during cold weather.

Gaskets and Seals: Provide thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid to be handled, and design
temperatures and pressures. Pipe lubricants and sealants such as fluorocarbon resin tape and pipe dopes
(TeflonR) are not recommended due to evidence that they are subject to leakage when used with
propolyene glycol solutions. Do not use Viton A, Neoprene, or Nitrite Buna N gaskets or other materials
that are not compatible with propylene glycol at elevated temperatures.




BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                                    15055 - 22
Unions: Malleable-iron, Class 150 for low pressure service and class 250 for high pressure service;
hexagonal stock, with ball-and-socket joints, metal-to-metal bronze seating surfaces; female threaded
ends.

Dielectric Unions: Provide dielectric unions with appropriate end connections for the pipe materials in
which installed (screwed, soldered, or flanged), which effectively isolate dissimilar metals, to prevent
galvanic action, and stop corrosion.

Escutcheons: Chrome-plated, stamped steel, hinged, split-ring escutcheon, with set screw. Inside
diameter shall closely fit pipe outside diameter. Outside diameter shall completely cover the opening in
floors, walls, or ceilings.

Sleeves: Steel Sleeves: Schedule 40 steel pipe, ASTM A120.

Sleeve Seals: Modular type, consisting of interlocking synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill
annular space between pipe and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates which cause rubber
sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and electrical insulation.

Fire-Resistant Sealant: Provide fire-stopping sealant formulated for use in a through-penetration
fire-stop system for filling openings around cables, conduits, pipes, and duct penetrations through walls
and floors. Sealants and accessories shall have fire-resistance ratings indicated as established by testing
identical assemblies per ASTM E 814 by Underwriters Laboratory, Inc. or other testing and inspecting
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. Subject to compliance with requirements, products
that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited to the following:

        "3M Fire Barrier Caulk CP-25"; Electrical Products Div./3M.
        Specified Technologies, Inc. (STI) SpecSeal Series SSS Intumescent Sealant
        Specified Technologies, Inc. (STI) SpecSeal Series LCI Intumescent Sealant


Drip Pans: Provide drip pans fabricated from corrosion- resistant sheet metal with watertight joints, and
with edges turned up 2-1/2". Reinforce top, either by structural angles or by rolling top over 1/4" steel
rod. Provide hole, gasket, and flange at low point for watertight joint and 1" drain line connection.

Steel Access Doors: Factory-fabricated and assembled units, complete with attachment devices and
fasteners ready for installation. Joints and seams shall be continuously welded steel, with welds ground
smooth and flush with adjacent surfaces.

Frames: 16-gauge steel, with a 1-inch-wide exposed perimeter flange for units installed in unit masonry,
pre-cast, or cast-in-place concrete, ceramic tile, or wood paneling, or with a perforated flanges with
wallboard bead for units installed in gypsum wall board.

Flush Panel Doors: 14-gauge sheet steel, with concealed spring hinges or concealed continuous piano
hinge set to open 175 degrees; factory-applied prime paint.

Wet Areas: Provide stainless steel access doors and frames if located in toilet rooms or wet areas.




BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                                   15055 - 23
Part 3 - EXECUTION
Unions: Install unions at the final connection to each piece of equipment and plumbing fixture having 2"
and smaller connections, and elsewhere as indicated.

Dialectric Unions: Install dielectric unions to connect piping materials of dissimilar metals.

Pipe Sleeves: Install pipe sleeves where piping passes through masonry walls, floors, roofs, and
fire-rated assemblies. Do not install sleeves through structural members of work, except as detailed on
drawings, or as reviewed by Architect/Engineer. Install sleeves accurately centered on pipe runs. Size
sleeves so that piping and insulation (if any) will have free movement in sleeve, including allowance for
thermal expansion; but not less than 2 pipe sizes larger than piping run. Where insulation includes
vapor-barrier jacket, provide sleeve with sufficient clearance for installation. Install length of sleeve equal
to thickness of construction penetrated, and finish flush to surface; except floor sleeves. Extend floor
sleeves 1/4" above level floor finish, and 3/4" above floor finish sloped to drain. Provide temporary
support of sleeves during placement of concrete and other work around sleeves, and provide temporary
closure to prevent concrete and other materials from entering sleeves. Sleeves are not required for core
drilled holes.

Escutcheons: Install escutcheons on pipes exposed to view that pass through walls, floor or ceilings
unless Architect waives this requirement and accepts a neat firestopping job as acceptable. Fasten
escutcheons securely to pipe and tight to surface. Note that for insulated piping, the insulation should
pass through the wall opening and the opening should be firestopped. If the escutcheon/insulation cannot
completely cover the opening, then patch the opening to match existing surface.

Fire Barrier Penetration Seals: Installation of firestops shall be performed by an applicator/installer
qualified and trained by the manufacturer. Installation shall be performed in strict accordance with
manufacturer’s detailed installation procedures.

Installation shall comply with the submitted firestopping detail for the applicable penetration and the
detail number shall be marked on the wall adjacent to the penetration for all pentrations in concealed
locations.

All insulation used in conjunction with through-penetrants shall remain intact and undamaged and may
not be removed.

Field Quality Control:
       Follow safety procedures recommended in the Material Safety Data Sheets.
       Finish surfaces of firestopping which are to remain exposed in the completed work to a uniform
       and level condition.
       All areas of work must be accessible until inspection by the applicable Code Authorities.
       Correct unacceptable firestops and provide additional inspection to verify compliance with this
       specification.




BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                                       15055 - 24
Cleaning:
       Remove spilled and excess materials adjacent to firestopping without damaging adjacent surfaces.
       Leave finished work in neat, clean condition with no evidence of spill overs or damage to
       adjacent surfaces.

Drip Pans: Locate drip pans under piping passing over or within 3' horizontally of electrical equipment,
and elsewhere as indicated. Hang from structure with rods and building attachments; weld rods to sides
of drip pan. Brace to prevent sagging or swaying. Connect 1" drain line to drain connection, and run to
nearest plumbing drain or elsewhere as indicated.

Access Doors: Install access doors for all equipment or devices that require access for servicing,
maintenance or replacement. Equipment requiring access doors includes, but is not limited to the
following; valves, in-line expansion compensators, water hammer arresters, trap primers, balance valves,
air vents, heating and cooling coils, fire dampers, dampers, kitchen exhaust ductwork (for cleaning),
control valves and dampers.

Coordinate location of access doors with Architect before installing equipment requiring access where
access doors may have aesthetic implications.

Set frames accurately in position and securely attached to supports, with face panels plumb and level in
relation to adjacent finish surfaces.

Adjust hardware and panels after installation for proper operation.

Smoke Detectors: Install smoke detectors furnished by fire alarm supplier.

General: Paint all exposed steel or cast iron or wrought iron piping and fittings that are not insulated,
including hydronic piping (Black), oil piping (Black), and gas piping (Yellow). Paint all steel brackets
and support structures in the mechanical room that are not galvanized (Black). Paint all expansion tanks,
air separators, and other equipment that is not insulated and that does not come with a finish coat of gloss
enamel paint (Blue, to match boilers). Remove all packing labels before painting. Touch up any
damaged paint on pumps, boilers and other equipment. There should be absolutely no visible rust
anywhere in the mechanical room or elsewhere in the building and any mechanical system components.

Preparation: Clean all equipment before painting and remove all shipping labels. Do not remove
warning labels of manufacturer name tags. Use high quality oil based industrial enamel paint.


END OF SECTION 15055




BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS                                                                     15055 - 25
                      FIRESTOPPING DETAIL SCHEDULE
                            MOSIAC COMMONS
MANUFACTURER: SPECIFIED TECHNOLOGIES, INC. (OR EQUAL)

CONSTRUCTION                   CONCRETE/MASONRY                       FRAME
TYPE
ASSEMBLY TYPE       FLOOR         WALL         WALL        FLOOR         WALL
RATING              1 OR 2        1 OR 2       3 HR        1 OR 2        1 OR 2
STEEL (≤6”) CAST    CAJ-5087      WJ-5005      WJ-5072     WL-5029*      WL-5014
IRON (≤12”) OR      SSS-100       SSS-100      SSS-100     SSS-100       SSS-100
COPPER (≤4”) PIPE
WITH 2” MAX
INSULATION
STEEL (≤8”)         CAJ-1080      CAJ-1080     CAJ-1080    FC-1010       WL-1049
CAST IRON (≤12”)    SSS-100       SSS-100      SSS-100     SSS-100       SSS-100
OR COPPER (≤6”)
UNINSULATED
ABS/PVC PIPE        CAJ-2298,     CAJ-2298,    CAJ-2038,   FC-2020,      WL-2237,
≤4” WITHOUT         LCI           LCI          SSS         SSS           LCI
INSULATION**        SEALANT,      SEALANT,     SEALANT,    SEALANT,      SEALANT,
                    LCC           LCC          SSC         SSC           LCC
                    COLLAR        COLLAR       COLLAR      COLLAR        COLLAR
ROUND DUCTS         ≤8” ROUND     ≤24” ROUND        ---    ≤10” ROUND    ≤24” ROUND
                    CAJ-7040      WJ-7005                  FC-7014       WL-7026
                    LCI           SSS-100                  LCI           SSS-100
RECTANGULAR         ≤24x12        ≤100x100         ---     ≤64 IN.2      ≤100x100
DUCTS               CAJ-7041      WJ-7007                  FC-7023       WL-7025
                    LCI           SSS-100                  LCI           SSS-100
RECTANGULAR              ---      ≤18x12           ---          ---      ≤18x12
INSULATED                         WJ-7011                                WJ-7028
DUCTS                             SSS-100                                SSS-100
                                  WRAP STRIP                             WRAP STRIP
RECTANGULAR         ≤24x12             ---         ---         ---       ≤24x12
GREASE DUCTS        CAJ-7047                                             WL-7099
                    SSS-100                                              SSS-100
FLAT OVAL                ---   ≤36x18            ---         ---         ≤36x18
DUCTS                          WJ-7013                                   WL-7033
                               SSS-100                                   SSS-100
*MAX PIPE SIZE = 4”; INSULATION = 1” HIGH TEMP MINERAL WOOL.
**ABS/PVC ALLOWED ONLY WHEN SPECIFICALLY INDICATED ON PAGE 15435-S1.
ABS/PVC PIPE >4” OR WITH INSULATION NOT ALLOWED FOR ENTIRE CONNECTED PIPING
SYSTEM IF ANY PORTION PASSES THROUGH RATED ASSEMBLY.




FIRESTOPPING DETAIL SCHEDULE                                            15050-S26
NOTES: REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL PLANS FOR ALL ASSEMBLY RATINGS. SUBMIT
DRAWING FOR EACH APPLICATION INCLUDING APPLICATIONS ENCOUNTERED ON JOB
BUT NOT INDICATED ABOVE. SUBMIT EQUIVALENT DETAIL IF SUBSTITUTE
MANUFACTURER IS SELECTED. SUBMIT PRODUCT INFORMATION ON ALL FIRE-STOP
PRODUCTS. CONTRACTOR SHALL LABEL PENETRATIONS IN CONCEALED LOCATIONS
WITH DETAIL IF USING PERMANENT MARKER.




FIRESTOPPING DETAIL SCHEDULE                                 15050-S27
SECTION 15100 - VALVES
Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit product data, for all valves. Include country of origin, body material, valve design,
pressure and temperature classifications, end connection details, seating materials, trim material and
arrangement, dimensions and required clearances, and installation instructions.

Pressure and Temperature Ratings: as required to suit system pressures and temperatures.

Sizes: Unless otherwise indicated, provide valves of same size as upstream pipe size.

Glycol Compatibility: Provide valves that are compatible with 35% propylene glycol solutions at
temperatures up to 210oF.

End Connections: as specified in the individual valves specifications.

        Threads: Comply with ANSI B2.1. ANSI/ASME B1.20.1.

        Flanges: Comply with ANSI B16.1 for cast iron, ANSI B16.5 for steel, and ANSI B16.24 for
        bronze valves.

        Solder-Joint: Comply with ANSI B16.18. Do not use solder joints for HVAC applications.

Country of Origin: Valves shall be manufactured in the United States, Canada, or Italy.

Part 2 – PRODUCTS
Zinc Content: Brass alloys of valves and all other hydronic/plumbing products shall contain no more
than 15% zinc. Compliance with this requirement shall be shown on all relevant product submittals.

Gate Valves - 2 Inch and Smaller: MSS SP-80; Class 125, body and bonnet of ASTM V62 cast bronze,
threaded or solder ends, solid disc, copper-silicon alloy stem, brass packing gland, "Teflon" impregnated
packing, and malleable iron handwheel. Class 150 valve meeting the above shall be used where pressure
requires.

Gate Valves - 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: MSS SP-70; Class 125 iron body, bronze mounted, with body
and bonnet conforming to ASTM A 126 Class B, flanged ends, and "Teflon" impregnated packing and
two-piece packing gland assembly.

Ball Valves – HVAC Only (allowed ONLY if there is no plumbing work on the project): rated for
150 PSI saturated steam pressure, 600 PSI WOG pressure up to 3/4”, 500 PSI WOG 1” to 2”, and 400 PSI
WOG 2-1/2” and larger; 2-piece construction; bronze/brass body conforming to ASTM B-62 or ASTM
B-584; standard/full port; chrome-plated brass ball; replaceable "Teflon" or "TFE" seats and seals;



VALVES                                                                                      15100 - 28
blowout proof stem; and steel handle. For LP or natural gas shut-off service: valve shall be AGA and/or
UL listed; where required by state or local code, furnish with T-handle.

Ball Valves – HVAC and Plumbing: See “Water Distribution System” section.

Plug Valves - 2 Inch and Smaller: 150 PSI WOG, bronze body, straightaway patter, square head,
threaded ends.

Plug Valves - 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: MSS SP-78; 175 PSI lubricated plug type, semi-steel body, single
gland wrench operated, flanged ends.

Globe Valves - 2 Inch and Smaller: MSS SP-80; Class 125, body and screwed bonnet of ASTM B 62
cast bronze, threaded or solder ends, brass or replaceable composition disc, copper silicon alloy stem,
brass packing gland, "Teflon" impregnated packing, and malleable iron handwheel. Class 150 valves
meeting the above shall be used where pressure requires.

Butterfly Valves - 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: MSS SP-67; rated at 200 PSI; cast-iron body conforming to
ASTM a 126, Class B. Provide valves with field replaceable EPDM sleeve, aluminum bronze disc,
stainless steel stem, and EPDM O-ring stem seals. Provide lever operators with locks for sizes 2 through
6 inches and gear operators with position indicator for sizes 8 through 24 inches. Provide lug or wafer
type as indicated. Provide lug valves on dead-end service or requiring additional body strength.

Swing Check Valves - 2 Inch and Smaller: MSS SP-80; Class 125, cast bronze body and cap
conforming to ASTM B 62, horizontal swing, with a bronze disc, and having threaded or solder ends.

Wafer Check Valves - (Non-Slam): Class 250, cast iron body, replaceable lapped bronze seat, lapped
and balanced twin bronze flappers and stainless steel trim. Valve shall be designed to open and close at
approximately one foot differential pressure. Twin flappers shall be loaded with a stainless steel torsion
spring to minimize flapper drag and assure even non-slam checking action.

Selection of Valve Ends (Pipe Connections): Except as otherwise indicated, select valves with the
following ends or types of pipe/tube connections:

        Copper Tube Size 3 Inch and Smaller: Solder ends, except in heating hot water and low pressure
        steam service which shall have threaded ends.

        Steel Pipe Sizes 2 Inch and Smaller: Threaded or grooved-end.

        Steel Pipe Sizes 2-1/2 Inch and Larger: Grooved-end or flanged.

Manufacturer: Hammond, Jomar, Milwaukee, Nibco, Watts.

Part 3 - EXECUTION




VALVES                                                                                       15100 - 29
General: Refer to other Division 15 Section and to plans for locations of valves. Install valves and
unions for each fixture and item of equipment in a manner to allow equipment removal without system
shut-down. Unions are not required on flanged devices. Install 3-valve bypass around each pressure
reducing valve using throttling type valves. Install valves where required for proper operation of piping
and equipment, including valves in branch lines where necessary to isolate sections of piping.

Application: Use gate, ball, and butterfly valves for shut-off duty; globe, ball, and butterfly for throttling
duty.

Access: Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.

Stems: Install valves with stems pointed up, in vertical position where possible, but in no case with stems
pointed downward from horizontal plane unless unavoidable. Install valve drains with hose-end adapter
with screw cap and chain for each valve that must be installed with stem below horizontal plane. Install
extended-stem valves, where insulation is indicated, arranged in proper manner to receive insulation.

END OF SECTION 15100 (7/19/07)




VALVES                                                                                           15100 - 30
SECTION 15125 - EXPANSION COMPENSATION
Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit manufacturer’s product data for each expansion compensation device.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General: Provide packless expansion joints where indicated for piping systems, with materials, and
pressure/temperature ratings selected by Installer to suit intended service. Select packless expansion
joints to provide 200% absorption capacity of piping expansion between anchors.

Manufacturer: Keflex or Metraflex

Expansion Compensators: Pressure rated for 200 psi, 2-ply stainless steel bellows, brass shrouds and
end fittings for copper piping systems, or 2-ply stainless steel bellows, carbon steel shrouds and end
fittings for steel piping systems. Provide guides and anchors in accordance with manufacturer’s
recommendations.

Part 3 - EXECUTION
Expansion Compensators: Install expansion joints and compensators where indicated, and elsewhere as
determined by Installer for adequate expansion of installed piping system. Install in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions. Provide pipe anchors and pipe alignment guides as required and in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendations. Align units properly to avoid end loading and
torsional stress.

Expansion Loops: Fabricate expansion loops as indicated, in locations indicated, and elsewhere as
determined by Installer for adequate expansion of installed piping system. Subject loop to cold spring
which will absorb 50% of total expansion between hot and cold conditions. Provide pipe anchors and
pipe alignment guides as indicated, and elsewhere as determined by Installer to properly anchor piping in
relationship to expansion loops.

Expansion Compensation for Risers and Terminals: Install connection between piping mains and
risers with at least 5 pipe fittings including tee in main. Install connections between piping risers and
terminal units with at least 4 pipe fittings including tee in riser.


END OF SECTION 15125




EXPANSION COMPENSATION                                                                      15125 - 31
SECTION 15135 - METERS AND GAGES
Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit manufacturers’ product data for thermometers and pressure gages.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
Thermometers: Industrial Glass Thermometers, nine-inch scale, adjustable angle type, molded ABS or
aluminum case, glass window, accuracy one percent of full scale, 3/4 inch NPT connection; 6-inch stem;
blue non-mercury fill with no “extremely hazardous substances” as reported on the MSDS. Provide
proper size thermowells for all thermometers.

Manufacturer/Model (manufacturer must be 100% mercury-free and provide a written statement to that
effect to Engineer): Trerice BX91406-GLW with Blue Spirit Fill, Weiss 9VU6, Weksler AS5L-9, or equal.

Thermometer Scale: Fahrenheit. Dual scale including Celsius not acceptable.

        Domestic and Hydronic Water: 30 to 240°F or 0 to 250°F, with 2-degree scale divisions.
        Chilled Water and Condenser Water: 0 to 120°F or 30 to 130°F, with 1-degree scale divisions.

Pressure Gages: Provide pressure gages of general use, 1% accuracy (middle third of range), ANSI
B40.1 grade A, phosphor bronze bourdon type, bottom connection, drawn steel, stainless
steel/brass/aluminum case, glass window, 4-1/2 inch diameter, with 1/4-inch brass male NPT connector
on bottom, range to suit. Pressure range as follows:

        Vacuum: 30 inches Hg of vacuum to 15 psig pressure.
        Fluids Under Pressure: two times operating pressure.

Manufacturer/Model: Trerice 600CB45, Weiss 4CTA, Weksler (not available), or equal.

Pressure Gage Cocks and Snubbers: Provide pressure gage cocks between pressure gages and gage
tees on piping systems. Construct gage cock of brass with 1/4-inch female NPT on each end, and brass
"T" handle. Provide 1/4-inch brass bushing snubber with corrosion resistant porous metal disc, through
which pressure fluid is filtered. Select disc material for fluid and pressure rating.

Part 3 - EXECUTION
Visibility Requirement: Install thermometers and pressure gages so as to be easily read, and tilted so as
to face directly toward an observer in a normal viewing position, and installed in a upright position with
the writing right-side up. Adjust or relocate thermometers and pressure gages as directed by Engineer due
to site visits, at no additional cost to Owner.

Thermometers: Install each thermometer in brass or stainless steel thermowell, positioned so as to meet
the Visibility Requirement, above. Apply a liberal amount of heat transfer paste to the sensing portion of
the thermometer before insertion into the thermowell, and ensure that no air gaps remain.



METERS AND GAGES                                                                             15135 - 32
Install in inlet and outlet of the following equipment and elsewhere as indicated: each hydronic boiler and
chiller, each hydronic and chilled water coil, including those in air-handling units and energy recovery
units, larger than 2000 CFM, each thermal storage tank, and at the outlet of each hydronic or domestic
water mixing valve.

Pressure Gages: Install pressure gages in piping tee with pressure gage cock, located on pipe at most
readable position. Install pressure gage cock in piping tee with snubber. Install in the following locations
and elsewhere as indicated: at suction and discharge of each pump, at discharge of each pressure-reducing
valve, at building water service entrance, and at chilled water and condenser water inlets and outlets of
chillers.

Thermometer and Gage Identification: Install self-adhesive plastic strip identification labels on the
glass of all thermometers and gages. Label to match the pipe identification of the fluid, such as CW,
HWS, etc. Do not obscure the active portions of the scales.

END OF SECTION 15135 (Revised 2/22/07, Printed 7/19/07)




METERS AND GAGES                                                                               15135 - 33
SECTION 15140 - SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS

Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit product data for hangers, saddles and shields, and pipe guide and anchors.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General: Except as otherwise indicated, for each piping system provide factory-fabricated
horizontal-piping hangers and supports, selected by Installer to suit piping systems, in accordance with
manufacturer's published product information. Use only one type by one manufacturer for each piping
service. Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit pipe size for bare piping, and to exactly fit
around piping insulation with saddle or shield for insulated piping.

Copper Pipe: Provide copper-plated hangers and supports for copper-piping systems.

Manufacturer: B-Line Systems; Carpenter and Paterson; Newman Associates (PHD); or ITT Grinnell.

Saddles and Shields: Except as otherwise indicated, provide saddles and shields under piping hangers
and supports, factory-fabricated, for all insulated piping. Size saddles and shields for exact fit to mate
with pipe insulation.

Heavy-Duty Steel Trapezes: Fabricate from steel shapes selected for loads required; weld steel in
accordance with AWS standards.

Pipe Guides: Provide factory-fabricated guides, of cast semi-steel or heavy fabricated steel, consisting of
bolted two-section outer cylinder and base with two-section guiding spider bolted tight to pipe. Size
guide and spiders to clear pipe and insulation (if any), and cylinder. Provide guides of length
recommended by manufacturer to allow indicated travel.

Anchor Bolts and Structural Supports: Provide anchoring and structural supports to meet seismic
structural requirements as outlined in the BOCA Basic Building Code. Provide manufacturers
recommended fastening of equipment rigidly mounted to slabs or equipment pads. Provide seismic
snubbers on all equipment mounted on vibration isolation springs and devices. Size anchor bolts and
snubbers to withstand lateral forces. Refer to Section 15150, “Seismic Restraints for Mechanical
Systems”.

Pipe Supports for Roof Mounted Piping: Pipe support base shall combine UV protected 33% fiberglass
reinforced 6/6 Nylon with an adjustable stainless steel threaded rod and axel assembly and which securely
attaches to the base. Base for Pipe Support shall have flat sold lower surface with neoprene roof pad
adhered to bottom surface. Pad shall provide for cushion between support and roof surface. Support shall
be adjustable up to 10” above roof surface. Assembly shall include a hard cast rubber roller assembly
capable of providing impact resistance to prevent damage to roof or support during pipe installation.
Supports shall conform to MSS SP-58-2002, MSS SP-69-2002 and where appropriate MSS SP127-2001.




SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS                                                                          15140-34
Products shall be: MAPA Products, MS-4 for piping 3” diameter and smaller. (Max load 140 lbs.) Or
MAPA Products, MS-5 for piping 5” diameter and smaller (Max. load 165 lbs.) Or equal. New England
sales representative: K Ross Co., Kingston, MA, phone 508-747-4493, fax 508-746-6678, email
krosscompany@aol.com. Provide a submittal on this product. (7/1/05)

Part 3 - EXECUTION
Building Attachments: Install at required locations within concrete or on structural steel for proper
piping support. Install additional building attachments where support is required for additional
concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at changes in
direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts securely to forms.
Where concrete with compressive strength less than 2500 PSI is indicated, install reinforcing bars through
openings at top of inserts.

Hangers and Supports, General:          Install hanger and supports in accordance with the following
requirements.

        Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers and other
        accessories. Except as otherwise indicated for exposed continuous pipe runs, install hangers and
        supports of same type and style as installed for adjacent similar piping.

        Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping to be supported together on trapeze
        type hangers where possible. Where piping of various sizes is to be supported together by trapeze
        hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter
        pipe.

        Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping systems and to permit
        freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints,
        expansion loops, expansion bends and similar units.

        Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loading and stresses from movement will
        not be transmitted to connected equipment.

        Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes, and so that maximum pipe
        deflections allowed by ANSI B31 Pressure Piping Codes are not exceeded.

        Support fire-water piping independently of other piping.

        Do not use wire or perforated metal to support piping, and do not support piping from other
        piping.

Hanger and Support, Applications: Install the following hangers and supports:

        Adjustable steel clevis hangers for individual horizontal runs less than 20 feet in length.

        Roller hangers for horizontal pipes greater than 3” in diameter with runs of 20’ or greater.



SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS                                                                             15140-35
        Spring hangers to support vertical runs. Support all vertical piping at each floor.

Hanger Spacing: Comply with the spacing indicated below:

        Material                         Size                     Maximum Spacing (ft)

        Copper                           1/2                               4
                                         5/8 to 1-1/4                      6
                                         1-1/2 to greater                  10
        Steel                            1/2                               6
                                         5/8 to 1                          8
                                         1-1/4 or greater                  10
        Cast Iron                        all sizes                         5

Insulated Piping: Comply with the following installation requirements for insulated piping:

        Clamps: Attach clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with clamps projecting through
        insulation; do not exceed pipe stresses allowed by ANSI B31.

        Shields: Where low-compressive-strength insulation such as fiberglass is used, install shields at
        all hangers. Paint shields where they are exposed to view. Install shields at time of insulation
        installation to avoid crushing of insulation by unshielded hangers.

        Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers so as to distribute loads equally on attachments.

        Support Adjustment: Provide grout under supports so as to bring piping and equipment to proper
        level and elevations.

Anchors: Install at ends of principal pipe-runs, at intermediate points in pipe-runs between expansion
loops and bends at proper locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those permitted by ANSI B31, and
to prevent transfer of loading and stresses to connected equipment. Make provisions for preset of anchors
as required to accommodate both expansion and contraction of piping.

Housekeeping Pads: Provide concrete housekeeping bases for floor mounted equipment furnished as
part of the work of Division 15. Size bases to extend minimum of 6" beyond equipment base in any
direction; and 6" above finished floor elevation. Construct of reinforced concrete, roughen floor slab
beneath base for bond, and provide steel rod anchors between floor and base. Locate anchor bolts using
equipment manufacturer's templates. Chamfer top and edge corners.

Stands: Provide structural steel stands to support equipment not floor mounted or hung from structure.
Construct of structural steel members or steel pipe and fittings. Provide factory-fabricated tank saddles or
tanks mounted on steel stands.

Protective Padding: Provide protective high density foam padding on all hangers and equipment
supports that are hung at “head-height” (5’ to 7’) in occupied spaces or mechanical rooms. Attach foam
with adhesive. Do not use duct tape.




SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS                                                                           15140-36
Pipe Supports for Roof Mounted Piping: Supports should be spaced so that weights are evenly
distributed typically 6’ to 10’ apart unless otherwise stated in this specification. Supports should be
positioned so that piping rests evenly on the base without undo strain. Coordinate exact support locations
with roofing work. Maintain minimum 6” clearance above roof for all piping. The assemblies shall be
leveled using the adjustment feature and the stands spaced so that weights are evenly distributed. Install
per manufacturer’s recommended installation procedures. (7/1/05)


END OF SECTION 15140 (7/19/07)




SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS                                                                         15140-37
SECTION 15190 - IDENTIFICATION
Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit product data for pipe markers and valve tags.

ANSI Compliance: Comply with ANSI A13.1 for lettering size, length of color field, colors, and
installed viewing angles of identification devices.

Schedules: Submit valve schedule for each piping system, typewritten and reproduced on 8-1/2" x 11"
bond paper. Tabulate valve number, piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on tag), location of
valve (room or space), and variations for identification (if any). Mark valves which are intended for
emergency shut-off and similar special uses, by special "flags," in margin of schedule.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
Manufacturers: Allen Systems; W.H. Brady; Brimar; Industrial Safety Supply; or Seton Name Plate.

Plastic Pipe Markers; Snap-On Type: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed, semi-rigid,
snap-on, color-coded, pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1.

Plastic Pipe Markers; Pressure-Sensitive Type: Provide manufacturer's standard pre-printed,
permanent adhesive, color-coded, pressure-sensitive vinyl pipe markers, complying with ANSI A13.1.

Underground-Type Plastic Line Marker: Manufacturer's standard permanent, bright-colored,
continuous-printed plastic type, intended for direct-burial service; not less than 6" wide x 4 mils thick.
Provide tape with printing which most accurately indicates type of service of buried pipe.

Valve Tags: Provide manufacturer's standard solid brass valve tags with piping system abbreviation in
approximately 3/16" high letters and sequenced valve numbers approximately 3/8" high, and with 5/32"
hole for fastener.

Valve Tag Fasteners: Manufacturer's standard solid brass chain (wire link or beaded type), or solid
brass S-hooks of the sizes required for proper attachment of tags to valves, and manufactured specifically
for that purpose.

Valve Schedule Frames: For each page of the valve schedule, provide a glazed display frame, with
screws for removable mounting on masonry walls. Provide frames of extruded aluminum or plastic with
SSB-grade sheet glass or plastic.

Plastic Equipment Markers: Provide manufacturer's standard laminated plastic, color coded equipment
markers.

Lettering and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations and other designations used in mechanical
identification work, with corresponding designations shown, specified or scheduled. Provide numbers,



IDENTIFICATION                                                                               15190-38
lettering and wording as indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as recommended by manufacturers or as
required for proper identification and operation/maintenance of mechanical systems and equipment.

Part 3 - EXECUTION
Coordination: Where identification is to be applied to surfaces which require insulation, painting or
other covering or finish, including valve tags in finished mechanical spaces, install identification after
completion of covering and painting. Install identification prior to installation of acoustical ceilings and
similar removable concealment.

Ductwork Identification: Identify air supply, return, exhaust, intake and relief ductwork with stenciled
or plastic-laminate signs and arrows, showing ductwork service and direction of flow, in black or white
(whichever provides most contrast with ductwork color).

        Location: In each space where ductwork is exposed, or concealed only by removable ceiling
        system, locate signs near points where ductwork originates or continues into concealed enclosures
        (shaft, underground or similar concealment), and at 50' spacings along exposed runs.

        Access Doors: Provide stenciled or plastic-laminate type signs on each access door in ductwork
        and housings, indicating purpose of access (to what equipment) and other maintenance and
        operating instructions, and appropriate safety and procedural information.

        Concealed Doors: Where access doors are concealed above acoustical ceilings or similar
        concealment, plasticized tags may be installed for identification in lieu of specified signs, at
        Installer's option.

Piping Identification: Install pipe markers on each system, and include arrows to show normal direction
of flow:

        Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is exposed to view in occupied
        spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums) and exterior
        non-concealed locations.

        Near each valve and control device.

        Near each branch, excluding short take-offs for fixtures and terminal units; mark each pipe at
        branch, where there could be question of flow pattern.

        Near locations where pipes pass through walls or floors/ceilings, or enter non-accessible
        enclosures.

        At access doors, manholes and similar access points which permit view of concealed piping.

        Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.

        Spaced intermediately at maximum spacing of 50' along each piping run, except reduce spacing
        to 25' in congested areas of piping and equipment.


IDENTIFICATION                                                                                 15190-39
        On piping above removable acoustical ceilings, except omit intermediately spaced markers.

Underground Piping Identification: During back- filling/top-soiling of each exterior underground
piping systems, install continuous underground-type plastic line marker, located directly over buried line
at 6" to 8" below finished grade. Where multiple small lines are buried in common trench and do not
exceed overall width of 16", install single line marker. For tile fields and similar installations, mark only
edge pipe lines of field.

Valve Identification: Provide valve tag on every valve, cock and control device in each piping system;
exclude check valves, valves within factory-fabricated equipment units, HVAC terminal devices and
similar rough-in connections of end-use fixtures and units. List each tagged valve in valve schedule for
each piping system. Provide a unique number for each valve.

Valve Schedules: Mount valve schedule frames and schedules in boiler rooms. Where more than one
major machine room is shown for project, install mounted valve schedule in each major machine room,
and repeat only main valves which are to be operated in conjunction with operations of more than single
machine room.

Glycol Notice: Mount attached glycol notice (15190 - S) in frame similar to valve schedule frame and
mount in boiler room next to valve schedules.

Mechanical Equipment Identification: Install plastic equipment marker on or near each major item of
mechanical equipment and each operation device. Provide signs for the following general categories of
equipment and operational devices:

        Main control and operating valves, including safety devices and hazardous units such as gas
        outlets.

        Meters, gages, thermometers and similar units.

        Fuel-burning units including boilers, furnaces, heaters, and absorption units.

        Pumps, compressors, chillers, condensers and similar motor-driven units.

        Heat exchangers, coils evaporators, cooling towers, heat recovery units and similar equipment.

        Fans, blowers, primary balancing dampers, and mixing boxes.

        Packaged HVAC central-station and zone-type units.

        Tanks and pressure vessels.

        Strainers, filters, humidifiers, water treatment systems, and similar equipment.

Thermometer and Gage Identification: Install self-adhesive plastic strip identification labels on the
glass of all dial thermometers and gages. Do not obscure scales.



IDENTIFICATION                                                                                  15190-40
Ceiling Identification: Provide 1/4-inch self-adhesive dots on ceiling T-bars and access panel frames to
indicate location of valves and other service items above ceiling. Provide color-coding as designated by
Owner.

Volatile Fluid Tank Identification: For any tank which accumulates volatile fluids (oil, gasoline, etc.)
and is located underfloor or within a building, provide engraved sign, red with white letters, permanently
affixed to wall above tank and adjacent to hand pump, if any, stating “CAUTION! CONTENTS OF
PUMP DISCHARGE MAY CONTAIN VOLATILE FLUIDS WITH EXPLOSIVE VAPORS. DO NOT
SMOKE WHEN SERVICING OR PUMPING OUT TANK. TANK SHOULD BE PUMPED OUT
TWICE A YEAR OR MORE OFTEN DEPENDING ON OBSERVED ACCUMULATION.”

END OF SECTION 15190 (7/19/07)




IDENTIFICATION                                                                               15190-41
                                NOTICE
                          HEATING SYSTEM CONTAINS
                             PROPYLENE GLYCOL


    - CHECK PH AND CONCENTRATION ANNUALLY

    - ADD INHIBITORS AS REQUIRED


                   FAILURE TO MAINTAIN PROPER PH
                    WILL RESULT IN THE FORMATION
                    OF ACIDS WHICH WILL INCREASE
                 CORROSION AND SHORTEN SYSTEM LIFE.

              FAILURE TO MAINTAIN PROPER CONCENTRATION
                   WILL REDUCE FREEZE PROTECTION.


    ANALYSIS PERFORMED BY
                                                ANALYSIS DATE

                                                START-UP
    ____________________________________
    NAME
                                                2007       2011
                                                2008       2012
    _________________________________________   2009       2013
    ADDRESS                                     2010       2014


    _________________________________________
    PHONE




IDENTIFICATION                                                  15190-42
SECTION 15250 - INSULATION

Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals:    Product data for each type of mechanical insulation identifying k-value, thickness, and
accessories.

Quality Assurance: Conform to the following characteristics for insulation including facings, cements,
and adhesives, when tested according to ASTM E 84, by UL or other testing or inspecting organization
acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. Label insulation with appropriate markings of testing
laboratory.

        Interior Insulation: Flame spread rating of 25 or less and a smoke developed rating of 50 or less.

        Exterior Insulation: Flame spread rating of 75 or less and smoke developed rating of 150 or less.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
Manufacturer: Armstrong, Certain Teed Corp., Knauf, Manville, Owens-Corning; or equal.

Glass Fiber
Material: Inorganic glass fibers, bonded with a thermosetting resin.

Jacket: All purpose, factory-applied, laminated glass-fiber-reinforced, flame-retardant kraft paper and
aluminum foil having self-sealing lap.

Board: ASTM C 612, Class 2, semi-rigid jacketed board.

Blanket: ASTM C 533, Type II, Class F-1, jacketed flexible blankets.

Preformed Pipe Insulation: ASTM C 547, Class 1, rigid pipe insulation, jacketed.

Adhesive: Produced under the UL Classification and Follow-up service, non-flammable.

Vapor Barrier Coating: Waterproof coating recommended by insulation manufacturer for outside
service.

Flexible Elastomeric Cellular
Material: Flexible expanded closed-cell structure with smooth skin on both sides, ke.30.

Tubular Materials: ASTM C 534, Type I. Sheet Materials: ASTM C 534, Type II.

Coating: Water based latex enamel coating recommended by insulation manufacturer.



INSULATION                                                                                    15250 - 43
Mineral Fiber Board
Manufacturer: PABCO.

Product Name: Super Firetemp-L Board.

Material: Inorganic mineral fiber board.

Combustibility: Non-combustible

Adhesive: As recommended by manufacturer.

Application: Kitchen hood exhaust ductwork.

UL Listing: UL Listing for zero clearance application on kitchen hood exhaust ductwork.

Mineral Fiber Preformed Pipe Insulation
Manufacturer: Partek

Product Name: Paroc 1200.

Material: Inorganic mineral fiber board.

Service Temperature: -120oF to 1200oF.

Polyisocyanurate
Manufacturer: Dow Chemical Co.

Product Name: Tuff-R Commercial Insulation.

Material: Polyisocyanurate closed cell foam core reinforced with glass fibers.

Jacket: Reflective/Radiant barrier-quality aluminum foil facers on both sides.

Molded Vinyl

Material: Molded closed cell vinyl, nominal 3/16 inch thickness, free of seams, color white.

Standards Compliance: ASTM D635 burning characteristics, ASTM C177 heat resistance, ASTM G-21
rating zero fungal growth, ASTM G-22 rating zero bacterial growth.




INSULATION                                                                                     15250 - 44
Adhesives
Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Insulation Adhesive: Solvent-based, contact adhesive recommended by
insulation manufacturer.

Lagging Adhesive: MIL-A-3316C, non-flammable adhesive in the following Classes and Grades:

        Class 1, Grade A for bonding glass cloth and tape to unfaced glass fiber insulation, sealing edges
        of glass fiber insulation, and bonding lagging cloth to unfaced glass fiber insulation.
        Class 2, Grade A for bonding glass fiber insulation to metal surfaces.

Field Applied Jackets
General: ASTM C 921, Type 1, except as otherwise indicated.

Foil and Paper Jacket: Laminated glass-fiber-reinforced, flame-retardant kraft paper and aluminum foil,
0.02 perm maximum, when tested according to ASTM E 96.

PVC Jacketing: High-impact, ultra-violet-resistant PVC, 16-mils thick, roll stock ready for shop or field
cutting and forming to indicated sizes. Self-lapping seam adhesive.

PVC Fitting Covers: Factory-fabricated fitting covers manufacturered from 16-mil-thick, high-impact,
ultra-violet-resistant PVC. Adhesive as recommended by insulation manufacturer.

Aluminum Jacket: ASTM B 209, 3003 Alloy, H-14 temper, roll stock ready for shop or field cutting
and forming to indicated sizes.

EPDM Rubber Jacket: .060 EPDM rubber membrane roofing.

Flex Clad 400 Jacket: As manufactured by MFM Building Products.

Glass Cloth and Tape: Woven glass fiber fabrics, plain weave, presized a minimum of 8 ounces per sq.
yd., 4 inches wide, MIL-C-20079H, Type I and Type II.

Accessories and Attachments
Bands: 3/4-inch wide, Stainless Steel: Type 304, 0.020 inch thick.

Wire: 14-gage nickel copper alloy, 16-gage, soft-annealed stainless steel.

Corner Angles: 28-gage, 1-inch by 1-inch aluminum, adhered to 2-inch by 2-inch kraft paper.

Anchor Pins: Capable of supporting 20 pounds each. Provide anchor pins and speed washers of sizes
and diameters as recommended by the manufacturer for insulation type and thickness.




INSULATION                                                                                   15250 - 45
Sealing Compounds
Vapor Barrier Compound: Water-based, fire-resistive composition, 0.08 perm maximum.

Weatherproof Sealant: Flexible-elastomer-based, vapor-barrier sealant designed to seal metal
joints, 0.02 perm maximum.

Weather Barrier Mastic: Asphalt emulsion, resin emulsion, polyvinyl acetate or acrylic.

Part 3 - EXECUTION
General
Accessories: Select accessories compatible with materials suitable for the service. Select accessories that
do not corrode, soften, or otherwise attack the insulation or jacket in either the wet or dry state.

Vapor Barriers: Install vapor barriers on insulated pipes, ducts, and equipment having surface operating
temperatures below 60 deg F.

Application: Apply insulation material, accessories, and finishes according to the manufacturer's printed
instructions. Install insulation with smooth, straight, and even surfaces. Keep insulation materials dry
during application and finishing.

Sealing: Seal joints and seams to maintain vapor barrier on insulation requiring a vapor barrier. Seal
penetrations for hangers, supports, anchors and other projections in insulation requiring a vapor barrier.
Taper ends and seal with lagging adhesive.

Plumbing Piping Insulation Applications
Insulate plumbing piping systems as scheduled. Omit insulation on chrome-plated exposed piping and air
chambers. Omit insulation on the following when located in the Water Entrance Room or Mechanical
Room: unions, strainers, flanges, backflow preventers, flow regulators, and pre-insulated equipment.

Where available space prevents the installation of the full thickness of fiberglass pipe insulation,
Contractor may substitute flexible elastomeric cellular equal to one-half of the thickness specified for
fiberglass.

HVAC Piping Insulation Applications
Insulate HVAC piping systems as scheduled. For heating only applications, omit insulation on heating
piping within radiation enclosures or unit cabinets; on unions, flanges, strainers, flexible connections, and
expansion joints, and on boiler and circulator isolation valves.

Pipe Insulation Installation


INSULATION                                                                                      15250 - 46
General: Tightly butt longitudinal seams and end joints. Bond with adhesive. Stagger joints on double
layers of insulation. Apply insulation continuously over fittings, valves, and specialties, except as
otherwise indicated. Apply insulation with a minimum number of joints. Apply insulation with integral
jackets: Pull jacket tight and smooth. Cover circumferential joints with butt strips, at least 3-inches wide,
and of same material as insulation jacket. Secure with adhesive and outward clinching staples along both
edges of butt strip and space 4 inches on center.

Longitudinal Seams: Overlap seams at least 1-1/2 inches. Apply insulation with longitudinal seams at
bottom of pipe. Clean and dry surface to receive self-sealing lap. Staple laps with outward clinching
staples along edge at 4 inches on center.

Vapor Barrier Coatings: Where vapor barriers are indicated, apply on seams and joints, over staples
and at end butt to flanges, unions, valves and fittings. At penetrations in jackets for thermometers and
pressure gages, fill and seal voids with vapor barrier coating. Repair damage insulation jackets, except
metal jackets, by applying jacket material around damaged jacket. Adhere, staple and seal. Extend patch
at least 2 inches in both directions beyond damaged insulation jacket and around the entire circumference
of the pipe.

Roof Penetrations: Apply insulation for interior applications to a point even with the top of the roof
flashing. Seal with vapor barrier coating. Apply insulation for exterior applications butted tightly to
interior insulation ends. Extend metal jacket for exterior insulation outside roof flashing at least 2 inches
below top of roof flashing. Seal metal jacket to roof flashing with vapor barrier coating.

Exterior Wall Penetrations: For penetrations of below grade exterior walls, terminate insulation flush
with mechanical sleeve seal. Seal termination with vapor barrier coating.

Hydronic Pipe exposed to Weather: For hydronic heating or chilled water piping, install aluminum
jacket with MEI 44-05 ECO-joint sealant with joints, or EPDM membrane jacket, or weatherproof mastic
with glass cloth reinforcing over fiberglass pipe insulation.

Interior Walls and Partitions Penetrations:           Apply insulation continuously through walls and
partitions.

Fire-Rated Walls and Partitions Penetrations: Apply insulation continuous through fire-rated walls
and partitions. Seal around penetrations in accordance to Firestopping Detail Schedule, 15055-S.

Elastomeric Pipe Insulation Exposed to View: All flexible Elasotmeric pipe insulation exposed to view
shall be painted by the insulation subcontractor with the manufacturer’s protective coating. Provide two
coats on interior insulation and three coats on exterior insulation. Confirm color with Architect.

Flanges, Fittings, and Valves - Interior Exposed and Concealed: Coat pipe insulation ends with vapor
barrier coating. Apply premolded, precut, or field-fabricated segments of insulation around flanges,
unions, valves, and fittings. Make joints tight. Bond with adhesive.

        Use same material and thickness as adjacent pipe insulation.




INSULATION                                                                                      15250 - 47
        Overlap nesting insulation by 2 inches or 1-pipe diameter, which ever is greater.

        Apply material with adhesive, fill voids with mineral fiber insulating cement. Secure with wire
        or tape.

        Insulate elbows and tees smaller than 3-inches pipe size with premolded insulation.

        Insulate elbows and tees 3 inches and larger with premolded insulation or insulation material
        segments. Use at least 3 segments for each elbow.

        Cover insulation, except for metal jacketed insulation, with PVC fitting covers and seal
        circumferential joints with butt strips.

Hangers and Anchors: Apply insulation continuously through hangers and around anchor attachments.
Install saddles, shields, and inserts as specified in Division 15 Section "Supports and Anchors". For cold
surface piping, extend insulation on anchor legs a minimum of 12 inches and taper and seal insulation
ends. Cover hanger inserts and shields with jacket material matching adjacent pipe insulation.

Equipment Insulation Applications
Insulate all equipment not factory insulated. For heating only applications, omit insulation on hydronic
expansion tanks and air separators.

Equipment Insulation Installation
General: Install board and block materials with minimum dimension of 12 inches and a maximum
dimension of 48 inches.

        Groove and score insulation materials as required to fit as closely as possible to the equipment
        and to fit contours of equipment. Stagger end joints.

        Insulation Thickness Greater than 2 Inches: Install insulation in multiple layers with staggered
        joints.

        Bevel insulation edges for cylindrical surfaces for tight joint.

Secure sections of insulation in place with wire or bands spaced at 9-inch centers, or anchor pins and
                 speed washers. Space anchors at maximum intervals of 18 inches in both directions
                 and not more than 3 inches from edges and joints.

        Protect exposed corners with corner angles under wires and bands.

Apply 2 coats of vapor barrier compound to minimum thickness of 1/16 inch. Install a layer of glass
                 cloth embedded between layers with 2”overlap at joints




INSULATION                                                                                    15250 - 48
Manholes, Handholes, and Information Plates: Bevel and seal insulation ends around manholes,
handholes, ASME stamps, and nameplates.

Removable Insulation: Install insulation on components that require periodic inspecting, cleaning, and
repairing for easy removal and replacement without damage to adjacent insulation.

Finishing: Except for flexible elastomeric cellular insulation, apply 2 coats of vapor barrier compound to
minimum thickness of 1/16 inch. Install a layer of glass cloth embedded between layers.

Glass Fiber Equipment Insulation Installation: Secure insulation with anchor pins and speed washers.
 Space anchors at maximum intervals of 18 inches in both directions and not more than 3 inches from
edges and joints. Apply smoothing coat of insulating and finishing cement to finished insulation.

Duct Insulation Applications
Insulate ductwork as scheduled.

Duct Insulation
Block and Board Insulation: Install block and board insulation as follows

        Adhesive and Band Attachment: Secure block and board insulation tight and smooth with at least
        50 percent coverage of adhesive. Install bands spaced 12 inches apart. Protect insulation under
        bands and at exterior corners with metal corner angles. Fill joints, seams and chipped edges with
        vapor barrier compound.

        Speed Washers Attachment: Secure insulation tight and smooth with speed washers and welded
        pins. Space anchor pins 18 inches apart each way and 3 inches from insulation joints. Apply
        vapor barrier coating compound to insulation in contact, open joints, breaks, punctures, and voids
        in insulation.

Blanket Insulation: Install tight and smooth. Secure to ducts having long sides or diameters as follows:

        Smaller Than 24 Inches: Bonding adhesive applied in 6-inch-wide transverse strips on 12-inch
        centers.

        24 Inches and Larger: Anchor pins spaced 12 inches apart each way. Apply bonding adhesive to
        prevent sagging of the insulation.

        Overlap joints 3 inches. Seal joints, breaks, and punctures with vapor barrier compound.

Foil and Paper Jackets (FP): Install jackets drawn tight. Install lap or butt strips at joints with material
same as jacket. Secure with adhesive. Install jackets with 1-1/2 inch laps at longitudinal joints and
3-inch wide butt strips at end joints. Seal openings, punctures, and breaks in vapor barrier jackets and
exposed insulation with vapor barrier compound.




INSULATION                                                                                     15250 - 49
Glass Cloth Jackets: Install glass cloth jacket directly over insulation. On insulation with factory
applied jacket, install the glass cloth jacket over the factory applied jacket. Install jacket drawn smooth
and tight with a 2-inch overlap at joints. Embed glass cloth between (2) 1/16-inch-thick coats of lagging
adhesive. Completely encapsulate the insulation with the jacket, leaving no exposed raw insulation.

Jackets for Ductwork Exposed to Weather: Equal to 0.16 aluminum jacket with MEI 44-05 ECO-joint
sealant, or EPDM rubber jacket.

Ductwork Exposed to Weather (Contractors Option): Insulate ductwork exposed to weather with 2”
foil faced polyisocyanurate insulation board and Flex-Clad 400 jacket.

Flexible Elastomeric Cellular Insulation Exposed to Weather: After adhesive has fully cured, apply 2
coats of protective coating to exposed insulation.

Damper handles: To assist balance contractor, insulator shall assure balancing handles are not covered
by insulation or jacket. Insulator shall attach a florescent orange surveyors ribbon to each handle so
ribbon will extend below finished ceiling or in areas without ceiling a minimum 3’ 0” length.


END OF SECTION 15250 (July 19, 2007)




INSULATION                                                                                    15250 - 50
                      INSULATION SCHEDULE
                        MOSIAC COMMONS
                        RESIDENTIAL UNITS
PLEASE NOTIFY ENGINEER (603-352-4841) SEVEN DAYS BEFORE BID IF ANY
INSULATION APPLICATIONS ARE MISSING FROM THIS SCHEDULE. THANK YOU.


                        PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS

GLASS FIBER, 1":

      POTABLE COLD WATER PIPING.
      POTABLE HOT WATER PIPING LESS THAN 2-1/2”.
      PLUMBING VENTS WITHIN SIX FEET OF ROOF.

FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR, 3/4":

      CONCEALED LOCATIONS - ANY COLOR:
           TRAP PRIMER FEEDS.
           DOMESTIC WATER PIPING WITHIN OR UNDER SLAB.
           CONDENSATE PIPING WITHIN WALLS.


                            HVAC PIPING SYSTEMS

FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR, 3/4"

ALL FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC PIPE INSULATION EXPOSED TO VIEW SHALL BE
PAINTED BY THE INSULATION SUBCONTRACTOR WITH THE MANUFACTURER’S
PROTECTIVE COATING. PROVIDE TWO COATS ON INTERIOR INSULATION AND
THREE COATS ON EXTERIOR INSULATION. CONFIRM COLOR WITH ARCHITECT.

EXPOSED LOCATIONS (WHITE)

      HEAT PUMP REFRIGERANT PIPING.

END OF SCHEDULE 15250 (7/19/07)




INSULATION SCHEDULE                                        15250 -S51
                      INSULATION SCHEDULE
                        MOSIAC COMMONS
                      NON-RESIDENTIAL UNITS

PLEASE NOTIFY ENGINEER (603-352-4841) SEVEN DAYS BEFORE BID IF ANY
INSULATION APPLICATIONS ARE MISSING FROM THIS SCHEDULE. THANK YOU.


                         PLUMBING PIPING SYSTEMS

GLASS FIBER, 1":

      POTABLE COLD WATER PIPING.
      POTABLE HOT WATER PIPING LESS THAN 2-1/2”.
      POTABLE HOT WATER RECIRCULATION PIPING LESS THAN 2-1/2”.
      PLUMBING VENTS WITHIN SIX FEET OF ROOF.

FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR, 3/4":

      CONCEALED LOCATIONS - ANY COLOR:
           TRAP PRIMER FEEDS.
           DOMESTIC WATER PIPING WITHIN OR UNDER SLAB.
           DOMESTIC WATER PIPING IN INTERIOR MASONRY PARTITIONS.
           CONDENSATE PIPING WITHIN WALLS.

      EXPOSED LOCATIONS – WHITE:
           EXPOSED DRAIN PIPING, SUPPLY PIPING, AND VALVES UNDER
           HANDICAPPED-ACCESSIBLE SINKS AND LAVS, WHERE ARCHITECTURAL
           PANEL OR STAINLESS STEEL GUARDS WILL NOT WORK DUE TO UNUSUAL
           PIPING LOCATIONS, UNDER-SINK TANKS, ETC.

ALUMINUM JACKETS, .016 INCH:

      EXPOSED PIPING WHERE INDICATED.


                           HVAC PIPING SYSTEMS

GLASS FIBER: 1” FOR PIPES < 2”, 2” FOR PIPES 2” AND LARGER

      HVAC HOT WATER PIPING.

FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC CELLULAR, 3/4"




INSULATION SCHEDULE                                              15250 - S52
ALL FLEXIBLE ELASTOMERIC PIPE INSULATION EXPOSED TO VIEW SHALL BE
PAINTED BY THE INSULATION SUBCONTRACTOR WITH THE MANUFACTURER’S
PROTECTIVE COATING. PROVIDE TWO COATS ON INTERIOR INSULATION AND
THREE COATS ON EXTERIOR INSULATION. CONFIRM COLOR WITH ARCHITECT.

EXPOSED LOCATIONS (WHITE)

      HEAT PUMP REFRIGERANT PIPING.


                             DUCTWORK INSULATION

INSULATE THE FOLLOWING DUCTWORK:

      OUTDOOR AIR INTAKE DUCTWORK INCLUDING COMBUSTION AIR.
      EXHAUST DUCTWORK IN CONDITIONED AREAS BETWEEN BACKDRAFT OR
            MOTOR DAMPER AND WALL OR ROOF OUTLET (NOT REQUIRED IF DAMPER
      IS LOCATED AT OUTLET).
      ENERGY RECOVERY UNIT EXHAUST DUCTWORK.

      NOTES:

      GLASS FIBER: R-5 (1.5" @ 3/4 PCF WRAP, OR 1.5" @ 3 PCF BOARD),


                             EQUIPMENT INSULATION


SUPER FIRETEMP-L BOARD, ZERO CLEARANCE (PABCO), 2-1/2”;
NELSON FSB FLAMESHIELD BLANKET (TWO LAYERS), 3”;
FIREMASTER DUCT WRAP(TWO LAYERS);
3M FIRE BARRIER DUCT WRAP 15A

      KITCHEN HOOD EXHAUST DUCT (IF REQUIRED CLEARANCES TO COMBUSTIBLES
      CANNOT BE MAINTAINED).


END OF SCHEDULE 15250 (7/19/07)




INSULATION SCHEDULE                                                    15250 - S53
SECTION 15430 - WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM
Part 1 - GENERAL
Plumbing Code: Comply with applicable portions of the codes listed in Division 15 Section “Basic
Requirements,” and other state and local codes. Review Drawings and Specifications with Plumbing
Inspector prior to rough-in. Notify Mechanical Engineer of any significant changes.

Riser Drawings: If required by any authority having jurisdiction, supply riser drawings shall be prepared
by Contractor, at no extra cost to Owner, to the satisfaction of the authority.

Specification Revisions: Recently revised portions of this specification are shown in italics.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General
Manufacturers: Comply with Division One requirements. Comply with Division 15 Section “Basic
Requirements.”

Low Lead: All products supplied under this section shall be “lead-free” as defined in Section 8 of the
Safe Drinking Water Act, and, in addition, shall contain no more than six percent lead by dry weight.
Further, all gate, ball, and butterfly valves used in the domestic water system shall have a published
maximum lead content of 2.5 percent.

No Antibacterial: No part of any product provided under this section shall be anti-bacterial using a
chemical biocide. Silver treatments are allowed.

Applicability: Products described herein may or may not be applicable to this project. See Schedules and
Drawings.

Pipe and Fittings
Above Ground, Within Building: Copper tubing. Conform to ASTM B88, Type L, hard temper, copper
tube. Fittings: ANSI B16.22 streamlined pattern wrought-copper fittings; soldered joints with lead-free
solder.

Below Ground, Pipe Sizes 3 Inches and Smaller: Copper tubing; conform to ASTM B88, Type K, soft
temper copper tube. No joints permitted on below ground copper tubing. Wirsbo Aquapex allowed only
where specifically indicated.

Below Ground, Pipe Sizes Larger Than 3 Inches: Ductile-iron pipe and fittings. Conform to ANSI
A21.51 for Ductile-iron pipe, with ANSI A21.4 cement-mortar lining; AWWA C110 for Schedule 150,
ductile-iron fittings, with AWWA C111 rubber-gasket joints.

Steel or Copper Factory Pre-insulated Pipe: Perma-pipe Poly Therm, 1-1/2” polyurethane insulation,
FRP jacket. (Kenyon-Barstow Co., 617-426-5822)
WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM                        June 27, 2007                             15430-54
Other Products
General Duty Valves: See Division 15 Section “Valves.”

Ball Valves: All domestic and hydronic ball valves on this project shall be from the same listed
manufacturer. All ball valves shall have a published maximum lead content of 2.5 percent. All ball valves,
for sizes up to two inches, shall be NSF 61-8 certified and have less than 11 ppb lead leachate. Minimum
400 PSI WOG; 2-piece construction; brass body; standard or full port; stainless steel or chrome-plated
brass ball; blowout proof stem; and zinc-plated steel handle. Manufacturers/models: Hammond 8901,
8911; Milwaukee BA-475B, BA-485B; Nibco S-FP-600R-N, T-FP-600R-N; Watts FBV-3C, FBVS-3C;
or pre-approved equal. Equals accepted only upon written confirmation of compliance with all
requirements of these specifications.

Relief Valves: Provide proper size relief valve, in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Codes, for indicated capacity of the appliance for which installed.

Temperature & Pressure Relief Valves: Bronze body, test lever, thermostat, complying with ANSI
Z21.22 listing requirements for temperature discharge capacity. Provide temperature relief at 210 °F, and
pressure relief at 150 PSI.

Sectional, Shutoff, and Drain Valves: For valves 2 inches and smaller, use gate or ball valves; for
sectional valves 2-1/2 inches and larger, use gate or butterfly valves.

Solder and Flux: Use lead-free solder throughout, such as tin-copper-silver, or tin-silver. Example:
Harris Nick, Teracorp Solder Safe, Silvabrite 100. Solder containing lead is not permitted on the job site.
Both solder and flux shall comply with NSF-61. Flux shall comply with ASTM B813. Example:
RectorSeal Nokorode.

Expansion Compensators: Keflex or equal bellows-type expansion compensators with brass case,
multi-ply stainless steel bellows, and factory guides.

Thermostatic Mixing Valves: Reliable thermostatic motor; bronze body; union end stop and check inlets
with stainless steel strainers; outlet temperature control within 3 °F. Manufacturer of any proposed
“equal” valve must supply a written statement certifying the required flow range at the specified pressure
drop, and provide copy of ASSE certificate.

Water Meters: Bronze maincase; sealed register magnetic drive; strainer; AWWA C-700 compliance;
max. pressure 150 PSI; max. pressure drop at design continuous flow 4.0 PSI. Provide registration and
remote readout (if required) in accordance with local water authority. Mount remote readout as directed
by local water authority.

Strainers: Bronze body; standard stainless steel screen with 60 mesh stainless steel liner; 400 PSI WOG
@ 210 °F.

Well Pressure Tanks: 100 PSIG max. working pressure; FDA and/or NSF-approved materials in contact
with the water; 100% lead-free; 100% free of PVC (vinyl); lead-free brass, malleable iron or stainless
steel connection; floor stand. Provide ASME certified tanks where indicated or required.

WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM                        June 27, 2007                            15430-55
Expansion Tanks: 150 PSIG max. working pressure; 200 oF max. operating temperature; steel shell;
polypropylene liner; butyl diaphragm; 40 PSIG pre-charge pressure. Provide ASME certified tanks where
indicated or required.

Trap Primers: All floor drains have trap primers unless specifically indicated otherwise on the
Drawings. Provide PPP PR-500, with distributor unit as required, unless shown otherwise on Water
Distribution Schedule.

DHW Piping Heating Cable System: Tyco Raychem HWAT-P1 heating cable system (1-617-328-7070).

Scheduled Products: See Schedule at the end of this Section for additional descriptions of products.

Part 3 - EXECUTION

General
Basic Identification: Provide identification in accordance with Division 15 Section “Identification.” All
valves installed in locations that are not adjacent to the fixture or appliance served shall be identified.

Instructions: Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, and in accordance with the
Contract Documents.

Piping Installation
Freeze Protection: Except for non-freeze wall hydrants, no water piping is allowed in exterior walls or
other unheated spaces. No exceptions. Wall hydrant valve housing must be located completely inside of
interior wall facing. Where any type of water piping appears to be located in an unheated space,
coordinate with GC to relocate piping, or to provide Ventilated Plumbing Chase with vapor barrier and
full thickness insulation on the cold side of the piping cavity and wall or ceiling louvers between the
piping cavity and heated space. Locate louvers every six feet along piping run, two louvers minimum. If
contractor has any reason to suspect that any water piping is subject to freezing, notify Architect
immediately.

Boiler Rooms: Do not locate any water piping within ten feet (in any direction) of combustion air louvers
or combustion air fan outlets. If there are combustion air louvers, locate all water piping at least six
inches above the floor (except for water entrance pipe up through floor). Provide housekeeping pads of
sufficient thickness to facilitate this six-inch requirement. For water entrance piping up through floor,
provide double thickness insulation for the lowest six inches, and ensure airtight seal at joint with floor.

Placement: Piping locations shown on Drawings are diagrammatic. Modify to suit actual field
requirements. Coordinate piping locations to avoid conflict with other piping, ductwork, skylights,
lighting, electrical conduit, structural elements, etc. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other. Install
piping tight to slabs, beams, joists, columns, walls, and other permanent elements of the building.
Provide space to permit insulation application, with one-inch clearance outside the insulation. Allow six
inches space above removable ceiling panels to allow for panel removal. Allow sufficient space for
servicing of valves.



WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM                         June 27, 2007                              15430-56
For service access, keep all piping, devices, and appurtenances a minimum of three feet from any
electrical service panel, hinged panel door, or equipment door. To avoid hazard from leaks, keep all
piping at least 12 inches from any part of the footprint of any electrical service panel, extended vertically
up to the floor or roof deck above. No water piping is allowed within or above a nonstructural ceiling of
any room dedicated and named as an electrical room or elevator equipment room.

Route water piping to avoid passing though exit stairways, even when so indicated on the Drawings.

Acoustic Isolation: Isolate from structure all 1/2", 3/4", and 1” diameter piping passing through or near
steel or wood studs. Use appropriate materials, such as acoustical pipe clamps equal to Hubbard Holdrite
(1-800-321-0316) or Acousto-Plumb (1-800-854-3215). Pipes must never contact any structure. Any
failure to comply with this requirement will be grounds for the Engineer to request that the GC open
previously covered work at the contractor's expense to prove compliance with this requirement
throughout the building.

Concealed Piping: Conceal all piping in walls, pipe chases, utility spaces, above ceilings, or below
grade, unless specifically noted otherwise or permitted by Architect. Exposed piping is allowed in
mechanical rooms and water entrance rooms. Coordinate with GC to ensure that all chases and soffits
have clear space that is a minimum of four inches larger than the nominal pipe size, to allow for insulation
and working clearance.

Exposed Piping: Install exposed piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are
not permitted unless expressly indicated. Coordinate with Architect prior to installation.

Underground Piping: For below ground, install each pipe in individual ABS sleeve. For within slab,
install pipe in flexible elastomeric insulation unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. If indicated “in
sleeve,” install in ABS sleeve, and bring sleeve through finished floor to allow replacement of piping
without excavation. At water entrance, provide thrust block at any piping bend per civil engineer or
NFPA 24.

Factory Pre-insulated Pipe: Install factory pre-insulated piping systems for underground hot or chilled
water piping systems outside buildings. Provide steel or copper pipe to match type of piping in interior of
building. Provide factory recommended fitting and expansion compensation.

Drains and Slope: Install drains at low points in mains, risers, and branch lines consisting of tee fitting,
3/4-inch valve, and short 3/4-inch threaded nipple and cap. Install piping with 1/32 inch per foot (1/4
percent) downward slope toward drain point.

Fittings: Use fittings for all changes in direction and branch connections. Bullhead tees are not allowed.

Penetrations: Seal pipe penetrations through exterior walls with sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals:
"link-seal" or other approved alternate which is compatible with the foundation damp-proofing system
specified. Pipe sleeves shall be galvanized steel pipe. For exposed pipes, provide escutcheons. Where
pipes pass through fire-rated walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors, maintain the fire-rated integrity. Refer
to Division 15 Section “Basic Materials and Methods.”

Expansion Compensation: For domestic hot water piping, install expansion compensation offsets or
expansion joints as required and as shown on the Drawings. Offsets or expansion joints are required no
more than 100 feet apart on straight runs.
WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM                          June 27, 2007                             15430-57
Piping Runouts to Fixtures: Provide water piping runouts to plumbing fixtures, of sizes indicated; but
in no case smaller than required by the Plumbing Code.

Supports and Anchors: Hangers, supports, anchors, and spacing are specified in Division 15 Section
“Supports and Anchors.” Seismic restraints may be required. See Division 15 Section “Seismic
Restraints.”

Installation of Other Products
Water Entrance: Extend water distribution piping to connect to water service piping. Water service
piping from source to the first flange inside the building is not work of this Section. However, coordinate
with Site Contractor to ensure proper separation of water service from building sewer, as required by the
plumbing codes. Install shutoff valve at service entrance, inside building; complete with strainer, pressure
gauge, and test tee with valve. It is acceptable to mount backflow preventer vertically if permitted by
manufacturer and local water authority. See Detail on Drawings for additional requirements. It is
Contractor’s responsibility to coordinate the water entrance with all administrative authorities having
jurisdiction, and to provide all parts and labor as required by them, even if different from or in addition
to the Contract Documents, and to do so at no extra cost.

General Duty Valves: See Division 15 Section “Valves.”

Relief Valves (All Types): Run full-size copper discharge line to a safe location as indicated.

Sectional Valves: Install on each branch so that each plumbing fixture and equipment item can be
isolated (in addition to its shutoff valve); and on the base of every riser or downfeed pipe; and elsewhere
as indicated. Install valves close to main, or as indicated.

Shutoff Valves: Install on each inlet of each plumbing equipment item, and on each inlet of each
plumbing fixture or faucet, and elsewhere as indicated. Where applicable, exposed stop valves can serve
as shutoff valves.

Drain Valves: Install on each plumbing equipment item and located so as to completely drain equipment
for service or repair. Install drain valves at the base of each riser, at low points of horizontal runs, and
elsewhere as required to completely drain distribution piping system.

Check Valves: Provide check valves, whether or not indicated elsewhere, for all devices which mix hot
and cold water and have a shut-off valve on the outlet, or in any way have the potential for a cross
connection between hot and cold. These devices include but are not limited to: washing machines, mixing
valves, faucets with hose thread outlets, service sink faucets, electronic faucets, single inlet faucets, and
kitchen sprays. Install in accessible location. Also provide a “silent” check valve, Watts Series 600 or
equal, just upstream of every reduced pressure backflow preventer that will remain in service after the
initial hydronic system fill.

Unions: Provide union for each connection to plumbing equipment, including all valves worth more than
$100, such as thermostatic mixing valves.




WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM                         June 27, 2007                             15430-58
Water Hammer Arrestors: Install where shown on Drawings and at or near all flush valves and other
quick-closing valves such as spring-loaded valves, electrically actuated valves, and electronically
controlled faucets. Locate arrestors per manufacturer’s recommendations.

Pressure Reducing Valves: Install pressure reducing valves with inlet and outlet shutoff valves,
throttling valve bypass, and pressure gauge on valve outlet. Throttling valve bypass is not required if
there are multiple parallel legs. For water entrance, set at 75 PSI unless indicated otherwise. Install valves
where indicated and where required by fixture and equipment manufacturer’s recommendations, for items
including commercial dishwashers (Watts U5B-LP or equal) and other kitchen equipment.

All Testable Backflow Preventers: Install in a location that allows ready access, at a convenient height,
without requiring a ladder. Distance from the floor to the bottom of the device shall be between 36 and 48
inches. Device shall be a minimum of 12 inches from any wall or other object that would impede access.

Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventers: Pipe relief outlet as shown on Drawings, or, if not shown, to
nearest floor drain.

Thermostatic Mixing Valves: Provide thermostatic mixing valve (Powers 480-3/8 or Watts USG-B-
Strainer) to supply tempered water to each ADA lavatory, even if not so indicated elsewhere. For master
mixing valves, provide factory start-up by valve manufacturer. For all thermostatic mixing valves: inspect
within 30 days of initial installation or operation, and clean strainer and cartridge as required; train Owner
to reinspect monthly or more frequently as needed.

Water Meter: Install water meter in accordance with utility requirements. Locate remote readout (if any)
at location directed by utility. If water meter is provided by utility, install rough-in piping and specialties
in accordance with utility requirements. Install shutoff valve on discharge side of meter.

Pressure Tanks: Before installation, and with water connection open, check precharge pressure and
boost to 38 PSIG if needed. Provide 3/4-inch drain valve for tanks up to 120 gallons nominal size; 1 inch
drain valve for tanks 121 to 750 gallons. Provide 1/2 inch vacuum relief valve at the top of each tank.
Provide pressure relief valve on the supply pipe to the tank; one valve may serve all tanks on that pipe.

Trap Primers: All floor drains have trap primers unless specifically indicated otherwise on the
Drawings. Install trap primer valves where shown on Drawings, or, if not shown, at nearby convenient
location, on cold water piping not larger than 1-1/2 inch, and no closer than 40 feet apart. Install with
piping T pointing upward to prevent foreign material from entering primer. Water lines must be flushed
prior to installing trap primers. Install components using Teflon tape, not pipe dope. Provide ready access,
such as access panels, for all trap primers. Install all trap primers and distribution units minimum 12
inches above the finished floor, and pitch minimum 1/2 inch piping minimum 1/2 inch per foot. Install
distribution units level. Cycle trap primer valve at least six times, and confirm that it is working properly
and not leaking.

Well Pump Pressure Switch: Set to turn on pump at 70 PSI and off at 75 PSI, unless shown otherwise
on Drawings.

DHW Piping Heating Cable System: Provide on main DHW line from master mixing valve to end of
main, and on all branch lines one inch size and larger, and on additional lines as shown on the
Drawings. Coordinate with other trades; this system requires revised pipe insulation work (generally one
size larger insulation) and electrical work. Electrical Contractor shall provide one or more 120 VAC
WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM                          June 27, 2007                             15430-59
circuits with 30 mA ground-fault circuit breaker for each circuit, sizes as follows: 15A for max 250 feet,
20A for max 350 feet, and 30A for max 500 feet.

Field Quality Control
Protection: Protect water piping during remainder of construction period, to avoid contamination and
damage. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day or whenever work stops.

Piping System Test: Test for leaks and defects all new water distribution piping systems and parts of
existing systems, which have been altered, extended or repaired. Conduct a water test at a pressure not
less than the working pressure of the system. The water utilized for tests shall be obtained from a potable
source of supply. Air testing is not permitted, except with specific permission of the appropriate plumbing
inspector. Repair all leaks and defects using new materials and retest system or portion thereof until
satisfactory results are obtained. Use the procedure prescribed by the authority having jurisdiction, or per
the applicable Plumbing Code.

Cleaning: Clean entire piping system of all dirt, sand, debris, flux residue, etc. with particular attention
to water entrance line, water meter strainer, other strainers, backflow preventer, washing machine inlets,
eyewashes, faucet aerators, and strainers at individual devices such as electronic faucets and laundry
valves. Before admitting water to any terminal device that has a stop (such as a faucet or eyewash),
connect a hose temporarily to the stop and run one-half gallon of water into a bucket. This Contractor
shall be fully responsible for all corrective actions required because of obstruction or damage to all
plumbing devices due to inadequately cleaned and flushed systems.

Disinfecting: Prior to use, purge and disinfect all new water distribution piping systems and parts of
existing systems, which have been altered, extended, or repaired. Use the procedure prescribed by the
authority having jurisdiction, or per the applicable Plumbing Code.

Adjustment of Hot Water Temperature: Adjust mixing valves, faucet and shower valve temperature
limit stops, and hot water heater controls systems to provide the following hot water temperatures.
Lavatories with single-inlet faucets: 100 °F. Shower valve and public lavatory temperature limit stops
(where provided): 110 °F maximum. Commercial kitchen sinks served by a kitchen mixing valve: 125 °F
or as directed by the cook. Commercial kitchen dishwasher booster heater inlet: 145 °F. Hot water
heaters: 145 °F. (The OSHA minimum is 140 °F; the higher nominal setpoint allows for the control
differential.) Master mixing valve for general hot water circulation, and sinks not listed above: 125 °F.
(This is the OSHA minimum, allowing a 3 °F drop through the system). Change any of these initial
setpoints when so directed by local health department or other appropriate administrative authority.

END OF SECTION 15430 (7/19/07)




WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM                        June 27, 2007                             15430-60
                         WATER DISTRIBUTION SCHEDULE
                              MOSAIC COMMONS
                              RESIDENTIAL UNITS
Submittals. Provide submittals on all products shown in this schedule, plus the following products if
used for this project:

        Pipe and fittings, Valves, Solder, Flux, Expansion Compensators, Strainers

Note to Contractors: In addition to this Schedule, provide your suppliers with Specification Section
15430, Part 2 - Products, for important additional information.

W-3.    WALL HYDRANT, LIGHT DUTY: Woodford Model 25 with 50009 T-key
        Features: Brass body; non-freeze; integral vacuum breaker; self draining; 1/2 or 3/4 inch inlet to
               match pipe size; 3/4 inch hose connection; loose key metal handle; compression
               cartridge; no ceramic cartridge.
        Required Options: length to suit wall thickness.

W-32. 10-GPM THERMOSTATIC MIXING VALVE: Lawler 61-25; Powers LM491-1; Powers
             431; Symmons 5-200
      Features: integral, non-removable check valves on inlets; 3/4 inch outlet; set point minimum
             range 85-135 °F; required flow range from 1.0 to 10 GPM (at 10 PSI drop); ASSE 1017
             seal and certificate.
      Required Options: Rough bronze finish.

W-86. LAUNDRY VALVE WITH COVER AND DRAIN: Symmons W-602X or equal
      Features: brass valve with single on-off lever to control both hot and cold supplies; 1/2” inlets;
             molded plastic box and cover with steel mounting brackets; brass drip pan and 2” drain;
             service stops on inlets.
      Note: Locate in an easily-accessible position so that washing machine users can operate the
             valve.

W-91. IN LINE EXPANSION TANK: Amtrol ST-12, Bell & Gossett PT-12, or equal
      Features: 4.4 gal. total volume; max. acceptance factor 0.73; 3/4-inch NPTF system connection;
             11 diam. X 15 inches high.
      Note: For use with tanks up to 80 gallons.




END OF WATER DISTRIBUTION SCHEDULE (printed 7/19/07)




WATER DISTRIBUTION RESIDENTIAL July 19, 2007                                                15430 - S61
                         WATER DISTRIBUTION SCHEDULE
                               MOSAIC COMMON
                            NON-RESIDENTIAL UNITS
Submittals. Provide submittals on all products shown in this schedule, plus the following products if
used for this project:

        Pipe and fittings, Valves, Solder, Flux, Expansion Compensators, Strainers

Note to Contractors: In addition to this Schedule, provide your suppliers with Specification Section
15430, Part 2 - Products, for important additional information.

W-3.    WALL HYDRANT, LIGHT DUTY: Woodford Model 25 with 50009 T-key
        Features: Brass body; non-freeze; integral vacuum breaker; self draining; 1/2 or 3/4 inch inlet to
               match pipe size; 3/4 inch hose connection; loose key metal handle; compression
               cartridge; no ceramic cartridge.
        Required Options: length to suit wall thickness.

W-33K 20-GPM MIXING VALVE: Lawler 801. No other brands accepted without approval by
            Engineer prior to bid.
     Features: integral, non-removable check valves on inlets; one inch outlet; set point minimum
            range 110-140°F; required flow range from 1.0 to 20 GPM (at 10 PSI drop); ASSE 1017
            seal and certificate.
     Required Options: Rough bronze finish. Dial thermometer, shut-off valve, and union on outlet.
            Recessed 18 Ga. stainless steel cabinet and door with piano hinge, lock and two keys.
            Before ordering, confirm that cabinet will fit inside wall, and provide semi-recessed
            cabinet if required by wall thickness.
     Brand Note: Powers and Symmons valves are not allowed for this application because there is no
            continuous DHW recirculation.

W-71R 1-GPM DHW RECIRC. PUMP, RESIDENTIAL: Bell & Gossett (no known equal); Taco
            006B
     Features: 99.9% lead-free bronze body; min. 125 PSI pressure rating; min. 225°F water
            temperature rating; plastic impeller; maintenance-free wet rotor self-lubrication; 115-60-1
            electrical, 1/40 HP maximum; non-overloading motor with built-in thermal overload
            protection; three-year guarantee.
     Required Options: Flanged, threaded, or union 1/2 or 3/4 inch connection; capacity 1.0 GPM at 8
            ft. head.
     Required Option (Taco only): Three-year warranty by Contractor.
     Note: For up to 200 feet of 1/2 inch pipe.

W-80 PRESSURE-ACTIVATED TRAP PRIMER: PPP PR-500
     Features: Brass body; 1/2 inch size; built-in vacuum breaker; operating range 35-75 PSIG; 5 PSI
            pressure drop to activate; ASSE 1018 compliance.
     Required Options: Provide distributor unit for up to four drains, if required.
     Note: Install a minimum of 12 inches above floor drain inlet.

W-92. 10-GALLON EXPANSION TANK: Amtrol ST-25V, Bell & Gossett PT-25V, or equal


WATER DISTRIBUTION-NON RESIDENTIALJuly 19, 2007                                             15430 - S62
     Features: 10.3 gal. total volume; max. acceptance factor 1.00; 1-inch NPTF system connection;
            15 diam. X 19 inches high.
     Note: Stand model. For use with tanks up to 180 gallons.

END OF WATER DISTRIBUTION SCHEDULE (printed 7/19/07)




WATER DISTRIBUTION-NON RESIDENTIALJuly 19, 2007                                      15430 - S63
SECTION 15435 - DRAINAGE AND VENT SYSTEM

Part 1 - GENERAL
Plumbing Code: Comply with applicable portions of the codes listed in Division 15 Section “Basic
Requirements,” and other state and local codes. Review Drawings and Specifications with Plumbing
Inspector prior to rough-in. Notify Mechanical Engineer of any significant changes.

Riser Drawings: If required by any authority having jurisdiction, waste/vent and storm drain riser
drawings shall be prepared by Contractor, at no extra cost to Owner, to the satisfaction of the authority.

Specification Revisions: Recently revised portions of this specification are shown in italics.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General
Manufacturers: Comply with Division One requirements. Comply with Division 15 Section “Basic
Requirements.”

No Antibacterial: No part of any product provided under this section shall be anti-bacterial using a
chemical biocide. Silver treatments are allowed.

Applicability: Products described in this Section may or may not be applicable to this project. See
Schedules and Drawings.

Pipe and Fittings
Hub-and-Spigot Cast Iron Soil Pipe: Conform to ASTM A74, CISPI HS-74, for service weight,
hub-and-spigot soil pipe and fittings, with neoprene compression gasket joints conforming to ASTM
C564, CISPI HSN.

Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe: Conform to ASTM A888, CISPI Standard 301, service weight, cast-iron
soil pipe and fittings, with stainless steel clamps and neoprene gaskets conforming to CISPI Standard 310.
Coupling manufacturers: Charlotte, Mission, Tyler, or equal.

Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe with Heavy Duty Couplings: Pipe shall conform to ASTM A888, CISPI
Standard 301, cast-iron soil pipe. Couplings shall conform to ASTM C-1540. Coupling shields shall be
corrugated or semi-corrugated Type 304 stainless steel; minimum thickness 0.0075 inch; minimum width
of three inches for pipe sizes 1-1/2 through 4 inches, four inches for pipe sizes 5 through 10 inches, and 5-
1/2 inches for pipe sizes 12 and 15 inches. Couplings shall have at least four sealing bands, and six for
pipe sizes 5 through 15 inches, and shall require 80 inch-pounds of torque applied to 5/16-inch hex head
screws. Gaskets shall be neoprene, comply with ASTM C-564, and have multiple sealing ring pairs, one
pair under each sealing band. Coupling manufacturers/models: Charlotte Heavy Duty, Husky SD 2000,
Ideal MD, or Mission HW, as approved by Engineer after review of a sample provided by manufacturer’s
sales representative. Not used on this project unless listed on page 15435-S1.



DRAINAGE AND VENT RESIDENTIAL                         July 19, 2007                              15435 - 64
Type K Copper: Conform to ASTM B88, Type K, soft temper copper tube. No joints permitted on
below ground copper tubing.

Type L Copper: Conform to ASTM B88, Type L, hard temper, copper tube. Fittings: ANSI B16.22
streamlined pattern wrought-copper fittings.

Type M Copper: Conform to ASTM B88, Type M, hard temper, copper tube. Fittings: ANSI B16.22
streamlined pattern wrought-copper fittings. Used only for DWV applications, two inch maximum size, in
lieu of Type DWV copper.

Schedule 40 ABS: Schedule 40 “Foam Core” ABS DWV pipe conforming to ASTM F628, and fittings
conforming to ASTM D2661. (Note: never allowed underground or for pressure applications.) Not
allowed on this project unless listed on page 15435-S1.

Schedule 40 Flame Retardant Polypropylene: Schedule 40 flame retardant polypropylene pipe, fittings
and mechanical joints, Orion Blueline or equal, conforming to ASTM D3222. Not used on this project
unless listed on page 15435-S1.

Other Products

Backwater Valves: Valve assembly shall be bronze fitted cast-iron, with bolted cover. Flapper shall
provide a maximum 1/4-inch clearance between flapper and seat for air circulation. Valve ends shall suit
piping material.

Cleanout Plugs: Cast-bronze or brass, raised square head for D-2 applications, countersunk or raised
square head for other applications. Install in cleanouts as indicated, and as required by Plumbing Code.

Flashing Flanges: Cast-iron watertight stack or wall sleeve with membrane flashing ring. Provide
underdeck clamp and sleeve length as required.

Vent Flashing Sleeves: Provide 18 x 18 inch aluminum base, no-caulk vent flashing sleeves compatible
with roof construction and material.

Piping Heat Trace: 5 watts per foot, with junction box, end seal kit, glass cloth tape, suitable for service
on condensate line in freezer. Manufacturers: Thermon FLX, Raychem.

Floor Drains: All floor drains have trap primers unless specifically indicated otherwise on the Drawings.
See Division 15 Section “Water Distribution System,” paragraph “Trap Primers.” Provide 4-inch diameter
funnel if “with funnel” is noted on plans. Provide funnel or 1/2 grate for all indirect waste applications.

Grease Interceptors: Welded steel construction (cast iron permitted up to 15 GPM size); acid resistant
epoxy coating; PDI rated; air relief bypass; removable screens; gasketed non-skid secured cover; for
flush-with-floor installation unless noted otherwise on Drawings. Provide (1) angle type flow control
device with plunger for cleaning orifice, or (2) flow control device with plug for ready access to orifice.
Provide extension section if required by invert elevation.

Condensate Pumps: It is Contractor’s responsibility to provide condensate pumps where required,
whether or not indicated on Drawings. Provide in-pan condensate pump (Little Giant 1-ABS or equal)




DRAINAGE AND VENT RESIDENTIAL                        July 19, 2007                             15435 - 65
where it will fit inside unit, otherwise provide condensate pump with tank (Little Giant VCMA-20ULS or
equal) and locate outside of unit.

Scheduled Products: See Schedule at the end of this Section for additional descriptions of products.

Part 3 - EXECUTION
General
Instructions: Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions, and in accordance with the
Contract Documents.

Existing Piping: Where ever new drainage (sewer or storm drain) piping connects into existing building
drainage piping, Contractor shall mechanically clean (power auger or power water jetter) existing
drainage piping as follows: (1) all existing drainage piping downstream of any new work, and (2) all
existing building drainage lines four inches and larger. For both (1) and (2), cleaning shall continue all the
way to the first manhole outside the building.

Main Vent: Every sanitary drainage system shall have a main vent that is either a vent stack or a stack
vent that is not less than three inches in diameter and undiminished in size from the building drain to the
open air. Provide as required by Code even if not shown on plans.

Future Vents: Within any habitable or occupiable spaces at the lowest level of a structure where
plumbing fixtures are not installed, provide an accessible vent connection, not less than two inches in
diameter, which is properly connected to the vent system to provide for future venting. Provide as
required by Code even if not shown on plans.

Sprinkler System Discharges: Do not allow any sprinkler system test piping to discharge into the
sanitary sewer system; allow no direct or indirect connection to any piping, floor drain, floor sink, mop
basin, or other fixture. Where so indicated by the Plumbing Engineer, sprinkler system reduced pressure
backflow preventers may discharge via an indirect waste fitting into an appropriate drain or fixture.

Piping Installation
Trenches: Insure trench bottoms are smooth, firm, and free from rock throughout the length of the pipe
before proceeding with pipe installation. Provide tamped sand bedding under pipe. At each pipe joint, dig
bell holes to relieve the bell of the pipe of all loads, and to ensure continuous bearing of the pipe barrel on
the foundation. Backfill trench with compacted select fill.

Drain Piping: Install underground building drains to conform with the Plumbing Code, and in
accordance with the Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute Engineering Manual. Lay underground building drains
beginning at low point of systems, true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of
invert. Place bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install required gaskets in accordance with
manufacturer's recommendations for use of lubricants, cements, and other special installation
requirements. Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it is completed. Drainage piping
“dead ends” shall be no longer than 24 inches, unless they end in a cleanout.




DRAINAGE AND VENT RESIDENTIAL                          July 19, 2007                              15435 - 66
Placement: Piping locations shown on Drawings are diagrammatic. Modify to suit actual field
requirements. Coordinate piping locations to avoid conflict with other piping, ductwork, skylights,
lighting, electrical conduit, structural elements, etc. Install above-ground piping tight to slabs, beams,
joists, columns, walls, and other permanent elements of the building. Allow six inches space above
removable ceiling panels to allow for panel removal. Allow sufficient space for servicing of any items
that might require service.

For service access, keep all piping, devices, and appurtenances a minimum of three feet from any
electrical service panel, hinged panel door, or equipment door. To avoid hazard from leaks, keep all
piping at least 12 inches from any part of the footprint of any electrical service panel or food
preparation/storage/serving area/appliance/fixture, extended vertically up to the floor or roof deck above.
No DWV piping is allowed within or above a nonstructural ceiling of any room dedicated and named as
an electrical room or elevator equipment room.

Route DWV and storm drain piping to avoid passing though exit stairways, even when so indicated on the
Drawings.

Concealed Piping: Conceal all above-ground piping in walls, pipe chases, utility spaces, above ceilings,
or below grade, unless specifically noted otherwise or permitted by Architect. Exposed piping is allowed
in mechanical rooms and water entrance rooms. Coordinate with GC to ensure that all chases and soffits
have clear space that is a minimum of four inches larger than the nominal pipe size, to allow for insulation
and working clearance.

Exposed Piping: Install exposed piping at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are
not permitted unless expressly indicated. Coordinate with Architect prior to installation.

Slope: Install drainage piping pitched down at minimum slope of 1/4 inch per foot (2 percent) for piping
3 inches and smaller, and 1/8 inch per foot (1 percent) for piping 4 inches and larger, unless indicated
otherwise elsewhere.

Fittings: Make changes in direction for drainage and vent piping using appropriate 45-degree wyes,
half-wyes, or long sweep quarter, sixth, eighth, or sixteenth bends. Sanitary tees or short quarter bends
may be used on vertical stacks of drainage lines where the change in direction of flow is from horizontal
to vertical, except use long-turn tees where two fixtures are installed back to back and have a common
drain. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. No change in direction of flow
greater than 90 degrees shall be made. Where different sizes of drainage pipes and fittings are connected,
use proper size standard increasers or reducers. Reduction of the size of drainage piping in the direction
of flow is prohibited.

Penetrations: Seal pipe penetrations through exterior walls with sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals:
"link-seal" or other approved alternate which is compatible with the foundation damp-proofing system
specified. Pipe sleeves shall be galvanized steel pipe. For exposed pipes, provide escutcheons. Where
pipes pass through fire-rated walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors, maintain the fire-rated integrity. Refer
to Division 15 Section “Basic Materials and Methods.”

Piping Runouts to Fixtures: Provide drainage and vent piping runouts to plumbing fixtures and drains,
with approved trap, of sizes indicated; but in no case smaller than required by the Plumbing Code. Locate
piping runouts as close as possible to bottom of floor slab supporting fixtures or drains. Provide proper




DRAINAGE AND VENT RESIDENTIAL                          July 19, 2007                              15435 - 67
size and length standpipe with air break where required by the Plumbing Code, for fixtures and equipment
such as washing machines. Coordinate space in cabinetry for traps, tanks, and piping.

Condensate Piping: Provide one-inch condensate piping from each HVAC unit that produces
condensate, or is indicated as “future cooling.” (“Future cooling” includes the future addition of either
condensing units, or a central chiller so that chilled water is circulated through the hydronic piping; units
to have cooling include unit ventilators, fan coil units, air handling units, duct coils, etc.) Connect piping
to all condensate connections on unit and to drip pan if provided. For each condensate outlet, provide a
separate P-trap of sufficient depth and size to maintain the trap seal and to allow flow of condensate.
Allow for P-trap depth when mounting equipment.

For rooftop equipment operated year-round, provide closed P-trap in heated space and increase piping
downstream of the P-trap by one pipe size (combination drain and vent system). For all other equipment,
provide open P-trap (with a vertical open pipe section on the downstream side of the trap) in each
condensate line, near unit.

Extend piping as indicated. If not indicated, run piping, as directed by Architect, either (1) inside building
to air gap fitting to mop basin, service sink, floor sink, or floor drain into the sanitary sewer, (2) outside
building to grade, (3) for rooftop equipment not operated in the winter, to roof drain, or (4) as specifically
approved in writing by Engineer. Do not connect into storm drain piping. For floor-mounted unit
ventilators, provide piping inside exterior walls, then to exterior above grade. Insulate interior piping per
Division 15 Section “Insulation.” Provide accessible cleanouts as described in this Section. If pipe size is
not indicated, size piping per “Condensate Pipe Size” paragraph and install at 1/4 inch per foot slope.
Provide condensate pumps for all cooling fan coils and unit ventilators which are mounted flush with the
ceiling, and for other units where required.

For interior piping to a mop basin or similar fixture, provide 45-degree down discharge elbow ending one
inch above rim, and chrome-plated escutcheon. For interior piping to a floor drain (with funnel or 1/2
grate), maintain air gap and install so that all condensate goes into the floor drain, with no splashing. For
piping to exterior, provide 45-degree down discharge elbow 8 inches above splash block at grade. For
exterior drains from future cooling units, solder cap on exterior end of drain pipe, and do not provide
splash block.

Condensate Pump Piping: Where condensate pumps are provided, run 3/8-inch copper tube vertically
and/or horizontally as needed and make rigid, water-tight connection to rigid copper pipe that drains by
gravity to approved location as indicated above. Size the rigid pipe per “Condensate Pipe Size”
paragraph. Insulate all condensate piping per Division 15 Section “Insulation.”

Condensate Pipe Size: Use the following sizes unless shown otherwise on Drawings. For 1-5 HVAC
units, provide one-inch pipe. For 6-7 units, 1-1/4 inch. For 8-11 units, 1-1/2 inch. For 12-19 units, 2
inches. For 20-30 units, 2-1/2 inches. Do not combine the condensate of more than 30 units into one pipe.

Condensate Pipe Acoustic Isolation: Isolate from structure all 3/8”, 1/2", 3/4", and 1” diameter piping
passing through or near steel or wood studs. Use appropriate materials, such as acoustical pipe clamps
equal to Hubbard Holdrite (1-800-321-0316) or Acousto-Plumb (1-800-854-3215). Pipes must never
contact any structure. Any failure to comply with this requirement will be grounds for the Engineer to
request that the GC open previously covered work at the contractor's expense to prove compliance with
this requirement throughout the building.




DRAINAGE AND VENT RESIDENTIAL                         July 19, 2007                              15435 - 68
Supports and Anchors: Hangers, supports, anchors, and spacing are specified in Division 15 Section
“Supports and Anchors.” Seismic restraints may be required. See Division 15 Section “Seismic
Restraints.”

Sewer Connections: Extend building drain to connect to sewer piping, of size and in location indicated
for service exit from building. Install sleeve and mechanical sleeve seal through foundation wall for
watertight installation. All building sanitary sewers which receive discharge from toilets shall be a
minimum of four inches in diameter from the inside face of the foundation wall to the point of disposal.

Pump Discharge Piping: Make all turns with two 45-degree elbow fittings.

Installation of Other Products
Backwater Valves: Install in sanitary building drain piping as indicated, and as required by the
Plumbing Code, and to protect from backflow all fixtures or drains located at an elevation below the tops
of the manhole for the relative portion of the sewer system. For interior installation, provide cleanout
cover flush to floor centered over backwater valve cover and of adequate size to remove valve cover for
service.

Flashing Flanges: Install flashing flange and clamping device with each stack and cleanout passing
through waterproof membranes.

Vents: Offset plumbing vent terminations as required to maintain minimum 20 feet distance from any
HVAC air intakes. Unless roof is designed for human occupancy, terminate vents 6 inches above the roof
(except as required otherwise by State code). Confirm all vent termination locations with Architect.

Vent Flashing Sleeves: Install on stacks passing through roof, secure over stack flashing in accordance
with manufacturer's instructions, to assure leak-free performance.

Piping Heat Trace: Install on any condensate line that is inside freezer, or otherwise subject to freezing.

Cleanouts: Install in drainage piping (1) as indicated, (2) as required by the Plumbing Code, (3) at each
change in direction of piping greater than 45 degrees, (4) at minimum intervals of 50 feet for piping four
inches and smaller and 100 feet for larger piping, (5) at base of each vertical soil or waste stack, and (6) at
the junction of the building drain and the building sewer.

Floor Drains: Install floor drains per Architectural Drawings, or, if not shown, as directed by Architect.
All floor drains receiving indirect waste must be located in non-traffic areas. Coordinate with GC to
install floor drains at low points of surface areas to be drained. Set tops of drains flush with finished
floor. Trap all drains connected to the sanitary sewer. Install drain flashing collar or flange so that no
leakage occurs between drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of waterproof membranes, where
penetrated. For installations in existing floors, patch floor material as required and coordinate with GC.
Position drains so that they are accessible and easy to maintain. All floor drains have trap primers unless
indicated otherwise. Where allowed by state plumbing code, use of combination drain & vent is
acceptable for floor drains.

Boiler Room Floor Drains: Per the Mechanical Code (for example, 2000 International Mechanical Code
1004.6), “Boiler rooms shall be equipped with a floor drain or other approved means for disposing of
liquid waste.” Any boiler room floor drain subject to receipt of toxic or oily wastes (including boiler


DRAINAGE AND VENT RESIDENTIAL                          July 19, 2007                              15435 - 69
water) shall have a deep seal trap (no trap primer) and shall discharge to an interior or exterior storage
tank. Any boiler room floor drain that receives only clear-water waste (such as water heater pressure
relief valve discharge, air conditioning or steam condensate, or potable water backflow preventer
discharge) shall have a trap primer and shall discharge into the building sewer. Where both types of floor
drains exist, they shall be separated by a continuous eight-inch-high concrete berm.

Floor Sinks: Refer to “Floor Drains” paragraph above, except that Floor Sinks do not have trap primers
unless indicated otherwise.

Interceptors: Install grease interceptors per Architectural Drawings, or, if not shown, as directed by
Architect. Install grease interceptors with top flush with floor unless indicated otherwise. For all types of
interceptors, provide ample clearance for basket removal and cleaning and coordinate with GC. Where
interceptor serves as fixture trap, the vertical distance from the fixture outlet to the trap weir shall not
exceed 24 inches. Install flow control device immediately underneath the sink served, and above the floor.

Roof Drains: Install roof drains per Architectural Drawings, at low points of roof areas. Install drain
flashing collar or flange so that no leakage occurs between roof drain and adjoining roofing. Maintain
integrity of waterproof membranes, where penetrated. Position roof drains so that they are accessible and
easy to maintain.

Sump Pumps: Provide check valve, union, and shut-off valve on discharge line, with check valve on the
pump side of the shut-off valve. Locate valves above pit level. Connect to storm drain unless shown
otherwise on Drawings. Set float switch to have an on-off differential of twelve inches unless indicated
otherwise.

Condensate Pumps: Provide built-in or field-installed check valve on discharge line. For in-pan models,
do not locate pump where condensate could drip onto exposed switch.

Stack Drains: Provide one-inch galvanized steel pipe from each stack drain fitting. Terminate each pipe
five feet above floor with ball valve, vacuum breaker, and hose thread fitting. Owner to provide hoses and
containers for disposal of rainwater, which may be contaminated with materials from the stack. Do not
put contaminated rainwater into floor drain without approval of plumbing inspector and local wastewater
authority. Do not put contaminated rainwater onto the ground or into the groundwater without approval of
environmental authorities.

Field Quality Control
Protection: Protect drains during remainder of construction period, to avoid clogging with dirt and
debris, and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted
piping at end of day or whenever work stops.

Inspections: Arrange for inspection of the piping system before concealed or closed-in after system is
roughed-in, and prior to setting fixtures. Arrange for a final inspection by the plumbing official to
observe the tests specified below and to insure compliance with the requirements of the Plumbing Code.

Piping System Test: Test for leaks and defects all new drainage and vent piping systems and parts of
existing systems, which have been altered, extended or repaired. Perform tests in accordance with the
authority having jurisdiction, or per the Plumbing Code. Repair all leaks and defects using new materials
and retest system or portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained.


DRAINAGE AND VENT RESIDENTIAL                         July 19, 2007                             15435 - 70
Cleaning: Thoroughly clean drain strainers, domes, and traps. Remove all dirt and debris.

END OF SECTION 15435 (7/19/2007)




DRAINAGE AND VENT RESIDENTIAL                      July 19, 2007                            15435 - 71
                          DRAINAGE AND VENT SCHEDULE
                                MOSAIC COMMON
                               RESIDENTIAL UNITS
Alternate manufacturers for drainage products specified in this schedule: Josam, Smith, Wade, Zurn.
Note that some of the above manufacturers may not have “equals” for all required products, and are
therefore not acceptable for this project. Contractors are cautioned that any proposed “equal” must have
all listed features, required options, and other items listed in the main specification section.
Note to Contractors: In addition to this Schedule, provide your suppliers with Specification
Section 15435, Part 2 - Products, for important additional information.

                                                 Piping
See Specifications 15435-1 and -2 for descriptions of each of the following piping types. Each piping
type listed below matches one paragraph of 15435-1 and -2. Where more than one type of piping is listed
for a given application, Contractor may select one or more of those listed.

Above Ground Storm Drain, Soil and Vent Pipe:
    Type M Copper (two-inch maximum size)
    Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe – Required Where Indicated on Drawings
    Schedule 40 ABS

Below Ground Storm Drain, Soil and Vent Pipe:
     Schedule 40 ABS

Above Ground and Below Ground Trap Primer Feeds and Condensate:
    Type K Copper
    PEX
                                            Other Products

D-1.    FLOOR CLEANOUT: Zurn ZN-1400-BP; Wade 6000
        Features: Cast iron body; factory-applied latex paint coating; adjustable head height; gas-
               tight/water tight bronze/brass plug; round non-slip nickel bronze top.
        Required Options: Provide carpet marker if carpeted floor.
        Note: Match size of main up to 4 inches.

D-2.    WALL CLEANOUT: Zurn ZS-1469 or Z-1446; Wade 8480R
        Features: Round 18- or 20-gauge stainless steel access cover, with screw.
        Note: Cover size not to exceed 4 inches more than pipe size.

D-5.    5 INCH FLOOR DRAIN WITH 2-INCH OUTLET: Zurn ZN-415-5B-P-Y; Wade 1102STD5
        Features: Cast iron body; factory-applied latex paint coating; round nickel bronze top; aluminum or
               stainless steel sediment bucket; trap primer connection; membrane clamp collar
        Required Options: Provide one of the scheduled trap primers unless shown otherwise on plans.
        Note: Locate trap primer as indicated on Drawings or Specifications. Run trap primer feed to floor
               drain. (Valve and piping may not be shown on plans).

END OF DRAINAGE AND VENT SCHEDULE (printed 7/19/07)



DRAINAGE AND VENT RESIDENTIAL                        July 19, 2007                            15435 - 72
                      DRAINAGE AND VENT SCHEDULE
                                  MOSAIC COMMON
                                NON-RESIDENTIAL UNITS
                                               June 20, 2007

Alternate manufacturers for drainage products specified in this schedule: Josam, Smith, Wade, Zurn.
Note that some of the above manufacturers may not have “equals” for all required products, and are
therefore not acceptable for this project. Contractors are cautioned that any proposed “equal” must have
all listed features, required options, and other items listed in the main specification section.

Submittals. Provide submittals on all products shown in this schedule, plus the following products if
used for this project: Backwater Valves, Vent Flashing Sleeves, Piping Heat Trace, Condensate Pumps.
Note to Contractors: In addition to this Schedule, provide your suppliers with Specification Section
15435, Part 2 – Products, for important additional information.

                                                 Piping

See Specifications 15435-1 and -2 for descriptions of each of the following piping types. Each piping
type listed below matches one paragraph of 15435-1 and -2. Where more than one type of piping is listed
for a given application, Contractor may select one or more of those listed.

Above Ground Storm Soil and Vent Pipe:
    Type M Copper (two-inch maximum size)
    Hub-and-Spigot Cast Iron Soil Pipe
    Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe
    Hubless Cast Iron Soil Pipe with Heavy Duty Couplings

Below Ground Storm Drain, Soil and Vent Pipe:
     Hub-and-Spigot Cast Iron Soil Pipe

Above Ground Condensate and Trap Primer Feeds:
    Type L Copper

Above Ground Condensate and Trap Primer Feeds:
    Type K Copper

                                            Other Products

D-1.    FLOOR CLEANOUT: Zurn ZN-1400-BP; Wade 6000
        Features: Cast iron body; factory-applied latex paint coating; adjustable head height; gas-
               tight/water tight bronze/brass plug; round non-slip nickel bronze top.
        Required Options: Provide carpet marker if carpeted floor.
        Note: Match size of main up to 4 inches.




DRAINAGE AND VENT- NON RESIDENTIAL July 19, 2007                                            15435 - S73
D-2.    WALL CLEANOUT: Zurn ZS-1469 or Z-1446; Wade 8480R
        Features: Round 18- or 20-gauge stainless steel access cover, with screw.
        Note: Cover size not to exceed 4 inches more than pipe size.

D-5.    5 INCH FLOOR DRAIN WITH 2-INCH OUTLET: Zurn ZN-415-5B-P-Y; Wade 1102STD5
        Features: Cast iron body; factory-applied latex paint coating; round nickel bronze top; aluminum or
               stainless steel sediment bucket; trap primer connection; membrane clamp collar.

        Required Options: Provide one of the scheduled trap primers unless shown otherwise on plans.
        Note: Locate trap primer as indicated on Drawings or Specifications. Run trap primer feed to floor
               drain. (Valve and piping may not be shown on plans).

D-16    6 INCH FLOOR DRAIN, 3-INCH OUTLET, NO PRIMER: Zurn ZN-415-6B-Y; Wade
               1103STD6
        Features: Cast iron body; factory-applied latex paint coating; round nickel bronze top; aluminum or
               stainless steel sediment bucket; membrane clamp collar.
        Required Options: No trap primer required.

D-22. 8 x 8 FLOOR SINK WITH 2-INCH OUTLET: Zurn ZN-1910-23; Wade 9112
      Features: Cast iron body; acid resisting porcelain enamel interior; nominal 8 x 8 x 6 inches deep.

        Required Options: Aluminum or stainless steel sediment bucket, or provide white A.R.E. bucket
               if shown on Drawings. Provide model with anchor flange and clamp collar for locations
               with membrane floors. Provide 1/2 grate for indirect waste applications, or full grate for
               general drainage applications. Provide trap primer if full grate.
        Note: Location by Architect.

D-35. 20-GPM / 3-INCH GREASE INTERCEPTOR: Zurn Z-1170-L, Size 500; Wade 5120
      Features: PDI rated at 20 GPM/40 lbs.; 3-inch inlet/outlet; max. 31 x 17 x 17 inches deep.

        Required Options: Provide flow control device with plunger or plug for cleaning orifice. Provide
               multiple flow control fittings if indicated on drawings. Provide steel extension section if
               required by invert elevation.
        Note: Confirm that floor structure will accommodate grease interceptor before ordering.

D-45. OIL/SEDIMENT INTERCEPTOR WITH GRATE, SMALL: Zurn Z-1189-KC, Size 12,
             MODIFIED FOR 3-INCH OUTLET; Wade 5800-12, MODIFIED FOR 3-INCH
             OUTLET
      Features: Fabricated steel; medium or heavy duty cast iron grate; factory applied latex paint
             coating of interceptor and grate; removable sediment bucket; primary and secondary
             screens; two-inch wide anchor flange with clamp collar; 3-inch outlet; 12 pound sludge
             capacity; 12 x 18 x 15 inches deep.
      Required Options: Provide 3-inch outlet.
      Required Options: Modify depth dimension as required to fit floor type.
      Note: Trap primer not required. Provide initial fill with water.
      Note: Confirm that floor structure will accommodate interceptor before ordering

D-70    SMALL SUMP PUMP BASIN: Little Giant Cat. No. 513105, Topp, or equal


DRAINAGE AND VENT- NON RESIDENTIAL July 19, 2007                                            15435 - S74
       Features: nominal 24 x 36 inch high density polyethylene structural foam or fiberglass seam-free
              basin with 4-inch cast iron inlet hub; acrylic lacquer dipped steel 2-piece water- and gas-
              tight cover; 2-inch discharge and 2-inch vent holes; complete with necessary sealing
              hardware and flanges; temperature rated 130F; overall 24 inches diam. x 37 deep.

D-72. SMALL SUMP PUMP: Barnes BP33A; Liberty 251
      Features: 1-1/2 inch discharge; capacity 36 GPM at 10 ft. head and 18 GPM at 15 ft. head; 1/3
             HP motor with thermal overload protection; 115 volt, single phase service; cast iron
             volute and housing; oil-filled lifetime lubrication; impeller capable of passing 1/2-inch
             solids; stainless steel handle and external fasteners; 10-foot power cord; non-mercury
             mechanical float switch with 10-foot power cord; 8 x 11 x 14 inches high (maximum);
             two year parts and one year labor warranty.
      Required Option: Second, high level float switch for alarm purposes.
      Note: Provide check valve, union, and gate valve on discharge line. Provide copper or cast iron
             vent piping.
      Note: For longest pump life (30 second run time at 10 ft. head), provide sump basin minimum 20
                  inches square or 23 inches diam., by 36 inches deep.


END OF DRAINAGE AND VENT SCHEDULE (printed 7/19/07)




DRAINAGE AND VENT- NON RESIDENTIAL July 19, 2007                                           15435 - S75
SECTION 15440 - PLUMBING FIXTURES
Part 1 - GENERAL
Plumbing Code: Comply with applicable portions of the codes listed in Division 15 Section “Basic
Requirements,” and other state and local codes. Review Drawings and Specifications with Plumbing
Inspector prior to rough-in. Notify Mechanical Engineer of any significant changes.

Specification Revisions: Recently revised portions of this specification are shown in italics.

Drench Shower/Eyewash Units: In accordance with applicable regulations, every school, college and
university room wherein corrosives or flammable liquids are handled or where open flame devices are
used shall be equipped with an Emergency Drench Shower/Eyewash Unit, located as close to the main
door of the room as possible (to provide an escape route), but not greater than 50 feet from an
experimental area.

Complete System: For all fixtures, floor drains, sinks, appliances, faucets, and all other plumbing items
indicated in the Contract Documents, provide all required piping, carriers, trim, appurtenances, and all
other components required for a complete system, whether or not these auxiliary components are
indicated in the Contract Documents. Where a fixture is indicated but the specification of it is incomplete
or missing, Contractor shall consult Engineer for clarification, or base the bid on the most similar
specified fixture.

Submittals: Submit data on each product specified in this Section and in the Schedule at the end of this
Section. See Division 15 Section “Basic Requirements” for important additional information on
submittals. In O&M Manual: for Chicago Faucets, include “Maintenance/Repair Manual” (Item No.
1196-10M-CG); provide 8-1/2 x 11 maintenance schedule chart including, as applicable, strainers, mixing
valves, sediment buckets, interceptors, neutralizing tanks, pumps, emergency eyewashes/showers, and
water heaters.

Contractor shall meet with the Engineer at the office of the Engineer in Keene, N.H. to review in person
the first draft of the submittals (prior to the formal submission of multiple copies), and for assistance as
requested in other aspects of the project. The Engineer has found that this meeting significantly expedites
the submittal preparation and review process, and results in fewer time-consuming and potentially
expensive errors. The Contractor shall call the Engineer to schedule the meeting. This meeting is
required for all Contractors who have not completed a Kohler and Lewis project within the past three
years.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General
Manufacturers: Comply with Division One requirements. Comply with Division 15 Section “Basic
Requirements.”


PLUMBING FIXTURES                                       July 2, 2007                             15540 - 76
All Products of a given type (vitreous china, stainless steel sinks, faucets, etc.) shall be from one
manufacturer unless specifically approved otherwise in advance by Engineer.

Low Lead: All products supplied under this section shall be “lead-free” as defined in Section 8 of the
Safe Drinking Water Act, and, in addition, shall contain no more than six percent lead by dry weight.
More stringent requirements for certain products are described below.

No Antibacterial: No part of any plumbing product shall be anti-bacterial using a chemical biocide.
Silver treatments are allowed.

No Plastic Tubing: Rigid or flexible plastic tubing is not allowed in the waterway of any plumbing
fixture or as any part of the water distribution system. Exceptions: kitchen sprays, hand-held shower
hoses, washing machine hoses (armored). Plastic filter bodies or strainer bodies are not allowed.

Applicability: Products described herein may or may not be applicable to this project. See Schedules and
Drawings.

Products
All Toilets: 1.6 GPF; vitreous china; fully glazed minimum 2-inch trapway; minimum water surface area
8 x 9 inches; siphon jet flush action; color white unless indicated otherwise; floor outlet for floor-mounted
toilets unless indicated otherwise.

Flush Valve Toilets: one-piece; cast iron floor mounted carrier to suit for wall-hung toilets; 1-1/2 inch
top spud. Flush valve shall have ADA-compliant non-hold-open 3-1/4 inch handle, vandal-resistant stop
cover, integral filter, and cast brass setscrew flange. Commercial seats shall be heavy duty, extra heavy
weight, white, injection molded solid polypropylene, with integrally molded bumpers, stainless steel
hardware, reinforced self-sustaining check hinges with one-piece posts, and round top washers/round
hinge bodies.

Gravity Tank Toilets: solid brass or stainless steel tank-to-bowl bolts, ADA-compliant trip handle,
sturdy lever arm and chain, and insulated tank liner. Liner must be sealed watertight along all edges, top
and bottom, so that outside of liner remains dry; OR shall have passed the ASME A112.19.2-2003 Section
7.6 Insulated Tank Test, which includes a tank water temperature of 45 degrees Fahrenheit and ambient
temperature of 80 degrees Fahrenheit with no condensation on the tank for the testing period of three
hours. Residential seats shall be heavy weight, white, injection molded solid polypropylene, with
integrally molded bumpers, stainless steel pintles, and plastic hardware with concealed bolt top.

Urinals: 1.0 maximum GPF; vitreous china; 3/4 inch top inlet spud; flushing rim; color white unless
indicated otherwise; floor mounted carrier to suit. Flush valve shall have ADA-compliant non-hold-open
3-1/4 inch handle, vandal-resistant stop cover, integral filter, and cast brass setscrew flange. Note:
waterless urinals are not allowed, due to lack of washdown of urinal walls, lack of disposal of debris, and
lack of dilution of urine.

Lavatories: vitreous china; faucet ledge; overflow; two faucet holes on 4 inch centers unless indicated
otherwise; color white unless indicated otherwise; grid drain with non-removable strainer and 1-1/4 inch
tailpiece unless indicated otherwise; floor-mounted steel/cast iron concealed arm carrier for wall-hung
units unless indicated otherwise.
PLUMBING FIXTURES                                       July 2, 2007                          15540 - 77
Sinks, Stainless Steel: Countertop mounting unless indicated otherwise; one-piece, type 302 or 304
stainless steel; satin finish; fully undercoated on sides and bottom; center drain location for regular sinks;
off-center (toward the rear) drain location for all ADA sinks; strainer with 1-1/2 inch tailpiece; faucet
holes on 4 inch centers. Note: Indicate correct number and placement of holes on submittal. Sinks with
incorrect holes will have to be returned and replaced with the correct sinks. Confirm sink will fit in
cabinet before ordering. Provide mounting system that includes tightening bolts; spring-loaded “quick-
clip” systems not allowed.

Faucets: All faucets shall be have: cast brass bodies (except F-20 and F-50 series residential faucets);
cast brass spouts unless tubular spouts are indicated; and polished chrome finish of all exterior parts
unless indicated otherwise. All faucets except metering faucets shall have quarter-turn ceramic cartridges
or shall have faucet handles whose closed position does not “slip” with use. Specified faucet dimensions
are from centerline to tip. Provide aerators/outlets as specified, except substitute non-vandal-resistant
aerators/outlets for residential applications and for commercial applications where only staff persons have
access to the faucets. Provide vacuum breakers and check valves for all faucets with hose thread outlets.
All faucets shall have a minimum warranty of five years on all aspects of the faucet; if any manufacturer
does not meet this warranty requirement, contractor and/or distributor shall be required to make up the
difference and provide the full, specified warranty. Pre-rinse spray valves shall have a flow rate not more
than 1.6 gpm, per the Energy Policy Act of 2005.

NSF Standard 61: All lavatory and sink faucets -- and all stops and supplies -- shall comply with NSF
Standard 61, Section 9 (for drinking water faucets), which sets limits on lead and other toxins such as
arsenic, selenium, and elastomers. Furthermore, all faucets shall meet the more stringent requirement of a
first draw leachate rate of no more than 5 micrograms/liter (ppb). Coatings shall not be used to achieve
compliance with this requirement. The UL or NSF mark shall appear on the product packaging, and
submittals shall provide a written statement of compliance. Allowed exceptions to the above: mop basin
faucets.

Lead-Free Drinking Water Fixtures: All bubblers, water fountains, and water coolers shall have
waterways with less than one-tenth of one percent lead content. Compliance shall be listed on submittals.
Plastic waterways or bubblers are not permitted. Submit physical sample of bubbler to Engineer,
including bubbler of water fountain or cooler.

Water Fountains and Coolers: Cooler refrigerant shall be R134A. The trap and all internal components
shall be concealed completely within the case. Submittal shall state or show compliance with this
requirement. All wall-hung fountains and coolers shall have floor-mounted steel/cast iron concealed
carriers unless indicated otherwise.

Shower/Tub Mixing Valves: brass pressure-balancing design; metal single blade lever handle; outlet
temperature control within 3 °F; integral service stops. Reverse lever action (for back-to-back mounting)
is not allowed.

Acrylic and Fiberglass Showers: At contractor’s option, provide factory pre-drilling for specified
shower valve and trim. Provide factory self-sustaining base.

ADA Showers: Grab bars shall be 1-1/2 inch, textured. Provide modified units as required so that seat
and grab bar shall not extend out farther than shower curtain. Ensure that shower curtain extends

PLUMBING FIXTURES                                        July 2, 2007                          15540 - 78
completely to floor and stays inside dam when shower is in use. Mount hand-held shower wall mount at
48 inches. Comply with State requirements on shape of seat, grab bar location, etc.

ADA Bathtubs: Grab bars shall be 1-1/2 inch, textured. Mount valve below grab bar and three inches off
center, toward front. Mount hand-held shower wall mount at 48 inches. Comply with State requirements
on shape of seat, grab bar location, etc.

Drench Shower/Eyewash Units: The shower shall be capable of discharging a continuous spray at a rate
of twenty gallons per minute. An emergency shower mixing valve shall be provided to supply tempered
water between 70°F and 90°F.

Kitchen Plumbing Accessories: Pipe up all kitchen fixtures and equipment complete. Provide strainers,
P-traps and tailpieces, indirect waste piping, valved supply piping, vacuum breakers, pressure reducing
valves, check valves, and other items so that all fixtures and equipment are fully functional and in
accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. (Submittal not required on P-traps, tailpieces, vacuum
breakers or check valves.)

Supplies and Stops: Comply with “NSF Standard 61” paragraph in this Section. Provide maximum
30-inch long chrome-plated copper supplies at all locations including within cabinetry. Provide chrome
plated “heavy” solid brass stops with brass ball valves, brass stems, and chrome-plated brass quarter-turn
removable handles: McGuire “Convertible” with “DF” suffix; or equal. Prior to bidding, submit sample
of stop to Engineer for any proposed equal. (No equal stops available from: BrassCraft.)

Strainers, tailpieces and P-traps: Provide strainers as specified for fixture, and 17-gage polished
chrome plated brass tailpieces. Provide McGuire 155A or equal grid drain where indicated. Provide
McGuire 8090C/8092C or equal polished chrome cast brass P-traps (P-trap section minimum weight 1.00
pound), brass slip nuts, and 17-gage polished chrome plated brass wall bend. If required for ADA
compliance, provide McGuire 155WC or equal offset strainer assembly with polished chrome heavy cast
brass elbow. Prior to bidding, submit sample to Engineer for any brand other than McGuire.

Flanges for Stops and P-trap Tailpieces: Provide chrome plated wrought brass deep flanges (bell type)
equal to McGuire WEXXXD series, or “DF” suffix. Prior to bidding, submit sample of stop to Engineer
for any proposed equal. Note: Engineer will test installed flanges with a magnet, and Contractor will be
required to replace all those found to be steel.

Strainers for S.S. Sinks: Polished stainless steel basket and body; chrome plated brass knob; flexible
disk rubber stopper; metal ball-locking stem, cast brass locknut and slipnut. Basket strainers and stoppers
shall hold water without leaking. Provide Jameco 652003BN, Jomar SS-306B, Watts 652003BN, or
submit sample to Engineer for any additional proposed equals.

Solder: Use lead-free solder throughout, such as tin-copper-silver, tin-silver, or tin-antimony. Solder
containing lead is not permitted on the job site.

Controls: All controls (handles, knobs, etc.) for use by building occupants shall require a force no
greater than 5 pounds to operate. This requirement applies to controls on all fixtures, not just ADA
fixtures.

Scheduled Products: See Schedule at the end of this Section for additional descriptions of products.

PLUMBING FIXTURES                                      July 2, 2007                         15540 - 79
Part 3 - EXECUTION
General
Instructions: Install products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

Product Installation
All Fixtures: Refer to Architectural Elevations or other indications on drawings for mounting heights of
all fixtures, or if not shown, as directed by Architect. Install fixtures, including flush valves, level and
plumb. Fasten fixtures securely to supports or building structure. Seal fixtures and equipment to walls and
floors; required by Code. Match sealant color to fixture color, except use clear sealant for stainless steel
fixtures. Caulk under flange of all countertop sinks. Check toilet seats for easy operation and readjust as
needed.

Fixtures, ADA Compliant: All fixtures with an “H” in the mark number are accessible fixtures. Comply
with accessibility requirements for all accessible fixtures. Do not mount an “H” sink in a cabinet with
closed-door storage below the sink, unless so instructed by Architect. Mount all accessible controls no
higher than 48 inches above the floor. Install ADA lavatories two inches minimum from front edge of
counter for ADA compliance. For dual showerheads, mount second showerhead 48 inches above the
floor. For adult height ADA water fountains/coolers and lavatories, maintain minimum 27-inch knee
clearance; for age 6-12 ADA lavatories (31 inch height), maintain minimum 24-inch knee clearance.

Fixture Carriers: Coordinate with GC to provide sufficient wall cavity for carriers for wall-hung toilets,
urinals, lavatories, and water fountains. Generally, closet carriers require 17 inches clear inside space for
double-sided horizontal siphon jets and 14 inches for single-sided. Generally, urinals, lavatories, and
water fountains can be mounted on 4-inch thick stud walls or 8-inch thick masonry walls. However,
different brands have different dimensions, and it is the Contractor’s responsibility to select a brand to fit
the space or vice versa.

Flush Valves: Locate so as not to interfere with grab bars. Adjust pressure and flow for proper operation,
and to prevent splashing.

Faucets: Before turning on water to faucet, remove aerator and flush lines completely. Replace aerator.
Set all blade faucet handles to be in a straight line, pointing away from spout, when in closed position.
For deck-mounted faucets, set handles parallel to back wall. For wall- or back-mounted faucets, set
handles to be horizontal. Prior to final inspection, remove debris from faucet aerators, remove visible
putty, and clean up faucet finish with soap and water only.

Drinking Fountains and Water Coolers: Clean inlet filter. Adjust regulator to provide proper flow
without splashing.

Acrylic and Fiberglass Showers: see Drawings for left- vs. right-hand seat location; wet wall on side as
indicated, with seat (if any) on opposite side. All listed dimensions are approximate; confirm with GC
prior to ordering.

PLUMBING FIXTURES                                        July 2, 2007                          15540 - 80
ADA Showers: Comply with ADA specification for control locations. Coordinate with GC to mount
shower in pit if indicated by Architect. Where installed in two-inch pit, unit must be mounted with top of
threshold flush with the floor outside the unit, so that any water on the floor runs back into the shower.
Coordinate with GC to ensure that floor is sloped toward shower.

Drench Shower/Eyewash Units: Shall be installed in accordance with ANSI Z-358.1 and applicable
state regulations. The location shall be clearly indicated by signs of contrasting color, either RED and
WHITE or GREEN and WHITE. The signs shall be at least 70 square inches in area. Support assembly
by anchoring to wall. All exposed supply and drain piping shall match that of the shower unit (galvanized
or painted). Do not insulate. Do not install shut-off valve on supply line. Do not allow supply pipe to be
stressed. If floor drain is provided immediately underneath shower and piped to wall, provide drain piping
from eyewash to wall, and then connect behind wall/floor to floor drain piping upstream of trap. If there
is no floor drain, leave eyewash drain outlet open and pointed toward wall.

Kitchen Plumbing Installation: Install fixtures, equipment, dishwashers, faucets, hose sprays and other
items that are furnished by Kitchen Equipment Contractor and/or Owner. Refer to kitchen equipment
plans and kitchen equipment schedule if available. Provide all required work so that all fixtures and
equipment are fully functional and in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Connect
dishwashers to Hot Water and drain line at adjacent sink, if applicable. See architectural drawings for
dishwasher locations, which may or may not be shown on plumbing drawings.

Mop Basins: Tighten spout securely. Position hanger so mops drain into basin. Install dual dome strainer
with one dome up and one dome down. Coordinate location with Architect, GC and EC to ensure
minimum six feet distance from any electrical panel.

Supplies and Stops: Secure supplies behind or within wall construction to provide rigid installation.
Install escutcheons at each wall, floor, and ceiling penetration in exposed finished locations and within
cabinets and millwork. Install a stop in an accessible location on each water line to all tank type toilets,
lavatories, sinks, and other fixtures and equipment items as needed. Remove handles for all nonresidential
applications and turn over to Owner.

Strainers, tailpieces and P-traps: Provide strainers, tailpieces and P-traps for all sinks, lavatories, and
other fixtures and equipment as required.

Secure Mounting: Piping (supplies, shower arms, etc.) and valves (flush valves, shower valves, etc.)
must be mounted securely so that they cannot be moved more than 1/8 inch.

Field Quality Control
Protection: Provide protective covering for installed fixtures. Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary
facilities unless expressly approved in writing by the Owner. Inspect each installed unit for damage.
Replace damaged fixtures.

Testing: Test fixtures and equipment to demonstrate proper operation upon completion of installation and
after units are water pressurized. Test drain piping with full bowl of water. Repair leaks, then retest.
Repair leaking or dripping faucets, stops, piping, stoppers, etc.


PLUMBING FIXTURES                                       July 2, 2007                         15540 - 81
Adjustments: Adjust water pressure at water fountains and coolers, faucets, shower valves, and flush
valves to provide proper flow and stream. Adjust metering handwash faucets and valves to deliver 0.25
gallons of hot water (assumed to be 2/3 of the flow) during a cycle of 10 seconds minimum (the 10
seconds is an ADA requirement): 30 seconds at 0.5 to 0.75 GPM, 20 seconds at 1.0 GPM, 15 seconds at
1.5 GPM, and 10 seconds at 2.0 GPM. Set temperature to 100°F. Adjust cycle duration of metering
showers as directed by Owner. For other hot water system temperature adjustments, please see Division
15 Section “WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM”.

Cleaning: Clean fixtures, equipment, trim, faucet aerators, and strainers using manufacturer's
recommended cleaning methods and materials.

END OF SECTION 15440 (revised 2/9/2007)




PLUMBING FIXTURES                                   July 2, 2007                       15540 - 82
                             PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
                                 MOSAIC COMMONS
                                 RESIDENTIAL UNITS
Submittals. Provide submittals on all products shown in this schedule, plus the following products if
used for this project:

         Supplies, Stops, Strainers, Tailpieces, P-traps, Solder

Note to Contractors: In addition to this Schedule, provide your suppliers with Specification
Section 15440, Part 2 - Products, for important additional information.

P-11R      RESIDENTIAL FLOOR MOUNTED DUAL FLUSH PRESSURE TANK 15/16-INCH
                 TOILET: Gerber DF-21-312
           Features: elongated bowl; 14-15 inch rim height; pressure assisted dual flush action (1.1/1.6
                 gpf); close-coupled flushometer tank; side trip ADA lever with lower flow “down” and
                 higher flow “up”; 12 inch rough-in; 30 x 21 x 29 inches.
           Required Options: Bemis 380TC, Church 200TC, or equal closed front seat with cover.
           Note: Dual flush function specifically selected by Owner.

P-16R.     RESIDENTIAL FLOOR MOUNTED GRAVITY TANK 15/16-INCH TOILET: Eljer 091-
                 2135 Patriot; Kohler K-3422-U Wellworth.
           Features: elongated bowl; 14 to 15 inch rim height; gravity flush action; close-coupled tank;
                 insulated tank liner; side trip ADA lever; 12 inch rough-in; successful residential test by
                 Engineer; 27 x 21 x 28 inches high.
           Required Options: Bemis 380TC, Church 200TC, or equal closed front seat with cover.
           Note to Owner: While this is a good toilet, you should expect that sometimes the bowl will
                 not be completely cleared, and that sometimes the bowl will become plugged.

P-36       COUNTERTOP OVAL CHINA LAV, 20x17: Eljer 051-0124 Murray; Kohler K-2196-4
                 Pennington; Gerber 12-844.
           Features: self-rimming; oval shape; minimum 16 x 10 x 5-1/2 inch bowl; overall 20 x 17
                 inches.
           Required Options: 1-3/4 inch maximum distance from the front edge of the center faucet hole
                 to the back of the bowl. Please add this dimension to the submittal.
           Note: Confirm lav will fit in cabinet before ordering.
           Faucet: F-22H

P-46R.     RESIDENTIAL COUNTERTOP S.S. LARGE SINK, 25x22: Elkay Dayton Elite
                 DSE-12522; or equal
           Features: 20 gauge; 21 x 15.75 x 8 inch bowl; overall 25 (L to R) x 22 inches.
           Required Options: No. of holes (4-inch centers) as required for faucet, etc.
           Note: Confirm sink will fit in cabinet before ordering.
           Faucet: F-54H.
           Note: Owner selection in lieu of P-51R.

P-51R      RESIDENTIAL DOUBLE BOWL S.S. SINK, 33x22: Elkay Dayton Elite DSE-23322; or
               equal



PLUMBING FIXTURES-RESIDENTIAL                          July 19, 2007                         15440 - S83
         Features: 20 gauge; two 14 x 15.75 x 8 inch bowls; overall 33 (L to R) x 22 inches.
         Required Options: No. of holes (4-inch centers) as required for faucet, etc.
         Note: Confirm sink will fit in cabinet before ordering.
         Note: Submittal must show correct number of holes or it will be rejected.
         Faucet: F-54H

P-70R    ECONOMY TUB SPOUT, SHOWERHEAD AND VALVE: Symmons BP-56-2-X LESS
              HEAD
         Features: mixing valve with ADA lever handle and integral service stops; chrome-plated brass
              shower arm with set screw flange; chrome-plated brass tub diverter spout.
         Drain: Gerber 41-812 17-gage drain in tee with trip ADA lever.
         Shower Set: F-79

P-71R    ECONOMY SHOWERHEAD AND VALVE: Symmons BP-56-1-X LESS HEAD
         Features: mixing valve with ADA lever handle and integral service stops; chrome-plated brass
              shower arm with set screw flange.
         Drain: with chrome strainer, provided with shower or by plumber.
         Shower Set: F-79

P-73R.   3 x 3 FIBERGLASS SHOWER STALL: Aquarius G3636SH LESS SEAT AND LESS
               VERTICAL GRAB BAR, or approved equal.
         Features: Seamless one-piece gelcoat fiberglass; 3- to 4-inch threshold; grab bar; molded soap
               shelf; brass drain with strainer; non-slip anti-sag floor; three year warranty; overall 36
               wide x 38 x 78 inches.
         Required Options: Reinforcement for future ADA vertical grab bar and seat; standard color by
               Architect.
         Note: Shower rod, curtain and hooks supplied by others.
         Note: Confirm unit will fit into architectural space before ordering. Submit substitute unit with
               smaller dimensions or two pieces if required.
         Shower Unit: P-71R

P-76R.   5 x 3 FIBERGLASS TUB / SHOWER STALL: Aquarius G-6031-TS, Comfort Design, or
               approved equal.
         Features: Seamless one-piece gelcoat fiberglass; molded soap shelf; non-slip anti-sag floor;
               three year warranty; overall 60 x 31 x 73 inches.
         Required Options: 24-inch grab bar on back wall; reinforcement for future ADA grab bars;
               blocking for future ADA seat. Standard color by Architect. Provide left- or right-hand unit
               as needed. Provide above-the-floor rough for units on concrete slab floor.
         Note: Confirm unit will fit into architectural space before ordering. Submit substitute unit with
               smaller dimensions or two pieces if required.
         Note: Shower rod, curtain and hooks supplied by others.
         Tub/Shower Unit: P-70R
         Drain: Gerber 41-812 17-gage drain in tee with trip ADA lever.




                                            FAUCETS
F-22H.   ADA SINGLE HANDLE RESIDENTIAL LAV FAUCET: Symmons S-20-2


PLUMBING FIXTURES-RESIDENTIAL                       July 19, 2007                           15440 - S84
          Features: 4 inch centers; 4-inch spout; single lever ADA handle; 2.0 GPM aerator; 1-1/4 inch
               metal pop-up waste.

F-54H.    ADA RESIDENTIAL KITCHEN FAUCET WITH SPRAYER: Symmons S-23-2
          Features: 8 inch centers; 8 inch spout; single lever ADA handle; 2.0 GPM aerator; hand-held
               self closing vegetable sprayer.

F-79.     BRASS SHOWERHEAD WITH ON/OFF VALVE: Alsons 652 “Incredible Head Power
                Shower Head” or equal. (Brands with no known “equals”: Niagara, Symmons.)
         Features: Chrome-plated brass; no plastic parts; ball-and-socket swivel connector; on/off
                control valve that slows water to a trickle; max. 1.75 GPM at 50 PSI and 2.5 GPM at 80
                PSI; non-aerated full spray; removable bell-shaped nozzle; made in U.S.A.; lifetime
                warranty.
          Note: Submit one physical sample to Engineer for any proposed equals.

END OF PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE (printed 7/19/07)




PLUMBING FIXTURES-RESIDENTIAL                       July 19, 2007                         15440 - S85
                        PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE
                                   MOSAIC COMMON
                                 NON-RESIDENTIAL UNITS
                                               June 20, 2007

Submittals. Provide submittals on all products shown in this schedule, plus the following products if
used for this project:

        Supplies, Stops, Strainers, Tailpieces, P-traps, Solder

Note to Contractors: In addition to this Schedule, provide your suppliers with Specification
Section 15440, Part 2 - Products, for important additional information.

P-11      FLOOR MOUNTED DUAL FLUSH PRESSURE TANK 15/16-INCH TOILET: Gerber
                DF-21-312
          Features: elongated bowl; 14-15 inch rim height; pressure assisted dual flush action (1.1/1.6
                gpf); close-coupled flushometer tank; side trip ADA lever with lower flow “down” and
                higher flow “up”; 12 inch rough-in; 30 x 21 x 29 inches.
          Required Options: Bemis 1655SSC or Church 9500SSC open front seat (no known equals, see
                15440-2).
          Note: Dual flush function specifically selected by Owner.

P-11H     FLOOR MOUNTED DUAL FLUSH PRESSURE TANK 17/18-INCH TOILET, ADULT
                ADA: Gerber DF-21-318
          Features: elongated bowl; 16 to 17 inch rim height; pressure assisted dual flush action (1.1/1.6
                gpf); close-coupled flushometer tank; side trip ADA lever with lower flow “down” and
                higher flow “up”; 12 inch rough-in; 30 x 21 x 29 inches.
          Required Options: Bemis 1655SSC or Church 9500SSC open front seat (no known equals, see
                15440-2).
          Note: Dual flush function specifically selected by Owner.

P-31H     WALL CARRIER CHINA LAV, ADA: Kohler K-2005 Kingston. Eljer 051-2104 Signature;
                Gerber 12-384.
          Features: self-draining deck area; back splash; drilled for concealed arm carrier; minimum 14 x
                10 x 4 inch bowl; overall 20 inches wide x minimum 18 inches deep.
          Required Options: 1-3/4 inch maximum distance from the front edge of the center faucet hole
                to the back of the bowl. Please add this dimension to the submittal.
          Faucet: F-21H
          Pipe Guard: P-99H

P-46E     ECONOMY COUNTERTOP S.S. LARGE SINK, 25x21: Elkay CR-2521; Just CSL-2125-
                B-GR
          Features: 20 gauge; 21 x 16 x 7 inch bowl; overall 25 (L to R) x 21 inches.
          Required Options: No. of holes (4-inch centers) as required for faucet, etc.
          Note: Confirm sink will fit in cabinet before ordering.
          Faucet: F-31HR




PLUMBING FIXTURES-NON RESIDENTIAL July 19, 2007                                             15440 - S86
P-46HE. ECONOMY COUNTERTOP S.S. LARGE SINK, 25x21, ADA: Elkay GECR-2521; Just
              SBW-2125-AGR
        Features: 20 gauge; 21 x 16 x 5 inch bowl; overall 25 (L to R) x 21 inches.
        Required Options: No. of holes (4-inch centers) as required for faucet, etc. Provide drain at left
              position unless directed otherwise by Architect.
        Note: Confirm sink will fit in cabinet before ordering.
        Note: Submittal must show correct number of holes or it will be rejected.
        Faucet: F-31HR
        Pipe Guard: P-99H

P-47HE ECONOMY COUNTERTOP S.S. SMALL SINK, 15x15, ADA: Elkay BPSR-15; Just
       SBL-1515-BGR
       Features: 20 gauge; 12 x 9 x 6 inch bowl; overall 15 x 15 inches.
       Required Options: Two holes for faucet at back.
       Note: Confirm sink will fit in cabinet before ordering.
       Note: Submittal must show correct number of holes or it will be rejected.
       Faucet: F-21H
       Pipe Guard: P-99H

P-71H     HAND SHOWER AND VALVE, ADA: Symmons Temptrol 96-1-X-L-B LESS HEAD
          Features: mixing valve with chrome brass ADA lever handle, integral service stops, and
               chrome brass escutcheon; chrome-plated brass shower arm with set screw flange.
          Drain: D-15 (Zurn ZN-415-5B-Y; Wade 1102STD5), unless indicated otherwise.
          Shower Set: F-79H

P-73H     3 x 3 ACRYLIC HAND SHOWER STALL, ADA: Aquarius S4136BF MODIFIED or
                approved equal.
          Features: Seamless one-piece molded acrylic; 3/4-inch threshold for installation flat on the
                floor; 1/2-inch inside dam; stainless steel ADA grab bar; stainless steel curtain rod;
                molded soap shelf; chrome plated brass drain with stainless steel strainer; non-slip anti-
                sag floor; five-year warranty; overall 42 wide x 38 x 84 inches.
          Required Options: Collapsible 1-inch synthetic rubber water dam; fold-up stainless steel /
                padded seat; white weighted “Impact” shower curtain (not anti-bacterial) with hooks;
                Standard color by Architect.
          Required Options: If directed by Architect, in lieu of stainless steel curtain rod and towel bar,
                provide standard color by Architect.
          Required Options: Provide seat, grab bar, and curtain size/location as required so that shower
                curtain can hang straight down and stay inside 1/2-inch dam when shower is in use.
          Note: Confirm unit will fit into architectural space before ordering. Submit substitute unit with
                smaller dimensions or two pieces if required.
          Shower Unit: P-71H




PLUMBING FIXTURES-NON RESIDENTIAL July 19, 2007                                              15440 - S87
P-81.    20 GAL. FLOOR-MOUNTED LAUNDRY TUB: Swan MF-1F with IP3101-02 Wall
              Bracket; Fiat not acceptable.
         Features: Compression-molded fiberglass; color white; capacity 20 gallons minimum; painted
              18-gauge steel angle legs with leveling feet; 4-inch molded back ledge with two 4-inch
              faucet holes and two soap dishes; strainer; 24 wide x 23 inches.
         Required Options: Plug with chain. Provide 22-gauge galvanized steel wall bracket in addition
              to legs, in order to provide added stability.
         Note: Anchor legs to floor with four inside brackets. Anchor back of tub to wall using wall
              bracket.
         Faucet: F-65HR

P-83E.   36 x 24 x 10 MOP BASIN: Fiat MSB-3624; Swan MS-2436-3
         Features: Molded compressed ground stone/resin/fiber composition; color white; one inch
               shoulders; removable stainless steel dome strainer and lint basket; three inch outlet; 36 x
               24 x 10 inches.
         Required Options: 30 inch long 5/8 inch hose; stainless steel hanger for three mops; 12-inch
               high, 20-ga. stainless steel guards for all adjacent walls.
         Faucet: F-66H

P-99H.   HANDICAP PIPE GUARD - STAINLESS STEEL: Apollo hcp. Shield Model AP1009
         Features: 22 gage stainless steel construction; soft bottom edge guard; curved shape 10 inches
               diam. x 9 inches high with one-inch wall flanges.
         Required Options: Install with wall anchors and stainless steel vandal-resistant screws.
         Note: Install with edge guard down, and peel off protective cover.
         Note: Depending on sink/lav drain location, provide offset strainer assembly or use Model
               AP1013 to completely cover tailpiece.
         Note: Available from Apollo Manufacturing, Lawrence, Mass., 978-688-1755, fax 978-683-
               5933.

                                              FAUCETS

F-21H.   ADA SINGLE HANDLE LIGHT COMMERCIAL LAV FAUCET: Symmons S-20-0
         Features: 4 inch centers; 4 inch spout; single lever ADA handle; no lift rod hole; 2.0 GPM
              aerator.

F-31HR. ADA ECONOMY KITCHEN FAUCET: Chicago 201-AE3XK
        Features: 8 inch centers; 9 inch swing spout; 2-1/2 inch cast brass lever ADA handles; 2.0
           GPM aerator.

F-65HR ADA 4-INCH CENTER FAUCET WITH 8-INCH CAST SPOUT: Chicago
            895-L8-E3VP-XK
       Features: 4 inch centers; 8-inch cast spout; 2-1/2 inch cast brass lever ADA handles; 2.0 GPM
            vandal-resistant aerator.




PLUMBING FIXTURES-NON RESIDENTIAL July 19, 2007                                             15440 - S88
F-66H   ADA MOP BASIN FAUCET WITH INTEGRAL CHECK VALVES: Chicago
             445CR20089
        Features: cast brass body; adjustable 8 inch centers; integral vacuum breaker spout (screw-in
             vacuum breaker at the outlet is not allowed); pail hook with wall support; cast brass lever
             ADA handles; 3/4 inch hose thread outlet; ceramic cartridges; integral stop/check valves
             on inlets.

F-80.   COMMERCIAL KITCHEN FAUCET WITH CAST SPOUT: Chicago 540-LD-L8-XK
        Features: back-mounted 8 inch centers; 8 inch cast swing spout; 2-1/2 inch cast lever ADA
             handles; 2.5 GPM aerator.

F-83.   COMMERCIAL KITCHEN SPRAYER: Chicago 510-GC-E22-XK
        Features: back-mounted 8 inch centers; integral hot and cold check valves; 2-1/2 inch cast
             brass lever ADA handles; 3/8 inch x 23 inch riser; pipe support; in-line atmospheric
             vacuum breaker at base of riser; 36 inch s.s. flexible hose; hose hook; self-closing sprayer
             valve; rubber bound spray head; insulated handle with hold down ring.

F-79H   HAND SHOWER UNIT, SHOWER ARM MOUNTED, WITH VB, ADA: Alsons 462PB,
              3401, 495DS60, 4910, 3001
        Features: white plastic hand shower with pause button; white plastic shower arm mount;
              chrome brass 60-inch hose; white plastic in-line vacuum breaker; white plastic wall
              holder.
        Note: Mount shower arm at normal height, and wall holder (screw-mounted) at 48 inche


END OF PLUMBING FIXTURE SCHEDULE (printed 7/19/07)




PLUMBING FIXTURES-NON RESIDENTIAL July 19, 2007                                           15440 - S89
SECTION 15455 - ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS
Part 1 - GENERAL
Code Compliance
Plumbing Code: Comply with applicable portions of the codes listed in Division 15 Section “Basic
Requirements,” and other state and local codes. Review Drawings and Specifications with Plumbing
Inspector prior to rough-in. Notify Mechanical Engineer of any significant changes.

ASHRAE: Provide water heaters with Performance Efficiencies not less than prescribed in ASHRAE 90
(as applicable).

GAMA: Provide water heaters which have an Energy Factor rating provided by the GAMA Efficiency
Certification Program (as applicable).

NAECA: Provide water heaters which meet or exceed the energy efficiency requirements of the National
Appliance Energy Conservation Act (as applicable).

NEC: Install electric water heaters in accordance with NFPA 70, “National Electrical Code.”

Submittals
Submit data on each product specified in the Schedule at the end of this Section, and on all additional
products listed below, unless indicated “(Submittal Not Required).”

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General
Country of Origin: Water heaters shall be manufactured in the United States. Those manufactured in or
near New England are preferred.

Manufacturers: Bradford-White, Rheem, Ruud, State, or equal. Comply with Division One
requirements. Comply with Division 15 Section “Basic Requirements.”

Water Heaters and Accessories
Water Heaters: All electric water heaters shall have the following characteristics: 3/4 inch water
connections; T&P relief valve opening; steel tank with glass lining; non-CFC foam insulation; thermostat;
high temperature cut-off, and 150 PSI working pressure. Provide warranty on: tanks, thermostats,
elements, anode rods, dip tubes, and drain valves, with length of warranty as specified in the Schedule.
See Schedule at the end of this Section for additional characteristics.

Accessories: Provide vacuum breaker and T & P relief valve. If required by the type of installation,
provide high-impact polystyrene drain pan with 1-1/4 inch outlet fitting, and other accessories. On Hot



ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS                              July 19, 2007                             15455 - 90
Water outlet pipe, provide thermometer as specified under the Division 15 Section “Meters and Gages.” If
none is specified, provide non-mercury thermometer with scale divisions of 5 degrees F or less. Provide
ASSE listed mixing valve on outlet, set to a safe temperature such as 110 degrees F or as directed by
Owner.


Part 3 - EXECUTION
Water Heater Installation
All Installations: Install water heaters plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and
maintain manufacturer’s recommended clearances. Connect hot and cold water piping to units with
shutoff valves and unions. Provide vacuum breaker on Cold Water line, located above top of tank.
Provide T&P relief valve, with full size copper discharge piping to a safe location as indicated below,
unless indicated otherwise on the Drawings. Orient unit so that thermostat, valves, and any other devices
needing service and maintenance are readily accessible. If indicated on the Drawings, provide in-line
expansion tank with upstream check valve. Provide heat traps unless factory installed.

Concrete Floors On Grade: For installations on bare concrete floors on grade with nearby floor drain,
coordinate with GC to provide four inch high concrete housekeeping pads. Run T&P relief pipe to four
inches above floor.

Waterproof Floors On Grade: For installations on dry, waterproof floors on grade with nearby floor
drain, install water heater directly on floor. Run T&P relief pipe to four inches above floor.

Other Floors: For installations on other types of floors, including all floors above the lowest level of the
building, provide Mustee Durapan 98 or equal two inch high drain pan under water heater. Drain pan
shall have two inch minimum clearance around the tank, and one inch drain line. Connect T&P relief pipe
to drain line 12 inches below drain pan outlet, then run 1-1/4 inch line to floor drain or as indicated on the
Drawings.

Raised Platforms: For installations on raised platforms above mop basins or laundry tubs, coordinate
with GC to provide suitable platform. Provide Mustee Durapan 98 or equal two inch high drain pan under
water heater. Drain pan shall have two inch minimum clearance around the tank, and one inch drain line.
Connect T&P relief pipe to drain line 12 inches below drain pan outlet, then run 1-1/4 inch line to one
inch above rim of mop basin or laundry tub, or four inches above floor with floor drain.

Electrical: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be factory-mounted.
Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer. Verify that electrical
wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and installation requirements of
Division 16. Do not proceed with water heater start-up until wiring installation is acceptable to Water
Heater Installer.

Field Quality Control: Start-up, test, and adjust electric water heaters in accordance with manufacturer's
start-up instructions. Check controls, and set thermostat(s) as indicated on the Drawings, or, if not
indicated, to maintain minimum 140 degrees F for Legionella control.

END OF SECTION 15455 (7/19/07)



ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS                                July 19, 2007                              15455 - 91
                      ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE
                              MOSAIC COMMON
                             RESIDENTIAL UNITS
Alternate manufacturers for the products specified in this schedule: Bradford White, Rheem, Ruud, State.

Do not order any products before reading Specification Section 15455, Part 2 - Products, for important
additional information.

WH-32.      ELECTRIC WATER HEATER - 50 GAL. (UNITS 1A, 1B) : Bradford White
                   M2-50T10DS
            Features: 50 gal.; 20 inches diam. x 58 inches high; 2” insulation; two factory-installed heat
                   traps; brass drain valve; recovery 20 GPH @ 90oF rise; thermostat (110-155oF);
                   compliant with ASHRAE 90.1b 1992; energy factor 0.93; 10 year tank warranty.
            Required Options: Two 4500W elements (non-simultaneous). Provide 208, 240 or 277 VAC
                   as shown on Electrical drawings. Confirm electrical voltage before ordering.

WH-33.      ELECTRIC WATER HEATER - 65 GAL. (UNITS 2A, 2B, 2C, 3C, 3D, 3E): Bradford
                   White M2-65R10DS
            Features: 65 gal.; 22 inches diam. x 60 inches high; 2” insulation; two factory-installed heat
                   traps; brass drain valve; recovery 20 GPH @ 90oF rise; thermostat (110-155oF);
                   compliant with ASHRAE 90.1b 1992; energy factor 0.91; 10 year tank warranty.
            Required Options: Two 4500W elements (non-simultaneous). Provide 208, 240 or 277 VAC
                   as shown on Electrical drawings. Confirm electrical voltage before ordering.

WH-34.      ELECTRIC WATER HEATER - 80 GAL. (UNITS 3A, 3B, 4): Bradford White M2-
                   80R10DS
            Features: 80 gal.; 24 inches diam. x 60 inches high; 2” insulation; two factory-installed heat
                   traps; brass drain valve; recovery 20 GPH @ 90oF rise; thermostat (110-155oF);
                   compliant with ASHRAE 90.1b 1992; energy factor 0.91; 10 year tank warranty.
            Required Options: Two 4500W elements (non-simultaneous). Provide 208, 240 or 277 VAC
                   as shown on Electrical drawings. Confirm electrical voltage before ordering.


END OF ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE (printed 7/19/07)




ELECTRIC WATER HEATER-RESIDENTIAL                             July 19, 2007               15455 -S92
                     ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE
                             MOSAIC COMMON
                          NON-RESIDENTIAL UNITS
                                              June 20, 2007

Alternate manufacturers for the products specified in this schedule: Bradford White, Rheem, Ruud.

Do not order any products before reading Specification Section 15455, Part 2 - Products, for important
additional information.


WH-4        1.0 GPM INSTANTANEOUS ADJUSTABLE TEMPERATURE WATER HEATER:
                   Eemax EX95T. “Equal” models may or may not be available from Chronomite or
                   Hot Aqua (phone 508-747-4493); provide cut sheet to Engineer prior to bidding.
            Features: 11 inches high x 6 inches wide x 3 inches deep maximum dimensions; replaceable
                   cartridge insert electric element; UL listing; 25-80 PSI pressure range; adjustable
                   thermostat minimum range 100 to 135°F; temperature control within 1°F; minimum
                   65 oF temperature rise at 1.0 GPM; nominal 9.5 KW, 240 VAC, 40A.
            Required Options: 1.0 GPM flow control. Provide 208, 240 or 277 VAC as shown on
                   Electrical drawings. Confirm electrical voltage before ordering and provide alternate
                   voltages and KW as required.
            Note:      Mount below and serve a single fixture.



END OF ELECTRIC WATER HEATER SCHEDULE (printed 7/19/07)




ELECTRIC WATER HEATER-NON RESIDENTIAL July 19, 2007                                     15455 -S93
SECTION 15488 - GAS PIPING

Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Product data for each gas piping specialty and special duty valve. Include rated capacities
of selected models, furnished specialties and accessories, and installation instructions.

NFPA Compliance: NFPA 54 - National Fuel Gas Code, for gas piping materials and components, gas
piping installations, and inspection, testing, and purging of gas piping systems.

Utility Compliance: Comply with requirements of local gas utility or supplier.

Boiler Ignition Pilots: Where required, provide gas piping to oil-fired boiler to supply the gas ignition
system. Size per Drawings if shown, or NFPA 54, or consult Engineer.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
Materials and Products: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types,
pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper
selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide sizes and types
matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials
used in gas systems. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is
Installer's option.

Basic Identification: Provide identification in accordance with Division 15 Section “Identification.”

Pipe and Tubing Materials
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 120, Schedule 40, seamless, black steel pipe, beveled ends.

Copper Tubing - Drawn Temper: ASTM B 88, Type K. NOT ALLOWED EXCEPT WHERE
SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS. Copper shall not be used if the gas contains more than
an average of 0.3 grains of hydrogen sulfide per 100 scf.

Fittings
Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern, for threaded joints.
Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1.

Steel Fittings: ASTM A 234, seamless or welded, for welded joints.

Wrought-Copper Fittings: ANSI B16.22, streamlined pattern.



Joining Materials


GAS PIPING                                          July 19, 2007                            15488 - 94
Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, Classification BAg-1 (Silver).

Joint Compound: suitable for the gas being handled.

Gasket Material: thickness, material, and type suitable for gas to be handled, and for design temper-
atures and pressures.

Piping Specialties
Unions: ANSI B16.39, Class 150 black malleable iron; female pattern; brass to iron seat; ground joint.

Dielectric Unions: ANSI B16.39, Class 250; malleable iron and cast bronze; with threaded or soldered
end connections suitable for pipe to be jointed; designed to isolate galvanic and stray current corrosion.

Protective Coating: When piping will be in contact with material or atmosphere exerting a corrosive
action, pipe and fittings shall be factory-coated with polyethylene tape, having the following properties:
overall thickness; 20 mils. synthetic adhesive; water vapor transmission rate, gallons per 100 square inch:
 0.10 or less; water absorption, percent: 0.02 or less. Prime pipe and fittings with a compatible primer
prior to application of tape.

Valves
General duty valves: Gate, globe, check, ball, and butterfly valves are specified in Division 15 Section
"Valves." Special duty valves are specified in this Article for specific uses and applications for each
valve specified.

Ball Valves: See Division 15 Section "Valves."

Solenoid Valves: aluminum body, Class B continuous duty molded coil; NEMA 4 coil enclosure;
electrically opened/electrically closed; dual coils; normally closed; UL and FM approved and labeled.
Provide voltage as requested by ATC Contractor. ASCO Red Hat, ISIMET, or equal.

Laboratory Emergency Gas Off Panel: Unless indicated otherwise, for each laboratory room having
one or more gas cocks, provide an Emergency Gas Off (EGO) Panel. Panel shall include: ADA
mushroom-style panic switch labeled “Emergency,” key operated switch and control switch for system
activation, green and red indicator lights, panic state output signal for DDC system that can be field
configured as a dry contact or 24 VAC output, key door lock, white powder coat enclosure, 3/4-inch
(unless a different size is indicated) normally closed gas solenoid valve, manual ball valve, and union.
Provide natural or LP gas valves as appropriate for the project. Provide flush mount enclosure for new
construction. Coordinate with Architect and provide either flush mount or surface mount for retrofit
construction as directed by Architect. (Be sure any piping within a wall complies with Code and these
specifications.) Provide title for panel, first line “LABORATORY” and second line “GAS PANEL”.
Manufacturer/model: ISIMET LSP-1 or equal approved in advance by Engineer. New England sales
representative: K Ross Co., Kingston, MA, phone 508-747-4493, fax 508-746-6678, email
krosscompany@aol.com. Provide a submittal on this product.




GAS PIPING                                           July 19, 2007                            15488 - 95
Gas Regulators: Purchase gas regulators from local gas utility or provide same type, model, and
manufacturer as normally installed by utility for intended service.

Part 3 - EXECUTION

Pipe Applications

Steel Pipe: Install steel pipe with threaded joints and fittings for 2 inch and smaller, and with welded
joints for 2-1/2 inch and larger.

Copper Tubing: Install Type K, hard-drawn copper tubing with wrought copper fittings and brazed
joints only where specifically indicated, and at equipment connections. NOT ALLOWED EXCEPT
WHERE SPECIFICALLY NOTED ON THE DRAWINGS.

Piping Installations
General: Conform to the requirements of NFPA 54 - National Fuel Gas Code. Refer to Division 15
Section "Basic Materials and Methods" for general piping installation requirements.

Concealed Locations: Except as specified below, install concealed gas piping in an air-tight conduit
constructed of Schedule 40, seamless black steel with welded joints. Vent conduit to the outside and
terminate with a screened vent cap.

       Above-Ceiling Locations: Gas piping may be installed in accessible above-ceiling spaces
       (subject to the approval of the authority having jurisdiction), whether or not such spaces are used
       as a plenum. Valves shall not be located in such spaces.

       In Floors: Piping installed in floors shall have protective wrapping specified in above. Piping
       cast in concrete slabs shall be surrounded with a minimum of 1-1/2 inches of concrete and shall
       not be in physical contact with other metallic structures such as reinforcing rods or electrically
       neutral conductors. Piping shall not be embedded in concrete slabs containing quick-set additives
       or cinder aggregate.

       In Partitions: Concealed piping shall not be located in solid partitions. Tubing shall not be run
       inside hollow walls or partitions.

       Underground Beneath Buildings: Where the installation of gas piping underground beneath
       buildings is unavoidable, the piping shall be encased in an approved conduit as described above,
       designed to withstand the superimposed loads. The conduit shall extend into a normally usable
       and accessible portion of the building and, at the point where the conduit terminates in the
       building, the space between the conduit and the gas piping shall be sealed to prevent the possible
       entrance of any gas leakage.

       Prohibited Locations: Do not install gas piping in or through a circulating air duct, chimney or
       gas vent, ventilating duct, or elevator shaft. This does not apply to accessible above-ceiling space
       specified above.



GAS PIPING                                          July 19, 2007                             15488 - 96
Pipe Sleeves: Install pipe sleeve and seals at foundation and basement wall penetrations, as specified in
Division 15 Section "Basic Materials and Methods." Seal pipe penetrations of fire barriers using fire
barrier penetration sealers.

Drips and Sediment Traps: Install a drip leg at points where condensate may collect, at the outlet of the
gas meter, and in a location readily accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install drips
where condensate is likely to freeze.

        Condensate drips and sediment traps using a tee fitting with the bottom outlet plugged or capped.
        Use a minimum of 3 pipe diameters in length for the drip leg. Use same size pipe for drip leg as
        the connected pipe.

Pitch: Install gas piping at a uniform grade of 1/4 inch in 15 feet, upward to risers, and from the risers to
the meter, or service regulator when meter is not provided, or the equipment.

Fittings: Make reductions in pipe sizes using eccentric reducer fittings installed with the level side down.

Connections: Connect branch outlet pipes from the top or sides of horizontal lines, not from the bottom.

Hangers, Supports, and Anchors
General: Hangers, supports, anchors, and hanger spacing are specified in Division 15 Section "Supports
and Anchors."

Pipe Joint Construction
Welded Joints: Comply with the requirements in ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section IX.

Brazed Joints: Comply with the procedures contained in the AWS "Brazing Manual."

Warning: Some filler metals contain compounds which produce highly toxic fumes when heated. Avoid
breathing fumes. Provide adequate ventilation.

Threaded Joints: Conform to ANSI B1.20.1, tapered pipe threads for field cut threads. Join pipe,
fittings, and valves as follows:

        Note the internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends, and proximity of internal seat or wall,
        to determine how far pipe should be threaded into joint. Refer to NFPA 54, for guide for number
        and length of threads for field threading steel pipe.

Flanged Joints: Align flanges surfaces parallel. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make
initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt
threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly to appropriate torque specified by the bolt manufacturer.

Tubing Joints: Tubing joints shall either be made with approved gas tubing fittings or be brazed. Flared
joints shall be used only in systems constructed from nonferrous pipe and tubing where experience or



GAS PIPING                                            July 19, 2007                              15488 - 97
tests have demonstrated that the joint is suitable for the conditions and where provisions are made in the
design to prevent separation of the joints.

Valve Installations
General: Install valves in accessible locations, protected form physical damage. Tag valves with a metal
attached with a metal chain indicating the piping systems supplied. Valve locations shown on Drawings
are diagrammatic only. Valves shall not be located above ceilings, whether accessible or not.

Pressure Regulator: Install a gas cock upstream of each gas pressure regulator. Where two gas pressure
regulators are installed in series in a single gas line, a manual valve is not required at the second regulator.
Regulators shall be located not less than six feet horizontally from any building opening, outside air
intake, or source of ignition. With permission of appropriate regulatory authority, regulators may be
located closer than six feet horizontally from an openable window if the regulator is at a lower height
than the bottom of the window.

Pressure Relief: Install pressure relief or pressure limiting devices so they can be readily operated to
determine of the valve is free; so they can be tested to determine the pressure at which they will operate;
and examined for leakage when in the closed position.

Laboratory Gas Cocks and Valves: Install a manual shut-off valve at each branch from main. Install
manual shut-off valve and solenoid valve to shut off gas to each room, or as indicated on the Drawings.
Confirm solenoid valve locations with authority having jurisdiction; an acceptable location is inside the
cabinetry of the room being controlled.

Laboratory Emergency Gas Off Panel: Locate the Emergency Gas Off (EGO) Panel near the exit
doorway to the corridor, or at indicated location.

Kitchen Gas Valves: Install ANSUL system gas valves supplied by KEC. Coordinate gas valve
locations with Owner and KEC and extend gas piping to these locations as required.

Terminal Equipment Connections
General: Install shut-off valve upstream and within 6 feet of gas appliance. Provide commercial grade,
line size flex hose from the valve to the appliance. The flex hose shall allow for 12 inch movement of the
appliance and shall not exceed 6 feet in length.

Sediment Traps: Install a tee fitting with the bottom outlet plugged or capped as close to the inlet of the
gas appliance as practical. Drip leg shall be a minimum of 3 pipe diameters in length.

Electrical Bonding and Grounding: Install above ground portions of gas piping systems, upstream
from equipment shutoff valves electrically continuous and bonded to a grounding electrode in accordance
with NFPA 70 - "National Electrical Code." Do not use gas piping as a grounding electrode. Conform to
NFPA 70 - "National Electrical Code," for electrical connections between wiring and electrically operated
control devices.

Field Quality Control


GAS PIPING                                              July 19, 2007                              15488 - 98
Piping Tests: Inspect, test, and purge natural gas systems in accordance with NFPA 54, and local utility
requirements.

END OF SECTION 15488           (revised 5/24/07)




GAS PIPING                                          July 19, 2007                           15488 - 99
SECTION 15510 - HYDRONIC PIPING

Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit product data. Include rated capacities of selected models, weights furnished
specialties and accessories, and installation instructions. Furnish flow and pressure drop curves for
diverting fittings and calibrated plug valves, based on manufacturer's testing.

Regulatory Requirements: Comply with the provisions of the following:

        ASME B 31.9 "Building Services Piping" for materials, products, and installation. Safety valves
        and pressure vessels shall bear the appropriate ASME label.

        Fabricate and stamp air separators and compression tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and
        Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1.

        ASME "Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code," Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualification" for
        qualifications for welding processes and operators.

        International Mechanical Code.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types, pressure
ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection as
determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide sizes and types matching
piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in fuel
oil systems. Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's
option. Grooved piping systems and pressed fit piping systems employing elastomeric gaskets are not
considered an “approved equal,” and may not be substituted for conventional threaded, soldered or
welded fitting systems without the written approval of the Engineer.

Balance Valve Manufacturers: Flow Designs, Bell & Gossett, Tour & Anderson.

Hydronic Specialties Manufacturers: Bell and Gossett, TACO.

Basic Identification: Provide identification in accordance with Mechanical Identification, Section 15190
the following listing:

Pipe and Tubing Materials
Drawn Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type L.

Annealed Temper Copper Tubing: ASTM B 88, Type K.



HYDRONIC PIPING                                                                           15510 - 100
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 120, Schedule 40, black steel pipe, plane ends.

Steel or Copper Factory Pre-insulated Pipe: See Specification Section 15530.

PEX: PEX piping is not permitted and may not be substituted.

Fittings
Cast Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.4, Class 125, standard pattern, for threaded joints. Threads
shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1.

Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.3, Class 150, standard pattern, for threaded joints.
Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1.

Steel Fittings: ASTM 234, seamless or welded, for welded joints.

Wrought-Copper Fittings: ANSI B16.22, streamlined pattern.

Cast Iron Threaded Flanges: ANSI B16.1, Class 125; raised ground face, bolt holes spot faced.

Unions: ANSI B16.39 malleable-iron, Class 150, hexagonal stock, with ball-and-socket joints,
metal-to-metal bronze seating surfaces; female threaded ends. Threads shall conform to ANSI B1.20.1.

Dielectric Unions: Threaded or soldered end connections for the pipe materials in which installed;
constructed to isolate dissimilar metals, prevent galvanic action, and prevent corrosion.

Flexible Connectors: Stainless steel bellows with woven flexible bronze wire reinforcing protective
jacket; minimum 150 psig working pressure, maximum 250°F operating temperature. Connectors shall
have flanged or threaded end connections to match equipment connected; and shall be capable of 3/4 inch
misalignment.

Joining Materials
Solder Filler Metals: ASTM B 32, 95-5 Tin-Antimony, for heating hot water.

Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, Classification BAg 1 (Silver).

       WARNING: Some filler metals contain compounds which produce highly toxic fumes when
       heated. Avoid breathing fumes. Provide adequate ventilation.

Welding Materials: Comply with Section II, Part C. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for
welding materials appropriate for the wall thickness and chemical analysis of the pipe being welded.




HYDRONIC PIPING                                                                        15510 - 101
Gaskets and Seals: Provide thickness, material, and type suitable for fluid to be handled, and design
temperatures and pressures. Pipe lubricants and sealants such as fluorocarbon resin tape and pipe dopes
(TeflonR) are not recommended due to evidence that they are subject to leakage when used with
propolyene glycol solutions. Do not use Viton A, Neoprene, or Nitrite Buna N gaskets or other materials
that are not compatible with propylene glycol at elevated temperatures.

Valves
General duty valves: Gate, globe, check, ball, and butterfly valves are specified in Division-15 Section
"Valves." Special duty valves are specified in this Article by their generic name.

Balance Valves: 200 psig water working pressure, 250°F maximum operating temperature, bronze body
and ball valve except ductile-iron for 2-1/2” larger. Provide with connections for portable differential
pressure meter with integral check valves and seals. Valve shall have identification scale to register
degree of valve opening.

Pressure Reducing Valves: diaphragm operated, cast-iron or brass body valve, with low inlet pressure
check valve, inlet strainer removable without system shut-down, and noncorrosive valve seat and stem.
Select valve size, capacity, and operating pressure to suit system. Valve shall be factory-set at operating
pressure and have the capability for field adjustment.

Safety Relief Valves: 125 psig working pressure and 250°F maximum operating temperature; designed,
manufactured, tested, and labeled in accordance with the requirements of Section IV of the ASME Boiler
and Pressure Vessel Code. Valve body shall be cast-iron, with all wetted internal working parts made of
brass and rubber. Select valve to suit actual system pressure and Btu capacity.

Hydronic Specialties
Manual Air Vent: bronze body and nonferrous internal parts; 150 psig working pressure, 225°F
operating temperature; manually operated with screwdriver or thumbscrew; and having 1/8 inch discharge
connection and 1/2 inch inlet connection.

Automatic Air Vent: designed to vent automatically with float principle; bronze body and nonferrous
internal parts; 150 psig working pressure, 240°F operating temperature; and having 1/4 inch discharge
connection and 1/2 inch inlet connection.

Diaphragm-Type Compression Tanks: size and number as indicated; construct of welded carbon steel
for 125 psig working pressure, 375°F maximum operating temperature. Separate air charge from system
water to maintain design expansion capacity, by means of a flexible diaphragm securely sealed into tank.
 Provide taps for pressure gauge and air charging fitting, and drain fitting. Support vertical tanks with
steel legs or base; support horizontal tanks with steel saddles. Tank, with taps and supports, shall be
constructed, tested, and labeled in accordance with ASME Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division
1.



HYDRONIC PIPING                                                                           15510 - 102
Air Separator: welded black steel; ASME constructed and labeled for minimum 125 psig water working
pressure and 375°F operating temperature; perforated stainless steel air collector tube designed to direct
released air into compression tank; tangential inlet and outlet connections; screwed connections up to and
including 2" NPS; flanged connections for 1-1/2" NPS and above; threaded blowdown connection; sized
as indicated for full system flow capacity.

Diverting Fittings: cast iron body with threaded ends, or wrought copper with solder ends; 125 psig
working pressure, 250°F maximum operating temperature. Indicate flow direction on fitting.

Backflow Preventers: Reduced pressure backflow preventer, Watts 009QT or equal, two independent
check valves with intermediate relief valve; modular bronze body construction; ball valve test cocks;
quarter-turn bronze ball shut-offs; maximum pressure drop 13 psi at 8 fps; suitable for 175 psi and 140oF
water, air gap on outlet, size as shown on plans or detail, or if not shown, match line size.

Y-Pattern Strainers: 125 psig working pressure cast-iron body (ASTM A 126, Class B), flanged ends
for 2-1/2 inch and larger, threaded connections for 2 inch and smaller, bolted cover, perforated Type 304
stainless steel basket, and bottom drain connection.

Heat Trace: 8 watts per foot, with junction box, and seal kit, glass cloth tape, suitable for service on hot
or chilled water piping located outdoors. Manufacturers: Thermon, Raychem.

Part 3 - EXECUTION
Pipe Applications
Copper Pipes: Install Type L, drawn copper tubing with wrought copper fittings and solder joints for 2
inch and smaller, above ground, within building. Install Type K, annealed temper copper tubing for 2
inch and smaller without joints, below ground or within slabs. Install pipe below ground in PVC sleeve;
install pipe in slab in flexible unicellular insulation.

Steel Pipes: Install steel pipe with threaded joints and fittings for 2 inch and smaller, and with welded
joints for 2-1/2 inch and larger.

Factory Pre-insulated Pipe: See Specification Section 15530.

Piping Installation
Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematics, and diagrams) indicate the general location
and arrangement of piping systems. Locations and arrangements of piping take into consideration pipe
sizing and friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. So far as practical,
install piping as indicated.

        Modify piping layout as necessary to suit actual field requirements. Coordinate piping locations
        to avoid conflict with ductwork, lighting, structural elements.



HYDRONIC PIPING                                                                            15510 - 103
        Provide space to permit insulation applications, with one-inch clearance outside the insulation.
        Allow six inches space above removable ceiling panels to allow for panel removal. Allow
        sufficient space for servicing of valves.

        For service access, keep all piping, devices and appurtenances a minimum of three feet from any
        electrical service panel, hinged panel door, or equipment door.

        Use fittings for all changes in direction and all branch connections.

        Install exposed piping at right angles or parallel to building walls.       Diagonal runs are not
        permitted, unless expressly indicated.

        Conceal all pipe installations in walls, pipe chases, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or
        floors, unless indicated to be exposed to view.

        Install piping tight to slabs, beams, joints, columns, walls, and other permanent elements of the
        building. Provide space to permit insulation applications, with 1" clearance outside the
        insulation.

        Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling panels to allow for panel removal.

        Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit applying insulation and servicing
        of valves.

        Core drill through masonry floors and walls as required for passage of piping.

        Insure adequate space around all piping passing through partitions to completely eliminate
        contact of piping with structure and to allow for expansion of piping.

Isolate all 1/2" and 3/4" diameter heating and plumbing piping passing through or near steel or wood
                   studs from structure using acoustical pipe clamps equal to Hubbard Holdrite #255 or
                   #261/2 (1-800-321-0316) or similar products by Acousto-Plumb (1-800-854-3215).
                   Pipes must never contact any structure. Any failure to comply with this requirement
                   will be grounds for
                   the Engineer to request that the GC open previously covered work at the contractor's
                   expense to prove compliance with this requirement throughout the building.

Drains: Install drains at low points in mains, risers, and branch lines consisting of a tee fitting, ball
valve, and short threaded nipple and cap.

Exterior Wall Penetrations: Seal pipe penetrations through exterior walls using sleeves and mechanical
sleeve seals. Pipe sleeves smaller than 6 inch shall be steel; pipe sleeves 6 inch and larger shall be sheet
metal.




HYDRONIC PIPING                                                                            15510 - 104
Pitch: Install piping at a uniform grade of 1 inch in 40 feet upward in the direction of flow whenever
possible.

Unions: Install in pipes 2 inch and smaller at final connections each piece of equipment, and elsewhere
as indicated. Unions are not required on flanged devices.

Dielectric Unions: Install to join dissimilar metals.

Flanges: Install on valves and equipment having 2-1/2 inch and larger connections.

Flexible Connectors: Install at inlet and discharge connections to pumps and other vibration producing
equipment.

Anchor: Anchor piping to ensure proper direction of expansion and contraction. Expansion loops and
joints are indicated on the Drawings and specified in Division-15 Section "Expansion Compensation."

Hangers and Supports
General: Hanger, supports, anchors, and hanger spacing are specified in Division 15 Section "Supports
And Anchors."

Pipe Joint Construction

Soldered Joints: Comply with the procedures contained in the AWS "Soldering Manual."

Brazed Joints: Comply with the procedures contained in the AWS "Brazing Manual."

        CAUTION: Remove stems, seats, and packing of valves and accessible internal parts at piping
        specialties before brazing.

        Fill the pipe and fittings during brazing, with an inert gas (i.e., nitrogen or carbon dioxide) to
        prevent formation of scale.

        Heat joints using oxy-acetylene torch. Heat to proper and uniform temperature.

Threaded Joints: Conform to ANSI B1.20.1, tapered pipe threads for field cut threads. Join pipe
fittings and valves as follows:

        Note the internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends, and proximity of internal seat or wall,
        to determine how far pipe should be threaded into joint.

        Align threads at point of assembly.




HYDRONIC PIPING                                                                             15510 - 105
        Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads (except where dry seal
        threading is specified).

        Assemble joint wrench tight. Wrench on valve shall be on the valve end into which the pipe is
        being threaded.

        Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe with threads which are corroded or damaged. If a weld
        opens during cutting or threading operations, that portion of pipe shall not be used.

Welded Joints: Comply with the requirement in ASME Code B31.9-"Building Services Piping."

Flanged Joints: Align flanges surfaces parallel. Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make
initial contact of flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricants on bolt
threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly using torque wrench.

Valve Applications
Ball Valves: Install at each branch connection to supply mains, at supply connection to each piece of
equipment, and elsewhere as indicated.

Balance Valves: Install at each branch connection to return mains, at return connections to each piece of
equipment, and on the outlet of each heating or cooling element and elsewhere as required to facilitate
system balancing. Install such that all components of each balance valve, including adjustment, pressure
ports and self-balance cartridge are easily accessible for service.

Drain Valves: Install at low points in mains, risers, branch lines, and elsewhere as required for system
drainage.

Check Valves: Install on each pump discharge and elsewhere as required to control flow direction.
Install pressure reducing valves on hot water generators, and elsewhere as required to regulate system
pressure.

Safety Relief Valves: Install on hot water generators, and elsewhere as required by ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code. Pipe discharge to floor without valves. Comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code Section VIII, Division 1 for installation requirements.

Hydronic Specialties Installation
Manual Air Vents: Install at high points in the system, at heat transfer coils, and elsewhere as required
for system air venting.

Automatic Air Vents: Install where indicated.

Air Separator: Install combination air separator/strainer in pump suction lines. Install blowdown piping
with gate valve; extend to nearest drain.



HYDRONIC PIPING                                                                         15510 - 106
Pump Discharge Valve: Install pump discharge valves in horizontal or vertical position with stem in
upward position. Allow clearance above stem for check mechanism removal.

Expansion Tank: Install diaphragm-type expansion tanks as indicated. Vent and purge air from
hydronic system, charge tank with proper air charge to suit system design requirements.

Backflow Preventer: Reduced Pressure Backflow Preventers. Locate in readily accessible location.
Connect to domestic water piping. Pipe relief outlet as shown on Drawings, or, if not shown, to nearest
floor drain.

Heat Trace Applications: Provide heat trace on above ground exterior heating piping and chilled water
piping and chilled water evaporator barrels if not factory supplied.

Field Quality Control
Preparation for testing: Prepare hydronic piping in accordance with ASME B 31.9 and as follows:

        Leave joints including welds uninsulated and exposed for examination during the test. Provide
        temporary restraints for expansion joints which cannot sustain the reactions due to test pressure.
        Flush system with clean water. Clean strainers. Isolate equipment that is not to be subjected to
        the test pressure from the piping. Install relief valve set at a pressure no more than 1/3 higher
        than the test pressure.

Testing: Test hydronic piping as follows:

        Use ambient temperature water as the testing medium, except where there is a risk of damage due
        to freezing.

        Subject piping system to a hydrostatic test pressure which at every point in the system is not less
        than 1.5 times the design pressure. The test pressure shall not exceed the maximum pressure for
        any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in the system under test.

        After the hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping, joints,
        and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing components
        as appropriate, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks.

Painting

General: Paint all exposed steel or cast iron or wrought iron piping and fittings that are not insulated,
including hydronic piping (Black) , oil piping (Black) , and gas piping (Yellow). Paint all steel brackets
and support structures in the mechanical room that are not galvanized (Black). Paint all expansion tanks,
air separators, and other equipment that is not insulated and that does not come with a finish coat of gloss
enamel paint (Blue, to match boilers). Remove all packing labels before painting. Touch up any




HYDRONIC PIPING                                                                             15510 - 107
damaged paint on pumps, boilers and other equipment. There should be absolutely no visible rust
anywhere in the mechanical room or elsewhere in the building and any mechanical system components.

Preparation: Clean all equipment before painting and remove all shipping labels. Do not remove
warning labels of manufacturer name tags. Use high quality oil based industrial enamel paint.



Adjusting and Cleaning
General: Clean and flush boiler and hydronic piping systems. Remove, clean, and replace strainer
screens. After cleaning and flushing hydronic piping system, but before balancing, remove disposable
fine mesh strainers in pump suction diffusers.

Marking: Mark calibrated name plates of balance valves after hydronic system balancing has been
completed, to permanently indicated final balanced position.

Chemical Treatment: Provide a water analysis prepared by the chemical treatment supplier to determine
the type and level of chemicals required for prevention of scale and corrosion. Perform initial treatment
after completion of system testing.

Commissioning
General: Before operating the system perform these steps.

        Fill system and perform initial chemical treatment.

        Check expansion tanks to determine that they are not air bound and that the system is completely
        full of water.

        Open valves to full open position. Close coil bypass valves.

        Remove and clean strainers.

        Check pump for proper direction.

        Set automatic fill valves for required system pressure.

        Check air vents at high points of systems and determine if all are installed and bleed air
        completely (manual type).

        Set temperature controls so all terminal units are calling for full flow.

        Check operation of automatic bypass valves.




HYDRONIC PIPING                                                                         15510 - 108
    Check and set operating temperatures of boilers to design requirements.

    Lubricate motors and bearings.

    END OF SECTION 15510




HYDRONIC PIPING                                                               15510 - 109
                  HYDRONIC SPECIALTIES
                   MOSIAC COMMONS
                      COMMON HOUSE


                   HYDRONIC EXPANSION TANK

PLAN #                 EX-1
MANUFACTURER           B&G
MODEL                  D-40
VOLUME                 21.7
ACCEPTANCE             11.1
DIMENSIONS             16” x 29”
COMMENTS               ASME CONSTRUCTION
                       VERTICAL OR HORIZONTAL

                         AIR SEPARATOR

PLAN #                 AS-1
MANUFACTURER           B&G
MODEL                  2” IN-LINE
COMMENTS               ASME CONSTRUCTION


                GLYCOL RESERVOIR & PUMP SYSTEM

G-1: PROVIDE AXIOM INDUSTRIES MF 200 6 GALLON GLYCOL RESERVOIR,
PRESSURE SWITCH, GLYCOL FEED PUMP (110V, 50W). COORDINATE POWER
SUPPLY WITH ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR. PROVIDE ON-OFF SWITCH. PROVIDE
PERMANENT LABEL ON UNIT THAT READS: “IT IS RECOMMENDED THAT THE
OWNER OPERATE THIS DEVICE IN A MANUAL MODE TO MAINTAIN PRESSURE IN
THE SYSTEM AT 12 PSI. AUTOMATIC MODE MAY BE ERRATIC.” (REPRESENTED
BY: MECHANICAL MARKETING, INC., 203-375-6482)


                       FREEZE PROTECTION

CHARGE HYDRONIC SYSTEM WITH NON-TOXIC (GOSSELIN RATING OF 1),
INHIBITED PROPYLENE GLYCOL SUFFICIENT TO ACHIEVE A FREEZE POINT OF 1 F
(APPROXIMATELY 35% PROPYLENE GLYCOL). PROVIDE CERTIFIED ANALYSIS OF
GLYCOL CONCENTRATION.




                                                             15510 - S
SECTION 15540 - PUMPS
Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit the following:

        Product data including certified performance curves, furnished specialties, and accessories.

        Maintenance data for HVAC pumps for inclusion in Operating and Maintenance Manual.

        Electrical Requirements: Confirm electrical characteristics, including voltage, phase, power
        requirements with Electrical Contractor before ordering equipment.

Regulation Requirements: Comply with the provisions of:

        NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code."

        UL Standard 778 "Motor Operated Water Pumps."

        NEMA Standards for electric motors and components.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General: Provide pumps with flow characteristics, efficiency, and motor characteristics as scheduled.

Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:
Bell & Gossett, Taco.

In-Line Circulator Pumps: Provide as indicated in-line circulators of type, capacity, and electrical
characteristics as scheduled.

Motor Starters and Disconnects: Motor starters and disconnects are specified in Division 15 section,
“Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Equipment.”

Part 3 - EXECUTION
General: Install pumps in locations indicated and arranged to provide access for periodic maintenance,
including removal of motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories.

In-Line Pumps: Support pumps and piping separately so that the weight of the piping system does not
rest on the pump. Suspend in-line pumps using althread hanger rod and vibration isolation hangers of
sufficient size to support the weight of the pump independent from the piping system.

Valves: Install valves that are same size as the piping connecting the pump. Install a nonslam check
valve and globe valve on the discharge side and gate valve and strainer on the suction side of in-line




PUMPS                                                                                     15540 - 111
pumps. Install a triple-duty valve on the discharge side and a pump suction diffuser and gate valve on the
suction side of base- mounted, end-suction pumps.

Flexible Connectors: Install flexible connectors on the suction and discharge side of each pump.

Pressure Gauges: Install pressure gauges on the suction and discharge of each pump at the integral
pressure gauge tappings provided.

Electrical Wiring: Electrical wiring and connections are specified in Division 16 sections.

Control Wiring: Control wiring and connections are specified in other Division 15 sections.


END OF SECTION 15540




PUMPS                                                                                    15540 - 112
                             PUMP SCHEDULE
                            MOSIAC COMMONS
                             COMMON HOUSE
PLAN NO.         CP-1,2                        CP-3,4
ZONE             HEATING PRIMARY               PELLET BLR, HX-1
TYPE             IN-LINE CIRC.                 IN LINE CIRC.
MANUFACTURER     BELL & GOSSETT                BELL & GOSSETT
MODEL            SERIES 60, 1 ¼ x 5 ¼          PL-30
IMPELLER (IN)    4.75                          ---
FLUID            WATER                         WATER/WATER
CAPACITY (GPM)   24                            15
HEAD (FT)        22                            10
EFFICIENCY (%)   53.9                          ---
SPEED            1750                          2050
HP               .5                            1/12
ELECTRICAL       240/3                         115
CONTROL          VARIABLE SPEED


PLAN NO.         CP-5                          CP-6
ZONE             BLR-1                         DHW
TYPE             IN-LINE CIRC.                 IN LINE CIRC.
MANUFACTURER     BELL & GOSSETT                BELL & GOSSETT
MODEL            PL-30                         PL-30
IMPELLER (IN)    ---                           ---
FLUID            WATER                         WATER
CAPACITY (GPM)   20                            15
HEAD (FT)        10                            10
EFFICIENCY (%)   ---                           ---
SPEED            2650                          2650
HP               1/12                          1/12
ELECTRICAL       115                           115
CONTROL

PROVIDE PREMIUM EFFICIENCY MOTORS, STARTERS & DISCONNECTS FOR ALL PUMPS.
NOTE THAT PUMPS CP-1,2 WILL HAVE VARIABLE SPEED DRIVES (SEE SECTION 15970).
REFER TO 15030 FOR MOTOR REQUIREMENTS AND MINIMUM MOTOR EFFICIENCY.

NOTE: ANY SUBSTITUTE PUMPS MUST HAVE EQUAL OR GREATER EFFICIENCIES AND
HAVE OPERATING POINTS AT THE SAME RELATIVE POSITION ON THE PUMP OPERATING
CURVES.

NOTE: CP-4 IS EXPOSED TO ATMOSPHERIC WATER AND SHALL BE BRONZE FITTED.




                                                                  15540 - S113
SECTION 15545 - INDIRECT FIRED WATER HEATERS

Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit product data including rated capacities of selected models, weights, furnished
specialties, accessories, and indicating dimensions, required clearances, and methods of assembly of
components, and piping and wiring connections.

ASME Code Compliance: Provide safety relief valves that comply with ASME Boiler And Pressure
Vessel Code and that bear the appropriate code symbols.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
Hot Water Storage Tanks: Provide indirect fired water heaters of sizes and capacities as indicated on
schedule and with characteristics indicated.

Manufacturers: Hubbell or equal.

Construction: Welded steel construction, designed for 150 psi working pressure. The tank shall be lined
with seamless Hydrastone or equal cement to a minimum thickness of one-half inch on 100% of all
interior tank surfaces.

Seismic Attachments: Provide seismic attachment points.

Accessories: Provide relief valve and temperature gauge. Provide auxiliary electric heating element
where scheduled.

Part 3 - EXECUTION
General: Install in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions. Install units plumb and
level, firmly anchored in locations indicated, and maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances.

Pads: Place units on concrete pads, orient so controls and devices needing service and maintenance have
adequate access.

Piping: Connect hot and cold water piping and boiler supply and return piping to units with shutoff
valves and unions. Extend relief valve discharge to closest floor drain, or as indicated.

Thermometers: Provide thermometers on inlet and outlet piping of water heaters, in accordance with
Division 15 Sections “Basic Materials and Methods” and “Meters and Gauges.”

Disinfection: Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by the authority having jurisdiction or,
in case a method is not prescribed by that authority, use the procedure described in AWWA C652.

Field Quality Control: Start-up, test, and adjust water heaters in accordance with manufacturer's start-up
instructions. Check and calibrate controls.

HOT WATER STORAGE TANK HEATERS                                                           15545 - 114
END OF SECTION 15545 (version A, 7/19/07)




HOT WATER STORAGE TANK HEATERS              15545 - 115
INDIRECT FIRED WATER HEATER SCHEDULE
            MOSIAC COMMON
            COMMON HOUSE
PLAN NO.        HWH-1
MANUFACTURER    HUBBELL
MODEL NO.       T120-40S
VOLUME          119
RECOVERY        306 GPH @ 200o F EWT, 6 GPM
   (FIRST HR)   80o F RISE
DIMENSIONS      23" x 69"
ACCESSORIES     PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE,
                DRAIN VALVE, CHECK VALVE,
                DUAL, COIL
                OTHER FITTINGS AS REQUIRED.
                WATER CONNECTIONS
                SEISMIC ATTACHMENT POINTS
                CEMENT LINED
                PROVIDE OPTIONAL 1-1/2”
                INLETS & OUTLETS

                PROVIDE TAG ON TANK
                SHOWING ACTUAL VOLUME
                (119 GAL)




                                              15545-S116
SECTION 15548- FUEL OIL SYSTEMS
Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit manufacturer's shop drawings indicating critical dimensions, and locations of
fittings and accessories.

Follow boiler manufacturer’s recommendations regarding fuel oil piping layout, sizing and fuel oil piping
specialties. If piping is located at floor level, run piping in a sleeve under the slab or in a trench
(Coordinate with GC).

NFPA Compliance: Install fuel oil systems in accordance with NFPA Standard 31 "Standard for the
Installation of Oil Burning Equipment", and/or NFPA 30 "Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code".

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General
Materials and Products: Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes, types,
pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper
selection as determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Provide sizes and types
matching piping and equipment connections; provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials.
Where more than one type of materials or products are indicated, selection is Installer's option.

Basic Identification:   Provide identification in accordance with Mechanical Identification, Section
15190.

Above Ground Fuel Oil Piping: Black Steel Pipe, Schedule 40, malleable-iron threaded, plain, Class
150 fittings.

Basic Piping Specialties
Shutoff Valves:    Provide ball valves, 150 psi, bronze body, standard part, bronze trim, 2-piece
construction.

Fusomatic Valve: Provide globe valve with fuseable link at supply oil piping entrance to building.

Vent Cap: Provide vent cap on top of oil piping vent line as scheduled.

Fuel Oil Storage Tanks
General Description: Factory-fabricated and tested. Size and capacity as indicated.

Tank Gauge: Provide float type tank gauge.

Part 3 - EXECUTION
FUEL OIL SYSTEMS                                                                        15548 - 117
Fuel Oil Piping
General: Refer to Division 15 section "Basic Piping Materials and Methods" for general piping
installation requirements. Follow boiler manufacturer’s recommendations regarding fuel oil piping
layout, sizing and fuel oil piping specialties. If piping is located at floor level, run piping in a sleeve
under the slab or in a trench (Coordinate with GC).

Valves: Install on supply near tank.

Strainers: Install strainers on the supply side of each oil burner connection.

Basic Piping Specialties
General: Install Basic Piping Specialties required.

Vent Cap: Install on top of vent pipe, in accordance with applicable codes.

Equipment Connections: Connect fuel oil piping to oil tank and oil burning equipment as recommended
by boiler manufacturer’s technical representative,, and in accordance with applicable codes.

Painting: Paint all exposed fuel oil piping (black) to prevent rusting.

Oil Storage Tanks
General: Comply with manufacturer's published installation instructions and applicable provisions of
NFPA 30 and 31, except as otherwise indicated.

Gauge
General: Install tank gauge in accordance with manufacturer's published installation instructions.

Field Quality Control
Piping Tests: Test fuel oil piping in accordance with requirements of NFPA 31. Repair or replace fuel
oil piping as required to eliminate leaks, and retest as specified to demonstrate compliance.


END OF SECTION 15548            (15548B)




FUEL OIL SYSTEMS                                                                          15548 - 118
FUEL OIL TANK AND ACCESSORIES SCHEDULE
            MOSIAC COMMONS
             COMMON HOUSE

FUEL OIL TANK

     TYPE              DOMESTIC OIL TANKS
     MANUFACTURER      ROTH*
     MODEL             1000L
     QUANTITY          1
     CAPACITY          275 GAL
     DIMENSIONS        66”H x 28”W x 43” L
     WEIGHT            167 LBS.
     FEATURES          FULL CONTAINMENT,
                       SEAMLESS POLYETHYLENE INNER TANK
                       0.40” GALVANIZED OUTER TANK, LEAK ALARM
     ACCESSORIES       FILL CAPS
                       VENT CAPS
                       FILTERS
                       FUSEMATIC VALVES
                       STAND


     *ROTH INDUSTRIES
      FOREST PARK, IL 60130

      (708-488-1511)

      ROTH-USA@MCIPNET.COM




                                                   15548 - S119
SECTION 15556 –CAST-IRON BOILERS
Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit product data on boilers including burner, boiler trim, and safety devices fitted to the
boiler.

I=B=R Compliance: Provide cast-iron boilers that have been tested and rated in accordance with
Institute of Boiler and Radiator Manufacturers (I=B=R) "Testing and Rating Standard for Cast-Iron and
Steel Heating Boilers," and bear I=B=R emblem on nameplate affixed to boiler.

NFPA Compliance: Install oil/gas-fired cast-iron boilers in accordance with NFPA Standard 31
"Standard for the Installation of Oil Burning Equipment" and with NFPA Code 54 "National Fuel Gas
Code."

ASME Compliance: Construct cast-iron boilers in accordance with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel
Code, Section IV "Heating Boilers."

UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide cast-iron boiler ancillary electrical components which have been
listed and labeled by UL, and comply with NEMA standards.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General: Provide as scheduled, forced draft cast-iron boilers of capacity as scheduled. Provide net
ratings approved by I=B=R, and construct in accordance with requirements of ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code.

Manufacturer: Burners and boilers shall be purchased from some company, which shall be responsible
for start-up of the boiler burner unit. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide forced draft
boilers of one of the following: Buderus, Burnham, H.B. Smith, Weil-McLain.

Trim: Provide for hot water boilers, ASME relief valve, high and low limit controls, combination
pressure- temperature-altitude gauge, and low water cutoff.

Burner and Controls: Provide power burner as scheduled. Provide burner mounted, factory-wired
control panel for operation as scheduled. Mount controls not factory installed.

Safety Devices: Provide firomatic lever gate valves, flexible links, pulley and cables.


Part 3 - EXECUTION
General: Install boilers in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, in accordance with
State and local code requirements, and in accordance with requirements of local Utility Company. Install


CAST IRON BOILERS                                                                         15556 - 120
units plumb and level, to tolerance of 1/8" in 10' - 0" in both directions. Maintain manufacturer's
recommended clearances around and over boilers.

Coordination: Coordinate boiler room layout and clearances with boiler inspector and with equipment
manufacturer’s instructions before installation of boilers and other equipment.

Support: Install boilers on 4" thick concrete pad, 4" larger on each side than base of unit.

Erection: Assemble boiler sections in proper sequence and with sealing between each section. Assemble
boiler trim shipped loose or unassembled for shipment purposes. Follow manufacturer's installation
instructions.

Electrical Work: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be
factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to electrical Installer for
power wiring to controls. Verify that electrical work installation is in accordance with manufacturer's
submittal and installation requirements of Division-16 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start-up
until electrical work is acceptable to equipment Installer. Coordinate all work with Electrical Contractor.

        Emergency Switches: Provide emergency shut off switches for each boiler, located near each
        entrance to the mechanical room.

        Provide a service switch to start and stop the fuel oil burner at a location where the operator can
        view the fire. The switch shall be located at a maximum of three feet from the burner.

Provide an electrical thermal switch fused to break the ungrounded conductor in the main circuit at 165°F
                   installed in the main power line within six feet over the top of the burner-boiler. If the
                   ceiling above the burner-boiler or burner-furnace exceeds 12 feet in height an
                   additional thermal switch shall be installed on the ceiling and connected in series with
                   the lower switch. Coordinate the type and location of switches with the fire official
                   having jurisdiction.

Gas Piping: Provide gas piping where applicable. Refer to Division-15 section "Gas Piping." Connect
gas piping to boiler, full size of boiler gas train inlet, provide union with sufficient clearance for burner
removal and service.

Oil Piping: Provide oil piping where applicable. Follow boiler manufacturer’s recommendations
regarding fuel oil piping layout, sizing and fuel oil piping specialties. If piping is located at floor level,
run piping in a sleeve under the slab or in a trench (Coordinate with GC). Refer to Division-15 section
“Fuel Oil Systems”. Connect oil piping to boiler. Provide shutoff valve and union with sufficient
clearance for burner removal.

Hot Water Piping: Refer to Division-15 section "Hydronic Piping." Connect supply and return boiler
tappings as indicated, with shutoff valve and union or flange at each connection.

Breeching: Refer to Division-15 section "Breechings." Connect breeching to boiler outlet, full size of
outlet. Run as indicated.


CAST IRON BOILERS                                                                              15556 - 121
Flushing: Flush and clean cast-iron boilers upon completion of installation, in accordance with
manufacturer's start-up instructions. Hydrostatically test assembled boiler and piping in accordance with
applicable sections of ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Arrange with State Boiler Inspector for
inspection of boiler piping, observation of hydrostatic testing, and for certification of completed boiler
units.

Start-up: Start-up cast-iron boilers, in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions, and in
presence of boiler manufacturer's representative. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with
requirements. Adjust burner for maximum burning efficiency. Replace damaged or malfunctioning
controls and equipment.

Owner's Instructions: Provide services of manufacturer's technical representative for one 2-hour period
to instruct Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of cast-iron boilers.

Boiler Controls: Provide the following permanent labels on boiler controls:

        Boiler Operating Control
        Typ. Setting: 200°F with 10°F diff.

        Burner High-Low Control
        Typ. Setting: 190°F with 5°F diff.

        Boiler High Limit Control
        Typ. Setting: 230°F.

Boiler controls shall be capable of starting up boiler without going out on
high limit safety control, even when boiler is operating on minimal load,
such as DHW heating. Boiler technical representative shall set controls to meet this requirement. If
necessary, lock boiler controls into low fire mode
when major load (usually building heating) is not enabled.

Schedule: Schedule training with Owner, provide at least 7-day notice to Contractor and Engineer of
training date.


END OF SECTION 15556 (15556a)




CAST IRON BOILERS                                                                        15556 - 122
                            BOILER SCHEDULE
                            MOSIAC COMMONS
                             COMMON HOUSE


PLAN NO.                     BLR-1
MANUFACTURER                 BUDERUS
MODEL                        G215-5
MEDIA                        HOT WATER
PRESSURE(PSI)                30
FUEL                         NO. 2 OIL
RATINGS
      GROSS I=B=R (MBTUH)    207
      NET I=B=R (MBTUH)      180
      FUEL USE (GPH)         1.7
WATER CONTENT (GAL)
BREECHING (IN)               6
DIMENSIONS
      WIDTH (IN)             23-1/2
      HEIGHT (IN)            33-1/2
      LENGTH (IN)            35-1/2
TRIM/CONTROLS (ALL)          RIELLO OR CARLIN BURNER
                             OUTSIDE AIR KIT, IF AVAILABLE
                             OPERATING CONTROLS
                             MANUAL RESET HIGH LIMIT
                             MANUAL RESET
                             LOW WATER CUT-OFF
BURNER ACCESSORIES           FUEL OIL STRAINER,
                             FIROMATIC LEVER GATE VALVE
                             FUSEABLE LINK, PULLEYS AND CABLES.

NOTE: SET UP BOILER TO FIRE BIODIESEL IF REQUESTED BY OWNER. SELECT BURNER
      BEST SUITED FOR BIODIESEL.




                                                                  15556-S123
SECTION 15559 –WOOD PELLET BOILER & SILO SYSTEM
Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit product data on boilers including burner, boiler trim, and safety devices fitted to the
boiler.

NFPA Compliance: Install wood pellet boiler in accordance with ANSI/NFPA 211 or local code.

UL and NEMA Compliance: Provide cast-iron boiler ancillary electrical components which have been
listed and labeled by UL, and comply with NEMA standards.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General: Provide as scheduled, forced draft wood-pellet boiler and pellet storage and delivery system of
capacity as scheduled.

Boiler Manufacturer: Provide boilers of one of the following: Harman PBIOS, BAXI/TARM Type 4.

Boiler Trim and Controls: Provide for hot water boilers, standpipe, controls, combination pressure-
temperature-altitude gauge, and low water cutoff (see testing page). Provide power to boiler. Provide
mounted control panel. Mount controls not factory installed.

Silo and Auger Manufacturers:

        Chore-Time/Brock (574-658-4101, www.choretime.com)
               Dealers/Installers:
               • Pelletier Millwrights, contact Mark or Deb, 860-564-8936 (CT)
               • Fish Associates, contact Bevin Fish, 413-596-4372,
                  www.fishassociates.com (MA)

        Chief Agri/Industrial Division (308-237-2650, www.agri.chiefind.com )

                Dealers: contact Ed Benson (Nat’l Sales Manager) for info: 308-380-2063.

Silo: Silo to contain approximately 600 c.f. of pellets and be 9’ diameter. Height-to-fill (including the
height of the pad on which the silo sits) to be consistent with the pellet delivery truck’s reach.

        Silo to have a view panel at the level corresponding to a fill of approximately 100 c.f. This
        allows confirmation of pellet level and permits timely re-ordering of pellets.

        Stairs up the silo shall have a stair lock.

        Silo fill cap shall be operable from ground level.




WOOD PELLET BOILER & SILO SYSTEM                                                           15559 - 124
        Silo shall be connected via transparent boot to a flexible auger (FLEX-AUGER ® Model 75 or
        Model HMC).

        Slide gate shall be provided at the base of the silo.

Auger: Flexible auger shall be run between silo and building above grade. Auger to be driven by motor
within basement, and sized to deliver a feed rate of approximately 1 c.f.m, or 60 c.f./hr. This allows the
boiler’s hopper to be filled in approximately 5 minutes. Slower rates are acceptable. The drop shall be
located directly over boiler hopper, and allow space for opening hopper lid and also for filling 5 gallon
buckets with pellets for use in tenants pellet stoves. Flexible hose at end.

Part 3 - EXECUTION
General: Install boilers in accordance with manufacturer's installation instructions, in accordance with
State and local code requirements, and in accordance with requirements of local Utility Company. Install
units plumb and level, to tolerance of 1/8" in 10' - 0" in both directions. Maintain manufacturer's
recommended clearances around and over boilers.

Coordination: Coordinate boiler room layout and clearances with boiler inspector and with equipment
manufacturer’s instructions before installation of boilers and other equipment.

Support: Install boilers on 4" thick concrete pad, 4" larger on each side than base of unit.

Erection: Assemble boiler trim shipped loose or unassembled for shipment purposes.                    Follow
manufacturer's installation instructions.

Electrical Work: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be
factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to electrical Installer for
power wiring to controls. Verify that electrical work installation is in accordance with manufacturer's
submittal and installation requirements of Division-16 sections. Do not proceed with equipment start-up
until electrical work is acceptable to equipment Installer. Coordinate all work with Electrical Contractor.

        Emergency Switches: Provide emergency shut off switches for each boiler, located near each
        entrance to the mechanical room.

        Provide a service switch to start and stop the boiler at a location where the operator can view the
        fire. The switch shall be located at a maximum of three feet from the burner.

Provide an electrical thermal switch fused to break the ungrounded conductor in the main circuit at 165°F
                   installed in the main power line within six feet over the top of the burner-boiler. If the
                   ceiling above the burner-boiler or burner-furnace exceeds 12 feet in height an
                   additional thermal switch shall be installed on the ceiling and connected in series with
                   the lower switch. Coordinate the type and location of switches with the fire official
                   having jurisdiction.

Hot Water Piping: Refer to Division-15 section "Hydronic Piping." Connect supply and return boiler
tappings as indicated, with shutoff valve and union or flange at each connection.




WOOD PELLET BOILER & SILO SYSTEM                                                               15559 - 125
Breeching: Refer to Division-15 section "Breechings." Connect breeching to boiler outlet, full size of
outlet. Run as indicated.

Flushing: Flush and clean upon completion of installation, in accordance with manufacturer's start-up
instructions. Hydrostatically test assembled boiler and piping in accordance with applicable sections of
ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code. Arrange with State Boiler Inspector for inspection of boiler
piping, observation of hydrostatic testing, and for certification of completed boiler units.

Silo and Auger: Concrete pad to be poured and reinforced according to specifications given by the silo
manufacturer. Pad to be located such that a trailer may back right up to it in order to unload the silo.
Install silo on pad in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. Install flexible auger system
above ground in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

Start-up: Start-up wood-pellet boilers, in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions, and in
presence of Engineer’s representative. Test controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements.
Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment.


END OF SECTION 15559 (15559)




WOOD PELLET BOILER & SILO SYSTEM                                                          15559 - 126
                       BOILER SCHEDULE
                       MOSIAC COMMON
                        COMMON HOUSE


         PLAN NO.                  BLR-2
         MANUFACTURER              HARMAN
         MODEL                     PB105
         MEDIA                     HOT WATER
         PRESSURE(PSI)             ATMOSPHERIC
         FUEL                      PREMIUM GRADE WOOD PELLETS
         RATINGS
               INPUT (BTU/HR)      113,900
         VENT                      4” PELLET VENT
         DIMENSIONS (OVERALL)      41”L x 28”W x 50”H
         WEIGHT (FULL) (LB)        2390
         TRIM/CONTROLS             FACTORY CONTROLS
                                   LOW WATER CUT-OFF
         OTHER                     FACTORY START-UP AND TEST
                                   PROVIDE “DUMP ZONE” CONTROLS.




WOOD PELLET BOILER & SILO SYSTEM                         15559 - S127
SECTION 15577 - PREFABRICATED BREECHING AND
STACKS
Part 1 - GENERAL
NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 211 "Standard for Chimneys, Fireplace, Vents and Solid Fuel
Burning Appliances".

UL Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of UL safety standards; provide products which have
been UL listed and labeled.

ASHRAE Compliance: Comply with the ASHRAE Equipment Handbook, Chapter 27, for Chimney,
Gas Vent, and Fireplace Systems, material requirements and design criteria.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
All Steel, Double Wall Breeching and Stacks: UL-labeled double wall metal breeching and stacks for
use with building heating equipment burning gas, solid, or liquid fuels as described in NFPA 211.
Provide size and heights indicated, and of materials, and having accessories as specified herein.

Accessories: Provide accessories of types and sizes as indicated, each bearing factory-applied UL label,
and where not otherwise indicated, provide type and size required to comply with breeching connections,
and spatial conditions.

       Ventilated Roof Thimble: Consisting of ventilated thimble, ventilated flat roof flashing, and
       storm collar.

       Stack Cap: Consisting of inverted cone secured to top of stack, designed for partial rain
       protection with low flow resistance.

       Drain Bucket: Designed to close vertical tee and act as inspection/cleanout port.

Barometric Dampers: Provide adjustable, self-actuating draft dampers, full size of breeching. Provide
separate barometric damper for each vented appliance.

Cleanout Doors: Same gauge as breeching.

Thermally Actuated Vent Dampers: same size as draft hood collar; constructed of stainless steel
housing and brackets. Secure 4 quadrants to brackets constructed of corrosion resistant bi-metal. Secure
brass weights to quadrants to prevent vibrations and noise during high draft conditions. Test units in
accordance with AGA standards, and certify design complies with ANSI Z21.68.




PREFABRICATED STACKS                                                                       15577 - 128
Part 3 – EXECUTION

Double Wall Breechings: Install all steel, double wall breechings in accordance with manufacturer's
installation instructions and UL listing. Maintain minimum clearances from combustibles specified in UL
listing.

Pitch: Slope breechings down to appliances and provide a condensate drain connection. Pipe drain line
to nearest open site drain.

Supports: Install concrete inserts for support of breeching in coordination with formwork. Support
horizontal round breechings with girth strap and strap hanger (of same size). Install pair of strap hangers
bolted to opposite sides of angle reinforcing rings or flanged joints. Support breechings at 10 foot
intervals with 1" x 16 gauge strap hangers.

Double Wall Vents: Install all steel, double wall vents in accordance with manufacturer's installation
instructions and UL listing. Maintain minimum clearances from combustibles specified in UL listing.

Sealing: Seal joints between sections of positive pressure vents in accordance with manufacturer's
installation instructions, and using only sealants recommended by manufacturer.

Supports: Support vents at intervals recommended by the manufacturer to support the weight of the vent
and all accessories, without exceeding loading of appliances.

Adjusting and Cleaning: Clean double wall stacks internally during installation, to remove dust and
debris. Clean external surfaces to remove mill film.

Temporary Closure: At ends of breechings and chimneys which are not completed or connected to
equipment, provide temporary closure which will prevent entrance of dust debris until installations are
completed.

END OF SECTION 15577 (15577a)




PREFABRICATED STACKS                                                                      15577 - 129
               PREFABRICATED STACK SCHEDULE
                     MOSIAC COMMONS
                      COMMON HOUSE


    MANUFACTURER             METAL-FAB
    APPLICATION                     PELLET BOILER
    MODEL                    TEMPGUARD TYPE L PELLET
    INNER JACKET             STAINLESS STEEL, .012”
    OUTER JACKET             GALVANIZED, .018”
    INSIDE DIAMETER          4” (CONFIRM BEFORE ORDERING)
    AIR SPACE                1” INSULATED
    ACCESSORIES              STACK TERMINATION CAP,
                             PENETRATION ASSEMBLY,
                             DRAIN TEE, SUPPORTS
                             OTHER FITTINGS AS REQUIRED.

    PROVIDE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES TO
              COMBUSTIBLES.




PREFABRICATED STACK SCHEDULE                                15577 - 130
              PREFABRICATED STACK SCHEDULE
                    MOSIAC COMMONS
                     COMMON HOUSE



         MANUFACTURER                  METAL-FAB
         APPLICATION                   OIL BOILER
         MODEL                         IPIC - 1
         INNER JACKET                  316 S.S., 0.035"
         OUTER JACKET                  304 S.S.
         INSIDE DIAMETER               6”
         AIR SPACE                     1” INSULATED
         ACCESSORIES                   STACK TERMINATION CAP,
         PENETRATION ASSEMBLY,
         DRAIN TEE,
          WALL SUPPORT
         OTHER FITTINGS AS REQUIRED.

         PROVIDE MANUFACTURERS RECOMMENDED CLEARANCES TO
         COMBUSTIBLES.

         VAN PACKER DW, METALBESTOS PS, OR AMPCO VSI-2 IS EQUAL




PREFABRICATED STACK SCHEDULE                                    15577 - 131
SECTION 15620 - GAS-FIRED HEATERS
Part 1 - GENERAL

Submittals: Submit product data on gas-fired heaters, including rated output, efficiency, blower ratings,
power requirements, wiring diagrams, minimum clearances, dimensioned drawings, and weight.

Electrical Requirements: Confirm electrical characteristics, including power requirements with
Electrical Contractor before ordering equipment.

NRTL Listing: Provide listed and labelled electrical components.

NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 70, "National Electrical Code" and NFPA 54, "National Fuel
Gas Code".

AGA Approval: Certified and labeled by the American Gas Association.

ANSI Compliance: ANSI Z83.9, "Gas-Fired Duct Furnaces", and ANSI Z83.6, "Gas-Fired Infrared
Heaters".

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General: Provide types, minimum ratings, accessories, locations, and mountings as scheduled.

Part 3 - EXECUTION
Installation: Installation and connection of gas-fired heaters and associated fuel and vent features and
systems shall be in accordance with NFPA 54, applicable local codes and regulations, and manufacturer's
printed installation instructions.

Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be
factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer for
power wiring.

Electrical Clearances: Provide required electrical clearances to unit electrical panels.

Access: Provide access space around units for service as indicated, but in no case less than that
recommended by manufacturer.

Ductwork Connections: Refer to Division-15 "Ductwork" sections. Provide flexible connections on
duct connections to units.

Gas Piping: Connect gas piping in accordance with Division 15 Section "Gas Piping Systems".


                                                                                           15620 - 132
Vents: Connect vents in accordance with Division 15 Section "Breechings, Chimney, and Stacks", and
manufacturers instructions.

Condensate: Extend to nearest equipment drain or floor drain or as otherwise indicated. Terminate to
suit local code requirements, except where stricter methods are indicated. Follow manufacturers printed
installation requirements.

Suspended Units: Suspend from substrate using threaded rods, spring hangers, and building
attachments. Secure rods to unit hanger attachments. Adjust hangers so unit is plumb and level.

Base Mounted Units: Secure units to substrate.

Cleaning: After construction is completed, clean unit exposed surfaces, vacuum clean coils and inside of
cabinets. Retouch any marred or scratched surfaces of factory-finished cabinets, using finish materials
furnished by manufacturer. Install clean filter units for units requiring same.

Start-up: Start-up and test units in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and demonstrate
compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls and equipment. Install new
filters at completion of work, and prior to testing, adjusting, and balancing work.

Balancing: Refer to Division-15 section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for balancing units; not
work of this section.

Spare Parts: Provide one complete extra set of filters for each filter bank in units. Provide one spare set
of belts for each belt driven fan.


END OF SECTION 15620




                                                                                          15620 - 133
 GAS-FIRED FURNACES
  MOSIAC COMMONS
     WORKSHOP

PLAN NO.              GF-1
MANUFACTURER          YORK
MODEL NO.             RF-45
TYPE                  PROPANE GARAGE HEATER
ARRANGEMENT           HORIZONTAL
HEATING
      INPUT (MBTUH)   45
      OUTPUT(MBTUH)   36.5
      EFF (%)         81
SUPPLY FAN
      CFM-TOTAL/OA    750
      HP              1/20
      ELEC.           120/60/1
DIMS("Wx"Hx"L)        12x13x25
WT(LBS.)              73
ACCESSORIES           VENT KIT




                                     15620 - S134
 GAS-FIRED FURNACES
  MOSIAC COMMONS
  RESIDENTIAL UNITS

PLAN NO.               RH-1
MANUFACTURER           RENNAI
MODEL NO.              RHFE-556FAWTA
TYPE                   PROPANE, DIRECT VENT
ARRANGEMENT            DUCTLESS
HEATING
      \OUTPUT(MBTUH)   20.7
SUPPLY FAN
      ELEC.            120/60/1
      WATTS            55
DIMS("Wx"Hx"L)         22H x 30W x 10D
WT(LBS.)               190
ACCESSORIES            VENT KIT




                                         15620 - S135
SECTION 15675 – VRF MULTIZONE SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit product data on Variable Refrigerant Flow (VRF) Multizone Split System Heat
Pump units, including capacity at scheduled conditions, dimensioned drawings, and weight.

System Description: The variable capacity, heat pump air conditioning system shall be a Variable
Refrigerant Flow split system. The system shall consist of multiple evaporators using PID control, and
VRF outdoor unit. The outdoor unit shall be a direct expansion (DX), air-cooled heat pump air-
conditioning system, variable speed driven compressor multi zone split system, using R410A refrigerant.
The outdoor unit may connect an indoor evaporator capacity up to 130% of the outdoor condensing unit
capacity. All indoor units are each capable of operating separately with individual temperature control.

Electrical Requirements:       Confirm electrical characteristics, including voltage, phase, power
requirements with Electrical Contractor before ordering equipment.

ETL:     The units shall be listed by Electrical Laboratories (ETL) and bear the ETL label.

NEC: All wiring shall be in accordance with the National Electric Code (NEC).

Energy Star:     The system will bear the Energy Star label.

ISO: The system will be produced in an ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 facility, which are standards set by
the International Standard Organization (ISO). The system shall be factory tested for safety and function.

Warranty on Motor/Compressor: Provide written warranty, signed by manufacturer, agreeing to
replace/repair, within warranty period, motors/compressors with inadequate or defective materials and
workmanship, including leakage, breakage, improper assembly, or failure to perform as required.
Warranty period shall be 6 years from date of substantial completion.

Operating Range: The operating range in cooling will be 23°F DB ~ 115°F DB. The operating
range in heating will be 0°F DB – 64°F DB / -5°F WB – 60°F WB.

Refrigerant Piping: The system shall be capable of refrigerant piping up to 410 equivalent feet, a total
combined length of 1000 feet of piping between the condensing and fan coil units with 165 feet maximum
vertical difference, without any oil traps or additional equipment. In case where the outdoor unit is
located below the indoor unit, the vertical difference is a maximum of 133 feet.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
Air-cooled outdoor units: Provide as indicated air-cooled outdoor units of type, capacity,
electrical characteristics, and having accessories as scheduled. The outdoor unit shall be factory
assembled and pre-wired with all necessary electronic and refrigerant controls. The refrigeration
circuit of the condensing unit shall consist of scroll compressor(s), motors, fans, condenser coil,
electronic expansion valve, solenoid valves, 4 way valve, distribution headers, capillaries, filters,
shut off valves, oil separators, service ports, liquid receivers and accumulators.


VRF Multizone Split System Heat Pumps                                                        15675 - 136
        Sound Pressure Rating: The sound pressure dB(A) at rated conditions shall
              be a value of 58 decibels at 3 feet from the front of the unit. The outdoor unit
              shall be capable of operating at further reduced noise during nighttime.

        Restart: The system will automatically restart operation after a power failure
               and will not cause any settings to be lost, thus eliminating the need for re-
               programming.

        Safety Devices: The following safety devices shall be included on the
               condensing unit; high pressure switch, control circuit fuses, crankcase heaters,
               fusible plug, high pressure switch, overload relay, inverter overload protector,
               thermal protectors for compressor and fan motors, over current protection for the
               inverter and anti-recycling timers. To ensure the liquid refrigerant does not flash
               when supplying to the various fan coil units, the circuit shall be provided with a
               sub-cooling feature. Oil recovery cycle shall be automatic occurring 1 hour after
               start of operation and then every 6 hours of operation.

        Compressor: The scroll compressor shall be variable speed (PAM inverter)
              controlled which is capable of changing the speed to follow the variations in total cooling
              load as determined by the suction gas pressure as measured in the condensing unit. The
              capacity control range shall be 14% to 100%, with 29 individual capacity steps. Each
              non-inverter compressor shall also be of the hermetically sealed scroll type. Each
              compressor shall be equipped with a crankcase heater, high pressure safety switch, and
              internal thermal overload protector.

Air Handling Units: Provide as indicated split system air handling units of type, capacities, arrangement,
and accessories as scheduled. Include in basic unit cabinets, blower, motor, DX-coil, expansion valve,
filters, drain pan, and unit controls.

Manufacturers of VRF Multizone Split System Heat Pumps: Daikin Industries; Mitsubishi Electric
Corporation.

Motor Starters and Disconnects: Motor starters and disconnects are specified in Division 15 section,
“Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Equipment.”


Part 3 - EXECUTION
General: Install air handling and outdoor units where indicated, in accordance with equipment
manufacturer's published installation instructions, and with recognized industry practices. Install units
plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated. Coordinate with other work as necessary to
interface installation of air handling and outdoor units with other work.

Installation Requirements: The system must be installed by a factory trained contractor/dealer.

Refrigerant Piping: Provide services of factory technical service representative to design refrigeration
piping.



VRF Multizone Split System Heat Pumps                                                      15675 - 137
Concrete Pads: Install ground-mounted units on 4" thick reinforced concrete pad, 4" larger on each side
than condensing unit. Coordinate installation of anchoring devices.

Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be
factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer for
power wiring.

Electrical Clearances: Provide required electrical clearances to air handling and outdoor unit electrical
panels.

Access: Provide access space around air handling and outdoor units for service as indicated, but in no
case less than that recommended by manufacturer.

Ductwork Connections: Refer to Division-15 "Ductwork" sections. Provide flexible connections on
duct connections to air handling units.

Vibration Isolation: Install air handling units with vibration isolators. Provide vibration isolators for all
piping connections.

Refrigerant: Connect refrigerant piping to units; run piping so as not to interfere with access to unit.
Install furnished field- mounted accessories.

Condensate: Provide trapped condensate drain piping from unit to building drain system as indicated or
required.

Charging: Charge systems with refrigerant and oil, and test for leaks. Repair leaks and replace lost
refrigerant and oil.

Temporary Heat: (When allowed.) Protect each return air grille with filtration media with a Minimum
Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 8 if air-handling systems must be used for temporary heating,
ventilating or air conditioning during construction.

Cleaning: After construction is completed, clean unit exposed surfaces, vacuum clean coils and inside of
cabinets. Retouch any marred or scratched surfaces of factory-finished cabinets, using finish materials
furnished by manufacturer. Install clean filter units for units requiring same.

Factory Start-up and Commissioning: Provide services of factory technical service representative to
start-up and commission VRF Multizone Split System Heat Pump Systems in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or
malfunctioning controls and equipment.

        Provide factory technical service representative on site to perform start-up, commissioning, and
        final inspection of the VRF Multizone Heat Pump System. Record data listed below:

                    •    Record Pressure Test (Holding Pressure)
                    •    Confirmation of Record Drawings
                    •    Record Pipe Lengths



VRF Multizone Split System Heat Pumps                                                       15675 - 138
                    •    Record Pipe Diameters
                    •    Additional and Total Refrigerate Volumes
                    •    Addressing of Fan Coils
                    •    Cooling Start Up Check
                    •    Heating Start Up Check
                    •    Complete and Issue Documents and Certificates to Consultant/Client.

                Should it deemed necessary full access should be afforded to the site during the
                installation of the VRF System to allow the Equipment Supplier’s representative/engineer
                to verify that the installation methods being used comply and are fully in accordance with
                the VRF System Installation Instructions, requirement in order that the equipment
                warranties will not be invalidated.

Balancing: Refer to Division-15 section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for balancing split systems;
not work of this section.

Spare Parts: Provide one complete extra set of filters for each filter bank in split system units.

END OF SECTION 15675




VRF Multizone Split System Heat Pumps                                                       15675 - 139
   VRF MULTIZONE HEAT PUMPS
       MOSAIC COMMONS
        COMMON HOUSE

COOLING CAPACITY - MBH
             TOTAL/SENSIBLE   3@ 16.7
             AMB-oF           95
             EVAP-DB/WBo F    80/67
             SEER
HEATING CAPACITY - MBH
             70/47            3@14.8
             70/14 F
             70/5 F
OUTDOOR UNIT
     PLAN NO.                 CU-1
     MANUFACTURER             DAIKIN
     MODEL NO.                RXYMQ48MVJU
     dB(A)                    58
     ELECTRICAL
             VOLTS            208/230/1
             MAX FUSE-AMPS    30
             BREAKER-AMPS     30
             MIN. CIR. AMP.   27
     DIMENSIONS
             "Hx”Wx”D         53x36x13.75
             WT - LBS.        310
INDOOR UNIT
     PLAN NO.                 AC-1,2,3
     MODEL NO.                3 @ FXAQ18MVJU
     POSITION                 WALL
     AIR FLOW - CFM           400-500
     dB(A) - HI/LOW           42/36
     ELECTRICAL
             VOLTS            208/230/1/60
             AMPS             0.4
     DIMENSIONS
             "Hx"Wx"D         11x42x9.1
             WT. - LBS.       31

ACCESSORIES (ALL)             DISCONNECT,
                              WALL MOUNTED CONTROLLER,
                              FACTORY REFRIGERATION PIPING
                              DESIGN,
                              FACTORY STARTUP




                                               15675 - S140
   VRF MULTIZONE HEAT PUMPS
       MOSAIC COMMONS
            OFFICE

COOLING CAPACITY - MBH
             TOTAL/SENSIBLE    7@ 6.5
             AMB-oF            95
             EVAP-DB/WBo F     80/67
             SEER
HEATING CAPACITY - MBH
             70/47             7@5.7
             70/14 F
             70/5 F
OUTDOOR UNIT
     PLAN NO.                  CU-5
     MANUFACTURER              DAIKIN
     MODEL NO.                 RXYMQ48MVJU
     dB(A)                     580
     ELECTRICAL
             VOLTS             208/230/1
             MAX FUSE-AMPS     30
             BREAKER-AMPS      30
             MIN. CIR. AMP.    27
     DIMENSIONS
             "Hx”Wx”D          53x36x13.75
             WT - LBS.         310
INDOOR UNITS
     PLAN NO.                  AC-10-17
     MODEL NO.                 7 @ FXAQ07MVJU
     POSITION                  WALL
     AIR FLOW - CFM            160-260
     dB(A) - HI/LOW            35/29
     ELECTRICAL
             VOLTS             208/230/1/60
             AMPS              0.3
     DIMENSIONS
             "Hx"Wx"D          12x32x9.1
             WT. - LBS.        19

ACCESSORIES (ALL)            DISCONNECT,
                             WALL MOUNTED CONTROLLER,
                             FACTORY REFRIGERATION PIPING
                        DESIGN,
                             FACTORY STARTUP

TOTAL PIPING LENGTH = 1000 FEET, MAX HEIGHT = 133 FEET.




                                                 15675 - S
SECTION 15676 – DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS

Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit product data on Ductless Split System Heat Pump units, including capacity at
scheduled conditions, dimensioned drawings, and weight.

Electrical Requirements:       Confirm electrical characteristics, including voltage, phase, power
requirements with Electrical Contractor before ordering equipment.

ETL:     The units shall be listed by Electrical Laboratories (ETL) and bear the ETL label.

NEC: All wiring shall be in accordance with the National Electric Code (NEC).

Energy Star:    The system will bear the Energy Star label.

ISO: The system will be produced in an ISO 9001 and ISO 14001 facility, which are standards set by
the International Standard Organization (ISO). The system shall be factory tested for safety and function.

Warranty on Motor/Compressor: Provide written warranty, signed by manufacturer, agreeing to
replace/repair, within warranty period, motors/compressors with inadequate or defective materials and
workmanship, including leakage, breakage, improper assembly, or failure to perform as required.
Warranty period shall be 6 years from date of substantial completion.

Operating Range: The operating range in cooling will be 23°F DB ~ 115°F DB. The operating
range in heating will be 0°F DB – 64°F DB / -5°F WB – 60°F WB.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
Air-cooled outdoor units: Provide as indicated air-cooled outdoor units of type, capacity, electrical
characteristics, and having accessories as scheduled. The outdoor unit shall be factory assembled and pre-
wired with all necessary electronic and refrigerant controls.

Air Handling Units: Provide as indicated split system air handling units of type, capacities, arrangement,
and accessories as scheduled.

Manufacturers of Ductless Split System Heat Pumps:               Daikin Industries; Mitsubishi Electric
Corporation.

Motor Starters and Disconnects: Motor starters and disconnects are specified in Division 15 section,
“Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Equipment.”




Ductless Split System Heat Pumps                                                          15676 - 142
Part 3 - EXECUTION
General: Install air handling and outdoor units where indicated, in accordance with equipment
manufacturer's published installation instructions, and with recognized industry practices. Install units
plumb and level, firmly anchored in locations indicated. Coordinate with other work as necessary to
interface installation of air handling and outdoor units with other work.

Installation Requirements: The system must be installed by a factory trained contractor/dealer.

Refrigerant Piping: Provide services of factory technical service representative to design refrigeration
piping.

Concrete Pads: Install ground-mounted units on 4" thick reinforced concrete pad, 4" larger on each side
than condensing unit. Coordinate installation of anchoring devices.

Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be
factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer for
power wiring.

Electrical Clearances: Provide required electrical clearances to air handling and outdoor unit electrical
panels.

Access: Provide access space around air handling and outdoor units for service as indicated, but in no
case less than that recommended by manufacturer.

Ductwork Connections: Refer to Division-15 "Ductwork" sections. Provide flexible connections on
duct connections to air handling units.

Vibration Isolation: Install air handling units with vibration isolators. Provide vibration isolators for all
piping connections.

Refrigerant: Connect refrigerant piping to units; run piping so as not to interfere with access to unit.
Install furnished field- mounted accessories.

Condensate: Provide trapped condensate drain piping from unit to building drain system as indicated or
required.

Charging: Charge systems with refrigerant and oil, and test for leaks. Repair leaks and replace lost
refrigerant and oil.

Temporary Heat: (When allowed.) Protect each return air grille with filtration media with a Minimum
Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 8 if air-handling systems must be used for temporary heating,
ventilating or air conditioning during construction.

Cleaning: After construction is completed, clean unit exposed surfaces, vacuum clean coils and inside of
cabinets. Retouch any marred or scratched surfaces of factory-finished cabinets, using finish materials
furnished by manufacturer. Install clean filter units for units requiring same.



Ductless Split System Heat Pumps                                                            15676 - 143
Factory Start-up and Commissioning: Provide services of factory technical service representative to
start-up and commission Ductless Split System Heat Pump Systems in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning
controls and equipment.

        Provide factory technical service representative on site to perform start-up, commissioning, and
        final inspection of the Ductless Split System Heat Pump System. Record data listed below:

                    •    Record Pressure Test (Holding Pressure)
                    •    Confirmation of Record Drawings
                    •    Record Pipe Lengths
                    •    Record Pipe Diameters
                    •    Additional and Total Refrigerate Volumes
                    •    Addressing of Fan Coils
                    •    Cooling Start Up Check
                    •    Heating Start Up Check
                    •    Complete and Issue Documents and Certificates to Consultant/Client.

                Should it deemed necessary full access should be afforded to the site during the
                installation of the Ductless Split System to allow the Equipment Supplier’s
                representative/engineer to verify that the installation methods being used comply and are
                fully in accordance with the System Installation Instructions, requirement in order that
                the equipment warranties will not be invalidated.

Balancing: Refer to Division-15 section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for balancing split systems;
not work of this section.

Spare Parts: Provide one complete extra set of filters for each filter bank in split system units.

END OF SECTION 15676




Ductless Split System Heat Pumps                                                            15676 - 144
DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
       MOSAIC COMMONS
         COMMON HOUSE
 COOLING CAPACITY - MBH
              TOTAL/SENSIBLE   3@ 8.8
              AMB-oF           95
              EVAP-DB/WBo F    80/67
              SEER             16.0
 HEATING CAPACITY - MBH
              70/47 F          40.0
              70/17 F          3@ 7.8
              70/0 F
 OUTDOOR UNIT
      PLAN NO.                 CU-2
      MANUFACTURER             DAIKIN
      MODEL NO.                RXYMQ36MVJU
      dB(A)                    58 (Sound Pressure at 3’)
      ELECTRICAL
              VOLTS            208/230/1
              MAX FUSE-AMPS    30
              MIN. CIR. AMP.   27
      DIMENSIONS
              "Hx”Wx”D         36x53x13.75
              WT - LBS.        310
 INDOOR UNIT
      PLAN NO.                 AC-4,5,6
      MODEL NO.                3 @ FXAQ09MVJU
      POSITION                 WALL
      AIR FLOW - CFM           280
      dB(A) - HI/MED/LOW       36/33/29
      ELECTRICAL
              VOLTS            208/230/1/60
              MAX FUSE-AMPS    15
              MIN. CIR. AMP.   0.3
      DIMENSIONS
              "Hx"Wx"D       12x31x10
              WT. - LBS.     25
 ACCESSORIES (ALL)           DISCONNECT,
                             WALL MOUNTED CONTROLLER,
                             FACTORY REFRIGERATION PIPING
                        DESIGN,
                             FACTORY STARTUP




                                                       15676 - S145
DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
       MOSAIC COMMONS
         COMMON HOUSE
           ALTERNATE

 COOLING CAPACITY - MBH
             TOTAL/SENSIBLE   8.5
             AMB-oF           95
             EVAP-DB/WBo F    80/67
             SEER             17.0
 HEATING CAPACITY - MBH
             70/47 F          10.0
             70/17 F
             70/0 F
 OUTDOOR UNIT
      PLAN NO.                CU-3
      MANUFACTURER            DAIKIN
      MODEL NO.               RXS09DVJU
      dB(A)                   48
      ELECTRICAL
             VOLTS            208-230/1/60
             MAX FUSE-AMPS    15
             MIN. CIR. AMP.   6.1
      DIMENSIONS
             "Hx”Wx”D         22x33x11.25
             WT - LBS.        74
 INDOOR UNIT
      PLAN NO.                AC-7
      MODEL NO.               FTXS09DVJU
      POSITION                WALL
      AIR FLOW – L/M/H CFM    148/220/246
      dB(A) – L/M/H           25/32/38
      ELECTRICAL
             VOLTS            208-230/1/60
             MAX FUSE-AMPS    15
             MIN. CIR. AMP.   0.3
      DIMENSIONS
             "Hx"Wx"D        11x31x8
             WT. - LBS.      16.6
 ACCESSORIES (ALL)           DISCONNECT,
                             WALL MOUNTED CONTROLLER,
                             FACTORY REFRIGERATION PIPING
                        DESIGN,
                             FACTORY STARTUP




                                              15676 - S146
DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
       MOSAIC COMMONS
         COMMON HOUSE
           ALTERNATE

 COOLING CAPACITY - MBH
              TOTAL/SENSIBLE   2@ 9.0
              AMB-oF           95
              EVAP-DB/WBo F    80/67
              SEER             16.0
 HEATING CAPACITY - MBH
              70/47 F          11.0
              70/17 F
              70/0 F
 OUTDOOR UNIT
      PLAN NO.                 CU-4
      MANUFACTURER             DAIKIN
      MODEL NO.                2MXS18DVJU
      dB(A)                    51
      ELECTRICAL
              VOLTS            208/230/1
              MAX FUSE-AMPS    20
              MIN. CIR. AMP.   12.7
      DIMENSIONS
              "Hx”Wx”D         29x33x13.75
      WT - LBS.                139
 INDOOR UNIT
      PLAN NO.                 AC-8,9
      MODEL NO.                2 @ CTXS09DVJU
      POSITION                 WALL
      AIR FLOW - CFM           335 (MED)
      dB(A) - HI/MED/LOW       44/40/35
      ELECTRICAL
              VOLTS            208/230/1/60
              MAX FUSE-AMPS    15
              MIN. CIR. AMP.   0.3
      DIMENSIONS
              "Hx"Wx"D         12x31x10
              WT. - LBS.       23
 ACCESSORIES (ALL)             DISCONNECT,
                               WALL MOUNTED CONTROLLER,
                               FACTORY REFRIGERATION PIPING DESIGN,
                               FACTORY STARTUP




                                                15676 -S147
DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
       MOSIAC COMMONS
           RESIDENCES
     ALTERNATE - UNITS 1A,1B

 COOLING CAPACITY - MBH
             TOTAL/SENSIBLE   11.5
             AMB-oF           95
             EVAP-DB/WBo F    80/67
             SEER             16.0
 HEATING CAPACITY - MBH
             70/47 F          11.5
             70/17 F
             70/0 F
 OUTDOOR UNIT
      PLAN NO.                CU-
      MANUFACTURER            DAIKIN
      MODEL NO.               RXS12DVJU
      dB(A)                   49
      ELECTRICAL
             VOLTS            208-230/1/60
             MAX FUSE-AMPS    15
             MIN. CIR. AMP.   7.9
             DIMENSIONS
             "Hx”Wx”D         22x33x11.25
             WT - LBS.        79
 INDOOR UNIT
      PLAN NO.                AC-
      MODEL NO.               FTXS12DVJU
      POSITION                WALL
      AIR FLOW – L/M/H CFM    148/195/242
      dB(A) – L/M/H           26/33/40
      ELECTRICAL
             VOLTS            208-230/1/60
             MAX FUSE-AMPS    15
             MIN. CIR. AMP.   0.3
      DIMENSIONS
             "Hx"Wx"D        11x31x7.75
             WT. - LBS.      16.6
 ACCESSORIES (ALL)           DISCONNECT,
                             WALL MOUNTED CONTROLLER,
                             FACTORY REFRIGERATION PIPING
                        DESIGN,
                             FACTORY STARTUP




                                              15676 - S148
DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
        MOSAIC COMMONS
            RESIDENCES
ALTERNATE - UNITS 2A,2B,2C,3B,3C,3D,3E

  COOLING CAPACITY - MBH
               TOTAL/SENSIBLE   2@ 9.0
               AMB-oF           95
               EVAP-DB/WBo F    80/67
               SEER             16.0
  HEATING CAPACITY - MBH
               70/47 F          11.0
               70/17 F
               70/0 F
  OUTDOOR UNIT
       PLAN NO.                 CU-
       MANUFACTURER             DAIKIN
       MODEL NO.                2MXS18DVJU
       dB(A)                    51
       ELECTRICAL
               VOLTS            208/230/1
               MAX FUSE-AMPS    20
               MIN. CIR. AMP.   12.7
       DIMENSIONS
               "Hx”Wx”D         29x33x13.75
       WT - LBS.                139
  INDOOR UNIT
       PLAN NO.                 AC-
       MODEL NO.                2 @ CTXS09DVJU
       POSITION                 WALL
       AIR FLOW - CFM           335 (MED)
       dB(A) - HI/MED/LOW       44/40/35
       ELECTRICAL
               VOLTS            208/230/1/60
               MAX FUSE-AMPS    15
               MIN. CIR. AMP.   0.3
       DIMENSIONS
               "Hx"Wx"D         12x31x10
               WT. - LBS.       23

  ACCESSORIES (ALL)             DISCONNECT,
                                WALL MOUNTED CONTROLLER,
                                FACTORY REFRIGERATION PIPING DESIGN,
                                FACTORY STARTUP




                                                 15676 - S149
DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
       MOSAIC COMMONS
           RESIDENCES
      ALTERNATE-UNITS 3A

 COOLING CAPACITY - MBH
              TOTAL/SENSIBLE   9.0/---, 12.0/---
              AMB-oF           95
              EVAP-DB/WBo F    80/67
              SEER             16.0
 HEATING CAPACITY - MBH
              70/47 F          7.8, 9.8
              70/17 F
              70/0 F
 OUTDOOR UNIT
      PLAN NO.                 CU-
      MANUFACTURER             DAIKIN
      MODEL NO.                RXYMQ36MVJU
      dB(A)                    58
      ELECTRICAL
              VOLTS            208/230/1
              MAX FUSE-AMPS    30
              MIN. CIR. AMP.   27
      DIMENSIONS
              "Hx”Wx”D         53x36x13.75
              WT - LBS.        310
 INDOOR UNIT
      PLAN NO.                 AC-
      MODEL NO.                FXAQ09MVJU, FXAQ12MVJU
      POSITION                 WALL
      AIR FLOW - CFM           280,300
      dB(A) - HI/MED/LOW       36/33/29, 37/34/29
      ELECTRICAL
              VOLTS            208/230/1/60
              MAX FUSE-AMPS    15
              MIN. CIR. AMP.   0.3, 0.4
      DIMENSIONS
              "Hx"Wx"D       11.4x31.3x9.1
              WT. - LBS.     25
 ACCESSORIES (ALL)           DISCONNECT,
                             WALL MOUNTED CONTROLLER,
                             FACTORY REFRIGERATION PIPING
                        DESIGN,
                             FACTORY STARTUP




                                                   15676 - S150
DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
  MOSAIC COMMONS - RESIDENCES
       ALTERNATE-UNITS 4

 COOLING CAPACITY - MBH
              TOTAL/SENSIBLE   3@ 8.8
              AMB-oF           95
              EVAP-DB/WBo F    80/67
              SEER             16.0
 HEATING CAPACITY - MBH
              70/47 F          7.8
              70/17 F
              70/0 F
 OUTDOOR UNIT
      PLAN NO.                 CU-
      MANUFACTURER             DAIKIN
      MODEL NO.                RXYMQ36MVJU
      dB(A)                    58
      ELECTRICAL
              VOLTS            208/230/1
              MAX FUSE-AMPS    30
              MIN. CIR. AMP.   27
      DIMENSIONS
              "Hx”Wx”D         53x36x13.75
              WT - LBS.        310
 INDOOR UNIT
      PLAN NO.                 AC-
      MODEL NO.                3 @ FXAQ09MVJU
      POSITION                 WALL
      AIR FLOW - CFM           280
      dB(A) - HI/MED/LOW       36/33/29
      ELECTRICAL
              VOLTS            208/230/1/60
              MAX FUSE-AMPS    15
              MIN. CIR. AMP.   0.3
      DIMENSIONS
              "Hx"Wx"D       11.4x31.3x9.1
              WT. - LBS.     25
 ACCESSORIES (ALL)           DISCONNECT,
                             WALL MOUNTED CONTROLLER,
                             FACTORY REFRIGERATION PIPING
                        DESIGN,
                             FACTORY STARTUP




                                                15676 - S151
   VRF MULTIZONE HEAT PUMPS
       MOSAIC COMMONS
            OFFICE

COOLING CAPACITY - MBH
             TOTAL/SENSIBLE    7@ 6.5
             AMB-oF            95
             EVAP-DB/WBo F     80/67
             SEER
HEATING CAPACITY - MBH
             70/47             7@5.7
             70/14 F
             70/5 F
OUTDOOR UNIT
     PLAN NO.                  CU-5
     MANUFACTURER              DAIKIN
     MODEL NO.                 RXYMQ48MVJU
     dB(A)                     580
     ELECTRICAL
             VOLTS             208/230/1
             MAX FUSE-AMPS     30
             BREAKER-AMPS      30
             MIN. CIR. AMP.    27
     DIMENSIONS
             "Hx”Wx”D          53x36x13.75
             WT - LBS.         310
INDOOR UNITS
     PLAN NO.                  AC-10-17
     MODEL NO.                 7 @ FXAQ07MVJU
     POSITION                  WALL
     AIR FLOW - CFM            160-260
     dB(A) - HI/LOW            35/29
     ELECTRICAL
             VOLTS             208/230/1/60
             AMPS              0.3
     DIMENSIONS
             "Hx"Wx"D          12x32x9.1
             WT. - LBS.        19

ACCESSORIES (ALL)            DISCONNECT,
                             WALL MOUNTED CONTROLLER,
                             FACTORY REFRIGERATION PIPING
                        DESIGN,
                             FACTORY STARTUP

TOTAL PIPING LENGTH = 1000 FEET, MAX HEIGHT = 133 FEET.




                                                 15676 - S152
DUCTLESS SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
       MOSAIC COMMONS
             OFFICE
           ALTERNATE

 COOLING CAPACITY - MBH
              TOTAL/SENSIBLE   2@ 9.0
              AMB-oF           95
              EVAP-DB/WBo F    80/67
              SEER             16.0
 HEATING CAPACITY - MBH
              70/47 F          11.0
              70/17 F
              70/0 F
 OUTDOOR UNIT
      PLAN NO.                 CU-6
      MANUFACTURER             DAIKIN
      MODEL NO.                2MXS18DVJU
      dB(A)                    51
      ELECTRICAL
              VOLTS            208/230/1
              MAX FUSE-AMPS    20
              MIN. CIR. AMP.   12.7
      DIMENSIONS
              "Hx”Wx”D         29x33x13.75
      WT - LBS.                139
 INDOOR UNIT
      PLAN NO.                 AC-18,19
      MODEL NO.                2 @ CTXS09DVJU
      POSITION                 WALL
      AIR FLOW - CFM           335 (MED)
      dB(A) - HI/MED/LOW       44/40/35
      ELECTRICAL
              VOLTS            208/230/1/60
              MAX FUSE-AMPS    15
              MIN. CIR. AMP.   0.3
      DIMENSIONS
              "Hx"Wx"D         12x31x10
              WT. - LBS.       23

 ACCESSORIES (ALL)             DISCONNECT,
                               WALL MOUNTED CONTROLLER,
                               FACTORY REFRIGERATION PIPING DESIGN,
                               FACTORY STARTUP




                                                15676 - S153
SECTION 15830 - TERMINAL UNITS

Part 1 - GENERAL
ARI Compliance: Test and rate coils in accordance with ARI 410; fan-coil units in accordance with ARI
440; and unit ventilators in accordance with ARI 330; provide ARI Certified Ratings Seal.

I=B=R Compliance: Test and rate finned radiation in accordance with I=B=R Standards.

UL Compliance: Provide electrical components of terminal units which have been listed and labeled by
UL.

Electrical Requirements:       Confirm electrical characteristics, including voltage, phase, power
requirements with Electrical Contractor before ordering equipment.


Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General: Provide terminal units of lengths or cabinet sizes as indicated and in locations as indicated, and
of types, capacities, style, and having accessories as scheduled. Terminal units include finned tube
radiation, convectors, cabinet unit heaters, fan coils, unit ventilators, packaged terminal air conditioning
units, heating coils, and unit heaters. Confirm with GC or CM that recessed terminal units will fit in walls
or ceilings where indicated before ordering.

Condensate Drain Pans: Condensate drain pans shall be pitched to a low point drain so there is not
standing water at any time. Condensate drain pans shall be of sufficient size to capture any possible
condensation from valves and other components located in the valve compartment. In the event that
condensate pans provided by a manufacturer do not meet these criteria they shall be replaced by the
contractor with drain pans that meet these criteria as work of the basebid.

Insulation: Terminal units shall not have unfaced fiberglass insulation in the air stream. Provide units
with factory installed flexible elastomeric insulation on field-modified units by replacing all unfaced
fiberglass with flexible elastomeric insulation.

Filters: Filters shall be reasonably clean when units are turned over to the Owner. If filters are not clean
provide new filters. In addition, provide a spare set of filters as indicated in Spare Parts Schedule, 15010-
S.

Manufacturers: American Air Filter, Dunham-Bush, Magic-Aire, McQuay, Modine, Nesbitt, Runtal,
Rittling, Sterling, TRT, York, or Vulcan, Trane, VRV.

Manufacturers of Unit Ventilators: American Air Filter, Magic-Aire.

Manufacturers of PTAC’s: McQuay..




TERMINAL UNITS                                                                              15830 - 154
Part 3 - EXECUTION
General: Coordinate dimensions for specified terminal units with General Contractor and with plans and
field conditions to ensure that units will fit where indicated before units are ordered. Confirm the
following:

        One piece panel radiators will fit between walls, columns and other building elements with piping
        connections in the correct locations to minimize or avoid exposed pipe, and there is adequate
        space for expansion.

        Electrical outlets are located above radiation enclosures.

        Pipe connections are on the proper side(s) of cabinet unit heaters, fan-coils, and unit ventilators.

        Recessed convectors and cabinet unit heaters will fit in walls or ceilings.

        Duct heating coils will fit above ceilings without obstruction by structure, sprinkler, electrical,
        piping or other conditions.

        All units have proper access to allow cabinets to be fully opened for filter changes and access for
        other maintenance as required.

        Notify Engineer or Architect of any conflicts before ordering equipment.

Finned Tube Radiation, Convectors: Install finned tube radiation as indicated, and in accordance with
manufacturer's installation instructions. Locate on outside walls as indicated, run cover wall-to-wall
unless otherwise indicated and provide as much element as will fit in enclosure. Install end caps where
units butt against walls. Install access panels centered in front of each shutoff valve, balancing cock, or
temperature control valve.

Cabinet Unit Heaters and Fan Coil Units: Install units as indicated, and in accordance with
manufacturer's installation instructions. Locate as indicated, coordinate with other trades to assure correct
recess size for recessed units, and correct wall opening and louver location for units with outside air
supply. Install all horizontal units mounted in spaces with finished ceilings such that the bottom of the
unit is flush with the ceiling in order to permit access for maintenance and filter changes. Coordinate the
exact locations with the reflected ceiling plan where available. Provide traps on condensate piping.

Packaged Terminal Air Conditioning Units: Install units as indicated, and in accordance with
manufacturer's installation instructions. Locate as indicated, coordinate with other trades to assure correct
wall opening and louver location.

Unit Ventilators: Install units as indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's installation
instructions. Locate as indicated, coordinate with other trades to assure correct recess size for recessed
units, and correct wall opening and louver location for units with outside air supply. Insure units are
absolutely tight to walls with proper seal between outside air opening and wall. Manufacturer’s
representative shall visit the site to observe the installation of the first unit ventilator to be installed.
Install all horizontal units mounted in spaces with finished ceilings such that the bottom of the unit is



TERMINAL UNITS                                                                               15830 - 155
flush with the ceiling in order to permit access for maintenance and filter changes. Coordinate the exact
locations with the reflected ceiling plan where available. Provide traps on condensate piping.

Heating/Cooling Coils: Install heating/cooling coils as indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's
installation instructions. Mount coils on steel supports secure to duct. Provide steel baffles where
required to prevent bypassing of air. Pitch coil casings for drainage, not less than 1/8" toward return
connections, except where drainage feature is included in coil design. Provide for each hot and chilled
water coil unit, water supply, return connection, isolation valves, control valve, balancing valve, as
indicated.

Unit Heaters: Install unit heaters as indicated, and in accordance with manufacturer's installation
instructions. Hang units from building substrate, not from piping. Mount as high as possible to maintain
greatest headroom possible unless otherwise indicated. Support units with rod-type hangers anchored to
building substrate. Install piping as indicated. Protect units with protective covers during balance of
construction.

Adjustment and Cleaning of Terminal Units: After construction is completed, including painting,
clean unit exposed surfaces, vacuum clean terminal coils and inside of cabinets. Retouch any marred or
scratched surfaces of factory-finished cabinets, using finish materials furnished by manufacturer. Install
clean filter units for terminals requiring same.

Temporary Heat: Protect all intake and return/exhaust openings of cabinet unit heaters, fan coils,
packaged terminal air conditioners, and unit ventilators with 1” tactified filter material if used for
temporary heating, ventilating or air conditioning during construction (when allowed).

Balancing: Coordinate with Balancing Contractor to set outside air dampers on all terminal units with
outside air to provide scheduled flow rates. Testing, adjusting, and balancing is specified in other
Division-15 sections; not work of this section.

END OF SECTION 15830




TERMINAL UNITS                                                                           15830 - 156
                       RADIATION SCHEDULE
                          MOSIAC COMMONS
                         COMMON HOUSE
         PLAN NO.                 FTR-1
         MANUFACTURER             STERLING
         CABINET                  SENIOR
                GAUGE             18
                HEIGHT            9-3/4"
                WIDTH             3-1/4"
                LENGTH            AS INDICATED
         ELEMENT
                TYPE              COPPER-ALUMINUM
                TUBE SIZE         3/4"
                TIERS             1
                LENGTH            AS INDICATED
         RATING
                AV. WATER
                      TEMP (oF)   180
                TEMP DROP
                      (oF)        20
                BTU/HR/FT         740
         FINISH                   ENAMEL COATING,
                                  CUSTOM COLOR BY ARCH.
         ACCESSORIES              END TRIM.




TERMINAL UNITS                                            15830 - S157
                   CABINET UNIT HEATERS
                     MOSIAC COMMONS
                      COMMON HOUSE

PLAN TYPE NO.         CUH-1
MANUFACTURER          BEACON-MORRIS
MODEL                 W120
DIMENSIONS            23W x 25H x 4D
ENT TEMP (o F)        180
GPM                   1.0
PRES DROP (FT)        .43
CFM (HI SPD)          124
WATTS                 67
VOLTS                 115
MBTU                  11.6
COMMENTS              WALL RECESSED
                      5 YR WARRANTY
ACCESSORIES           DISCONNECT


SET AT LOW SPEED

LOCATE CONTROL, ISOLATION AND BALANCE VALVES IN CEILING.
COORDINATE LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT BEFORE INSTALLING VALVES OR
PIPING.




                                                       15830 - S158
    CABINET UNIT HEATERS
         MOSIAC COMMONS
          COMMON HOUSE
PLAN NO.               CUH-2
TYPE                   CEILING RECESSED
MANUFACTURER           VULCAN
ARRANGEMENT
      DISCHARGE        BOTTOM
      INLET            BOTTOM
RATINGS (HIGH SPEED)
      CFM              400
HEATING
      CAP(MBH)         30
      EAT (o F)        60
      GPM              2.0
      EWT (o F)        180
      WPD (FT)         1.5
ELECTRICAL
      VOLTS            115
      HP               1/20
FILTER                 THROWAWAY
DIMENSIONS(IN)         48-3/4 x 25 x 9-3/4
WEIGHT (LBS)           135
ROWS / 2 PIPE          2
ACCESSORIES            PROVIDE HIGH CAPACITY TWO ROW COIL.
                       PSC MOTOR WITH SPEED SWITCH,
                       DISCONNECT SWITCH
                       THERMAL OVERLOAD PROTECTION,
                       POWDER PAINT FINISH, COLOR BY ARCHITECT.

NOTES                  CONFIRM ALL CUH'S WILL FIT AT
                       LOCATION INDICATED BEFORE
                       ORDERING. PROVIDE PARTIAL
                       RECESSED UNITS IF REQUIRED.

                       REFER TO PLANS FOR NUMBER OF EACH TYPE.




                                              15830 - S159
           UNIT HEATER SCHEDULE
             MOSIAC COMMONS
              COMMON HOUSE

TYPE NO.               UH-1
MANUFACTURER           VULCAN
TYPE                   HORIZONTAL
MODEL                  HV136A
RATINGS
      EWT (o F)        180
      GPM              1.0
      PRES DROP (FT)   0.6
      CFM              750
      CAPACITY(MB/H)   20.
ELECTRICAL
      HP               1/20
      VOLTS            115
ACCESSORIES            SPEED CONTROL
                       ON UNIT
                       ADJUSTABLE
                       LOUVERS
                       TEFC MOTOR
                       DISCONNECT




                                       15830 - S
SECTION 15846 – RESIDENTIAL ENERGY RECOVERY UNITS

Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit product data on energy recovery units including operating efficiency at scheduled
conditions, fan curves, motor efficiencies, coil selections, dimensioned drawings with all accessories, and
actual weight.

Electrical Requirements:       Confirm electrical characteristics, including voltage, phase, power
requirements with Electrical Contractor before ordering equipment.

Wiring: Refer to Division-16 Sections for power supply wiring from power source to power connection
on unit; not work of this section.

ASHRAE Compliance: Provide capacity ratings for energy recovery devices in accordance with
ASHRAE 84 "Methods of Testing Air-to-Air Heat Exchangers."

ARI Compliance: Test and rate energy recovery units in accordance with ARI 1060 "Standard for
Air-to-Air Heat Recovery Equipment".

NFPA Compliance: Construct and install energy recovery units in accordance with NFPA 70 "National
Electrical Code."

C/UL Labels: Construct units in accordance with CSA C22.2 and UL 1812. Provide C/UL label of
approval.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General: Provide as indicated, heat exchanger type, factory-assembled and tested, packaged energy
recovery units, of performance, electrical characteristics, and having accessories as scheduled. Include
with basic unit: heat exchanger, supply and exhaust fans, high efficiency motors, internal vibration
isolation for fans, defrost control, supply and return air filters, insulated housing, service access panels,
condensate pan, electrical panel with starters and disconnects.

Heat Exchanger: As scheduled.

Manufacturers: RenewAire.

Motor Starters and Disconnects: Motor starters and disconnects are specified in Division 15 section,
“Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Equipment.”




ENERGY RECOVERY UNITS                                                                   15846 - 161
Part 3 - EXECUTION
General: Install energy recovery units where indicated, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's
written instructions, and with recognized industry practices to ensure that units comply with requirements
and serve intended purposes.

Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be
factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer for
power wiring. Verify that electrical wiring installation is in accordance with manufacturer's submittal and
installation requirements. Do not proceed with equipment start-up until wiring installation is acceptable
to equipment installer.

Ductwork Connections: Refer to Division-15 "Ductwork" sections. Provide flexible connections on
inlet and outlet duct connections.

Piping Connections: Provide vibration isolators for all piping connections.

Service Access: Provide 3’-0” minimum clearance from sides of unit for inspection and servicing.

Electrical Clearances: Provide required electrical clearances to unit electrical panel.

Start-up: Start-up energy recovery units, in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions. Test
controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls
and equipment.

        Clean filters prior to testing, adjusting, and balancing work. Vacuum clean units, inside and out.

Balancing: Refer to Division-15 section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for balancing of energy
recovery units; not work of this section.

END OF SECTION 15846            (15846f)




ENERGY RECOVERY UNITS                                                                     15846 - 162
          ENERGY RECOVERY UNIT SCHEDULE
          MOSAIC COMMONS-COMMON HOUSE
PLAN NO.                          ERV-1-3
TYPE                              INDOOR PACKAGED HORIZONTAL
MANUFACTURER                      RENEWAIRE
      MODEL NO.                   EV200
HEAT EXCHANGER
      TYPE                        ENTHALPIC FIXED PLATE
      SUPPLY
            CFM                   200 NOMINAL
      EXHAUST
            CFM                   200 NOMINAL
      RATINGS
      TOTAL RECOVERY EFFICIENCY   52% (COOLING @ 95 F, 180 CFM, 155 W)
      SENSIBLE RECOVERY EFF.      78% (HEATING @ 32 F, 181 CFM, 157 W)
FANS
      SUPPLY
            CFM                   150
            E.S.P.-"W.G.          0.65
      EXHAUST
            CFM                   150
            E.S.P.-"W.G.          0.65
      MOTOR                       PSC
SOUND RATINGS                     ?
DEFROST                           PASSIVE FROST FREE
FILTERS                           WASHABLE POLYESTER
ELECTRICAL
      VOLTS/PHASE/AMPS            120/1, 1.5A
DIMENSIONS                        29"L 24"W x 20"H
WEIGHT-LBS.                       80 LBS
ACCESSORIES                       SINGLE POINT ELECTRICAL CONNECTION
                                  WITH DISCONNECT.



SUBSTITUTE UNITS FROM OTHER LISTED MANUFACTURERS SHOULD BE
SUBMITTED A MINIMUM OF 10 DAYS BEFORE BIDS ARE DUE.




                                                     15846-S163
SECTION 15849 - KITCHEN HOODS AND FIRE SUPPRESSION
SYSTEMS

Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit product data on kitchen hoods and fire suppression system, including construction
materials, dimensions and accessories.

Electrical Requirements:       Confirm electrical characteristics, including voltage, phase, power
requirements with Electrical Contractor before ordering equipment.

NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 96, "Removal of Smoke and Grease-Laden Vapors from
Commercial Cooking Equipment," and with NFPA 54, "National Fuel Gas Code." Provide kitchen fire
suppression systems which conform to NFPA 17 "Standard for Dry Chemical Extinguishing Systems,"
and NFPA 17A "Standard for Wet Agent Extinguishing Systems."

UL and NSF Compliance: Provide hoods which have been listed by UL and bear the NSF Seal of
Approval.

UL Compliance: Provide fire suppression systems which have been listed by UL.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General: Provide kitchen hoods of type, size, performance, and arrangement and having accessories as
scheduled. Provide complete fire suppression system as scheduled.

Manufacturers of Kitchen Hoods: Nutone

Manufacturers of Fire Suppression Systems: Guardian

Motor Starters and Disconnects: Motor starters and disconnects are specified in Division 15 section,
“Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Equipment.”

Part 3 - EXECUTION
General: Install kitchen hoods and fire suppression system in accordance with NFPA and local codes,
manufacturer's installation instructions, and with recognized industry practices, to ensure that systems
comply with requirements and serve intended purposes. Mount hoods on non combustible wall or
provide required shielding. Provide stainless steel enclosure panels from hood to above ceiling line,
where scheduled with equipment.

Fire Suppression System: Provide services of local fire protection installer to install fire suppression
system. Provide installers trained and certified (permitted by State and local authorities) to install kitchen
hood fire suppression systems. Pay all permits and fees. Locate fire suppression system cylinders as
indicated on plans or directed by Architect. Conceal tubing for fire suppression system above ceiling
where possible.


KITCHEN HOOD AND FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS                                                    15849 - 164
Clearances Required: Provide clearances from kitchen hood to ceiling, and back and side walls of 18
in. to combustibles, 3 in. to limited-combustibles, and 0 in. to non-combustibles. Meet NFPA 96
reqiuirements. Inform Engineer immediately if clearances can not be maintained.

Electrical Wiring: Install electrical devices furnished by manufacturer but not specified to be
factory-mounted. Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer for
power wiring. Electrical Installer to wire from fire suppression system controls to fire alarm system and
to shut off electric power to equipment under the hood. Electrical Installer to provide power wiring to
hood control panel and from panel to hood exhaust fan.

Ductwork Connections: Refer to Division-15 "Ductwork" sections.

Field Quality Control: Upon completion of installation of hoods and fire suppression system, test
equipment to demonstrate compliance with requirements. Where possible, field correct malfunctioning
equipment, then retest to demonstrate compliance. Replace equipment which cannot be satisfactorily
corrected.


END OF SECTION 15849




KITCHEN HOOD AND FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEMS                                               15849 - 165
                     KITCHEN HOOD SCHEDULE
                 MOSAIC COMMONS - COMMON HOUSE

KITCHEN HOOD:
PLAN #                 KH-1
MANUF.                 NUTONE
MODEL                  RM606004 (STAINLESS STEEL)
TYPE                   CANOPY
SIZE - WxLxH           24"x60"x18"
EXHAUST COLLAR         10" ROUND
       CFM             900
ACCESSORIES            CONTROLS AND LIGHTS (3 50W PAR20 HALOGEN)
                       RBF 6060 BAFFLE FILTERS,
                       RMP BACKSPLASH,
                       RMN SOFFIT CHIMNEY,
                       332KR ROUGH IN KIT,
                       332 EXTERIOR BLOWER (EF-1).
ELECTRICAL             120/1/60, 5.7A (BLOWER)

MOUNT HOOD 24-30" ABOVE RANGES

FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM:
                       GUARDIAN III, MODEL G300-A WET CHEMICAL RESIDENTIAL
                       RANGE TOP FIRE SUPPRESSION SYSTEM.




                                                                   15849 - S166
SECTION 15850 - FANS

Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit product data on fans including family of fan curves with range of rpm and static
pressure vs. cfm with operating point indicated, motor data including efficiency, dimensions, operating
weight, and accessories.

Electrical Requirements:       Confirm electrical characteristics, including voltage, phase, power
requirements with Electrical Contractor before ordering equipment.

UL Compliance: Fans and components shall be UL listed and labeled.

NEMA Compliance: Motors and electrical accessories shall comply with NEMA standards.

AMCA Compliance: Comply with AMCA Standard 301 "Method for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings
From Laboratory Test Data." Test fans in accordance with AMCA Standard 300 "Test Code for Sound
Rating." Fans shall be licensed to bear the AMCA Certified Sound Ratings Seal.

AMCA/ASHRAE Compliance: Establish flow rate, pressure, power, air density, speed of rotation, and
efficiency by factory tests and ratings in accordance with AMCA Standard 210/ASHRAE Standard 51 -
Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating.

Electrical Component Standard: Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70 "National
Electrical Code."

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General: Provide fans that are factory fabricated and assembled, factory tested, and factory finished,
with indicated capacities and characteristics.

Manufacturers: Cook, Greenheck, Twin City.

Motor Starters and Disconnects: Motor starters and disconnects are specified in Division 15 section,
“Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Equipment.”

Motor Dampers: Refer to automatic temperature control specifications for requirements for motor
dampers scheduled with equipment. In all cases damper actuators are furnished and installed by the ATC
contractor.

Part 3 - EXECUTION
General: Install fans level and plumb, in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions. Support
units as described below, using the vibration control devices indicated.




FANS                                                                                   15850 - 167
Floor Mounted Units: Support floor-mounted units on concrete equipment bases using housed spring
isolators. Secure units to anchor bolts installed in concrete equipment base.

Roof Mounted Units: Coordinate roof pitch requirement for all roof curbs. Furnish roof curbs to
roofing contractor for installation. Secure roof-mounted fans to roof curbs with cadmium- plated
hardware.

Combustion Air Units: Coordinate fan and piping locations to avoid any direct air discharge on piping
that contains freezable water (i.e. potable (hot and cold ) water distribution, drain piping traps, sprinkler
piping, etc.), and to provide reasonable clearance to piping that contains water intermittently, or is
protected (storm drains, condensate piping, heating piping with glycol).

Vibration Isolation: Suspend units using threaded steel rods and vibration isolation springs.

Access: Arrange installation of units to provide access space around air handling units for service and
maintenance.

Equipment Bases: Coordinate size of equipment bases with actual unit sizes provided. Construct base 4
inches larger in both directions than the overall dimensions of the supported unit.

Ductwork Connections: Duct installations and connections are specified in other Division 15 sections.
Make final duct connections with flexible connections.

Electrical Connections: Electrical power wiring is specified in Division 16. Temperature control wiring
and interlock wiring are specified in Division 15 Section "Electrical Control Systems."

Field Quality Control: Upon completion of installation of fans, and after motor has been energized with
normal power source, test equipment to demonstrate compliance with requirements. Where possible,
field correct malfunctioning equipment, then retest to demonstrate compliance. Replace equipment which
cannot be satisfactorily corrected.

Adjusting, Cleaning, and Protecting: Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. Clean unit
cabinet interiors to remove foreign material and construction dirt and dust. Vacuum clean fan wheel and
cabinet.

Balancing: Refer to Division-15 section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for balancing of fans; not
work of this section. Provide pulleys, belts, and sheaves, as required for correct balance to balancing
contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.

Spare Parts: Furnish to owner, with receipt, one spare set of belts for each belt driven fan.


END OF SECTION 15850




FANS                                                                                        15850 - 168
                       EXHAUST FAN SCHEDULE
                      MOSAIC COMMONS - OFFICE


PLAN #       EF-2
MANUF.       PANASONIC
MODEL        FV-08VKM1
TYPE         CEIL FAN
WHEEL        SIROCCO
DRIVE        DIRECT
CFM          80
"W.G.        0.25
PRESET -
CFM          30
TIME DELAY   10 MINUTES
SONES        0.5 @ 0.1 "W.G.
HP (W)       (16.3)
ELEC.        115
DIM.         10x10x8
WT.-LBS.     14
DAMPER       (4”D)
ACCESS.      CUSTOM VENT VARIABLE SPEED CONTROL WITH MOTION SENSOR,
             WALL CAP.

CONTROLLER OPERATES FAN CONTINUOSLY AT A PRESET LOWER LEVEL OF 30-70 CFM (REFER
TO SCHEDULE), WHICH CAN BE ELEVATED TO 80 CFM WHEN ACTIVATED WITH THE MOTION
SENSOR. ADJUSTABLE DELAY TIMER (30 SECONDS - 60 MINUTES) RETURNS FAN TO LOWER
CFM AFTER MOTION IS NO LONGER SENSED.




                                                              15850 - S169
                                           FAN SCHEDULE
                                MOSAIC COMMONS - COMMON HOUSE
FAN#         CFM    “H20    FAN          RPM      HP(W) VOLTS DIM       WT DAMPER SONE CURB   ACCESS   SEQ*
SF-1         100     0.38   CSP-A190     1290     100    115  12x13x9   15 BDD     1.4  ---   5


       C = PROVIDE 12" CURBS AND 12" CURB EXTENSIONS WITH DAMPER TRAY AND ACCESS PANEL. PROVIDE HINGED CURB
       CAP.
       PROVIDE INTERNAL ACTUATOR MOTOR CONFIGURATION FOR MOTOR DAMPERS.

       SC = SOUND CURB (PROVIDE 12” CURB AND 18” SOUND CURB EXTENSION WITH DAMPER TRAY AND ACCESS PANEL.
       PROVIDE HINGED CURB CAP. PROVIDE INTERNAL ACTUATOR MOTOR CONFIGURATION FOR MOTOR DAMPERS.)

       ACCESSORIES:
       1. SPARE BELT (ATTACHED TO UNIT)
       2. VFD = VARIABLE FREQ DRIVE (SEE 15970)
       3. SP = SPEED CONTROLLER BY ATC CONTRACTOR
       4. SWW=SPEED SWITCH WALL MOUNTED FOR OCCUPANT
       5. SW=SPEED SWITCH-CONTINOUSLY VARIABLE (MOUNT ON FAN CABINET OR REMOTELY)

       *REFER TO 15985-S FOR CONTROL SEQUENCES.
SECTION 15855 - AIR HANDLING UNITS
Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit product data on air handling units, including fan curve with operating point, motor
efficiency, coil selections, dimensioned drawings of air handling unit with all accessories, and operating
weight.

Electrical Requirements:       Confirm electrical characteristics, including voltage, phase, power
requirements with Electrical Contractor before ordering equipment.

AMCA Compliance: Test and rate air handling units in accordance with AMCA standards.

ARI Compliance: Test and rate air handling unit coils in accordance with ARI 430, provide ARI
Certification Symbol.

UL Compliance: Provide electrical components of air handling units which have been listed and labeled
by UL.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General: Provide factory-fabricated and factory-tested air handling units as indicated, of sizes and
capacities as scheduled, and as specified herein. Provide heating coil of scheduled capacity, mounted in
unit in manner permitting removal. Provide Other Accessories as Scheduled.

Filters: Provide minimum MERV 10 filters unless otherwise indicated.

Protection of Airstream: No exposed (or coated) fiberglass allowed in airstream.

Manufacturers: Trane, McQuay, York.

Motor Starters and Disconnects: Motor starters and disconnects are specified in Division 15 section,
“Electrical Requirements for Mechanical Equipment.”

Part 3 - EXECUTION
General: Install air handling units where indicated, in accordance with equipment manufacturer's
published installation instructions, and with recognized industry practices, to ensure that units comply
with requirements and serve intended purposes.

Coordination: Coordinate with other work, including ductwork, floor construction, roof decking, and
piping.

Pads: Install air-handling units on minimum 6" concrete pads. Patio blocks are not acceptable.
Access: Provide access space around air handling units for service as indicated, but in no case less than
that recommended by manufacturer.



AIR HANDLING UNITS                                                                      15855 - 171
Electrical Clearances: Provide required electrical clearances to unit electrical panel.

Ductwork Connections: Refer to Division-15 "Ductwork" sections. Provide flexible connections on
inlet and outlet duct connections

Vibration Isolation: Install units with vibration isolators where units are not internally isolated, and
where isolators are specifically indicated in addition to internal isolation. Provide vibration isolators for
all piping connections.

Condensate: Provide condensate to nearest drain, roof or as indicated

Electrical: Furnish copy of manufacturer's wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Installer for power
wiring. Provide positive equipment ground.

Temporary Heat: (When allowed.) Protect each return air grille with filtration media with a Minimum
Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 8 if air-handling systems must be used for temporary heating,
ventilating or air conditioning during construction.

Start-up: Start-up air handling units units, in accordance with manufacturer's start-up instructions. Test
controls and demonstrate compliance with requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning controls
and equipment. Provide services of manufacturer's technical representative for one-half day to instruct
Owner's personnel in operation and maintenance of air handling units. Schedule training with Owner;
provide at least 7-day notice to Contractor and Engineer of training date.

        Install new filters at completion of air handling unit work, and prior to testing, adjusting, and
        balancing work.

        Vacuum clean units inside and out.

Balancing: Refer to Division-15 section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for balancing of air
handling units; not work of this section. Provide pulleys, belts, and sheaves, as required for correct
balance to balancing contractor at no additional cost to the Owner.

Spare Parts: Furnish to owner, with receipt, one spare set of belts and filters for each air handling unit.


END OF SECTION 15855




AIR HANDLING UNITS                                                                          15855 - 172
       AIR HANDLING UNIT
MOSAIC COMMONS - COMMON HOUSE


     PLAN NO.              AHU-1
     MANUFACTURER          MCQUAY
     MODEL NO.             LAH002A
     ARRANGEMENT           HORIZONTAL
     CONSTRUCTION          DOUBLE WALL, INTERNALLY
                           ISOLATED, HINGED ACCESS
                           DOORS BOTH SIDES.
     FILTERS
           MERV 8          1-16x25x4
           PD-MEAN ("H20)  0.61
     HEATING
           TYPE            35% GLYCOL
           COIL            2 ROW, 12 FPI
           TUBES           .035 TUBES AND BENDS
           CAP(MBH)        84
           EAT(F)          0
           GPM             3.9
           EWT(F)          180
           WPD(FT)         1.5
           APD("H2O)       0.18
     SUPPLY FAN            FC, 7x7
           CFM-TOTAL/OA    975
           ESP             0.4
           TSP             1.2
           RPM             1855
           BHP             0.61
           HP              1.0
           MOTOR EFF(NEMA) 70.5% MIN
           ISOLATORS       RUBBER IN SHEAR
     ELEC.                 230/60/1
           FLA (A)         6.5
     DIMS("Wx"Hx"L)        28.5x20.5x40
     WT(LBS.)              205
     ACCESSORIES           STARTERS AND DISCONNECTS



DAMPER MOTOR BY ATC CONTRACTOR, COORDINATE SHAFT.




                                     15855 - S173
SECTION 15891 - METAL DUCTWORK

Part 1 - GENERAL
General: Ductwork shown on the drawings is schematic and shows the approximate location of
ductwork and other equipment. The exact location will be governed by structural conditions,
obstructions, and appearance. This is not to be construed so as to permit redesign of the ductwork system.
 No deviations from the layout will be made without approval from the Engineer. Do not order or
fabricate ductwork prior to coordinating exact location with the structural conditions and all other trades.
Provide scaled layout drawings of metal ductwork if required to facilitate this coordination at no extra
cost to the Owner. No request for extra compensation will be considered for hardships encountered
which would have been disclosed or made evident by a reasonable coordination of this work.

Submittals: Submit product data on sealing materials, and fire-stopping materials.

NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A, "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and
Ventilating Systems," except as indicated otherwise. Comply with NFPA 96, "Standard for the
Installation of Equipment for the Removal of Smoke and Grease-Laden Vapors for Commercial Cooking
Equipment”, for kitchen hood duct systems, except as indicated otherwise.

SMACNA Compliance: Comply with SMACNA “HVAC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and
Flexible”; 1995 Edition.

SMACNA Compliance:          Comply with SMACNA “IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under
Construction.”

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
Sheet Metal Materials, General: Provide the following materials where indicated. Package and mark
sheet metal materials as specified in ASTM A 700.

        Galvanized Sheet Steel: Lock-forming quality, ASTM A 527, Coating Designation G 90; mill
        phosphatized finish for exposed surfaces of ducts exposed to view.

        Carbon Steel Sheets: ASTM A 366, cold-rolled sheets, commercial quality, with oiled, exposed
        matte finish.

        Stainless Steel: ASTM A 480, Type 316, sheet form, with No. 4 finish on exposed surface for
        ducts exposed to view; Type 304, sheet form, with No. 1 finish for concealed ducts.

Reinforcement Shapes and Plates: Unless otherwise indicated, provide galvanized steel reinforcing
where installed on galvanized sheet metal ducts. For aluminum and stainless steel ducts provide
reinforcing of compatible materials.

Tie Rods: Galvanized steel, 1/4 inch minimum diameter for 36-inch length or less; 3/8-inch minimum
diameter for lengths longer than 36 inches.



METAL DUCTWORK                                                                             15891 - 174
Tape Sealing System: Woven-fiber tape impregnated with a gypsum mineral compound and a modified
acrylic/silicone activator to react exothermically with the tape to form a hard, durable, airtight seal.

Joint and Seam Sealant and Flanged Joint Mastics: Non-toxic, water based adhesive-sealant. Equal
to United Duct Sealer (Water Based), United McGill Corp.; or RCD#8, RCD Corporation.

Fire-Stopping: Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Materials and Methods."

Hangers and Supports: Provide the following hanger and support components as indicated:

        Building Attachments: Concrete inserts, powder actuated fasteners, or structural steel fasteners
        appropriate for building materials. Do not use powder actuated concrete fasteners for lightweight
        aggregate concretes or for slabs less than 4 inches thick.

        Stainless Steel Ductwork: For stainless steel ducts, provide stainless steel hanger and support
        materials.

        Hangers: Galvanized sheet steel, or round, uncoated steel, threaded rod.

                Hangers Installed In Corrosive Atmospheres: Electro-galvanized, all-thread rod or
                hot-dipped-galvanized rods with threads painted after installation.

                Straps and Rod Sizes: Conform with Table 4-1 in SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction
                Standards, 1995 Edition, for sheet steel width and gauge and steel rod diameters.

        Duct Attachments: Sheet metal screws, blind rivets, or self-tapping metal screws; compatible
        with duct materials.

        Trapeze and Riser Supports: Steel shapes conforming to ASTM A 36.

        Where galvanized steel ducts are installed, provide hot-dipped-galvanized steel shapes and plates.


Rectangular Duct Fabrication: Except as otherwise indicated, fabricate rectangular ducts with
galvanized sheet steel, in accordance with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards," Tables 1-3
through 1-25, including their associated details. Conform to the requirements in the referenced standard
for metal thickness, reinforcing types and intervals, tie rod applications, and joint types and intervals.

        Fabricate rectangular ducts in lengths appropriate to reinforcement and rigidity class required for
        pressure classification.

        Provide materials that are free from visual imperfections such as pitting, seam marks, roller
        marks, stains, and discolorations.

        Crossbreaking or Cross Beading: Crossbreak or bead duct sides that are 19 inches and larger and
        are 20 gauge or less, with more than 10 sq. ft. of unbraced panel area, as indicated in SMACNA
        "HVAC Metal Duct Construction Standard," 1995 Edition, Figure 1-8.




METAL DUCTWORK                                                                            15891 - 175
Rectangular Duct Fittings: Fabricate elbows, transitions, offsets, branch connections, and other duct
construction in accordance with SMACNA "HVAC Metal Duct Construction Standard," 1995 Edition,
Figures 2-1 through 2-10.

Provide radius type fittings. Unless specifically detailed otherwise, use 45° laterals and 45° elbows for
                  branch takeoff connections.

Fabricate elbows with center-line radius 1.5 x associated duct width, and fabricate to include turning
                 vanes in elbows where shorter radius is necessary. Limit angular tapers to 30° for
                 contracting tapers and 22.5° for expanding tapers.

Kitchen Hood Exhaust Ducts: Fabricate kitchen hood exhaust ducts with not less than 16-gauge,
carbon steel sheets for concealed ducts and 18-gauge stainless steels for exposed ducts. Weld and flange
seams and joints. Conform to NFPA Standard 96. Conform to local code requirements where more
stringent.

Dishwasher Hood Exhaust Ducts: Fabricate dishwasher hood exhaust ducts with 18-gauge stainless
steels. Weld and flange seams and joints.

Round Duct Fabrication: Except where interrupted by fittings, provide round ducts in lengths not less
than 12 feet.

        Spiral Round Ducts: Where indicated on drawings fabricate round supply ducts with spiral
        lockseam construction, except where diameters exceed 72 inches with longitudinal butt-welded
        seams. Comply with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards," Table 3-2 for galvanized
        steel gauges.

        90-Degree Tees and Laterals and Conical Tees: Fabricate to conform to SMACNA "HVAC Duct
        Construction Standards" 1995 Edition, Figures 3-4 and 3-5 and with metal thicknesses specified
        for longitudinal seam straight ducts.

        Diverging-Flow Fittings: Fabricate with a reduced entrance to branch taps with no excess
        material projecting from the body onto branch tap entrance.

        Elbows: Fabricate in die-formed, gored, pleated, or mitered construction. Fabricate the bend
        radius of die-formed, gored, and pleated elbows 1.5 times the elbow diameter. Unless elbow
        construction type is indicated, provide elbows meeting the following requirements:

                Mitered Elbows Radius and Number of Pieces: Unless otherwise indicated, construct
                elbow to comply with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards," Table 3-1.

                90-Degree, 2-Piece, Mitered Elbows: Use only for supply systems, or exhaust systems
                for material handling classes A and B; and only where space restrictions do not permit
                the use of 1.5 bend radius elbows. Fabricate with a single-thickness turning vanes.

                Round Elbows - 8 Inches and Smaller: Die-formed elbows for 45- and 90-degree elbows
                and pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90 degrees only. Fabricate nonstandard bend



METAL DUCTWORK                                                                          15891 - 176
                angle configurations or 1/2-inch-diameter (e.g., 3-1/2 and 4-1/2 inch) elbows with gored
                construction.

                Round Elbows - 9 Through 14 Inches: Gored or pleated elbows for 30, 45, 60, and 90
                degrees, except where space restrictions require a mitered elbow. Fabricate nonstandard
                bend angle configurations or 1/2-inch-diameter (e.g., 9-1/2 and 10-1/2 inch) elbows with
                gored construction.

                Round Elbows - Larger Than 14 Inches: Gored elbows, except where space restrictions
                require a mitered elbow.

                Die-Formed Elbows for Sizes Through 8 Inches and All Pressures: 20 gauge with
                2-piece welded construction.

                Round Gored Elbows Gauges: Same as for non-elbow fittings specified above.

                Pleated Elbows Sizes Through 14 Inches and Pressures Through 10 Inches: 26 gauge.

Manufacturers: United McGill Corp.; Lindab, Inc.; SEMCO, Inc.

Flexible Ducts: Trilaminate of aluminum foil, fiberglass and aluminized polyester fabric, mechanically
interlocked without adhesives by a corrosion resistant metal spiral helix on the outside of the fabric.
Equal to Fabriflex NI-45 (uninsulated), or 3M (insulated with .05 perm foil jacket) by Flexmaster Flex;
complying with UL 181. Permitted only on concealed drops to ceiling diffusers, 5 feet max length
permitted.


Part 3 - EXECUTION
General: Install ducts in accordance with the following criteria:

        Install ducts with the fewest possible joints.

        Use fabricated fittings for all changes in directions, changes in size and shape, and connections.

        Install couplings tight to duct wall surface with projections into duct at connections kept to a
        minimum.

        Locate ducts, except as otherwise indicated, vertically and horizontally, parallel and
        perpendicular to building lines; avoid diagonal runs. Install duct systems in shortest route that
        does not obstruct useable space or block access for servicing building and its equipment.
        Install ducts close to walls, overhead construction, columns, and other structural and permanent
        enclosure elements of building.

        Provide clearance of 1 inch where furring is shown for enclosure or concealment of ducts, plus
        allowance for insulation thickness, if any.

        Install insulated ducts with 1-inch clearance outside of insulation.


METAL DUCTWORK                                                                             15891 - 177
        Conceal ducts from view in finished and occupied spaces by locating in mechanical shafts,
        hollow wall construction, or above suspended ceilings. Do not encase horizontal runs in solid
        partitions, except as specifically shown.

        Coordinate layout with suspended ceiling and lighting layouts and similar finished work.

Exposed Ductwork: Provide mill phosphatized finish for painting. Install spiral ductwork with
continuity of spiral and locate hanger straps over joints where applicable. Provide wall trim piece where
ducts penetrate walls.

Installation of Flexible Ducts: For any duct run using flexible ductwork, do not exceed 5'-0" extended
length. Install in accordance with Chapter 3 of SMACNA HVAC Duct Construction Standards.

Electrical Equipment Spaces: Route ductwork to avoid passing through transformer vaults and
electrical equipment spaces and enclosures.

Non-Fire Rated Partition Penetrations: Where ducts pass interior partitions and exterior walls, and are
exposed to view, conceal space between construction opening and duct or duct insulation with sheet metal
flanges of same gauge as duct. Overlap opening on 4 sides by at least 1-1/2 inches.

Kitchen Hood Exhaust Duct Installations: Provide for thermal expansion of ductwork through 2,000°F
temperature range. Install without dips or traps that may collect residues, except where traps have
continuous or automatic residue removal. Install access openings at each change in direction and at
12-foot intervals. Locate on sides of duct 1-1/2 inches minimum from bottom, and fit with grease-tight
covers of same material as duct. Do not penetrate fire-rated assemblies.

        Provide 18 in. minimum clearance from kitchen hood and exhaust ductwork to combustible
        material except where material is protected in a manner satisfactory to the authority having
        jurisdiction.

        Provide 18 in. minimum clearance to the interior surfaces of combustible chases and 6 in.
        minimum clearance to the interior surfaces of noncombustible chases. Minimum clearances
        cannot be reduced.

        Notify engineer before installation of kitchen exhaust ductwork where minimum clearances
        cannot be maintained and suitable protection has not been shown or specified.

Dishwasher Exhaust Duct Installations: Install dishwasher exhaust duct systems in accordance with
SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards," 1995 Edition, Figure 2-18.
Duct System Pressure Class: Construct and install each duct system for the specific duct pressure
classification indicated.

        Static Pressure Classifications: Except where otherwise indicated, construct duct systems to the 2
        inch water gauge pressure classifications (variable volume duct upstream of VAV boxes is 2
        inches water gauge pressure class).




METAL DUCTWORK                                                                           15891 - 178
Leakage Class: Where ducts are scheduled to be leak tested in specifications Section 15990, “Testing,
Adjusting and Balancing”, construct ductwork to ASHRAE Leakage Class 6 (6 cfm/100 ft2) standards as
minimum for rectangular ductwork, and Leakage Class 3 (3 cfm/100 ft2 ) standards as minimum for round
and flat oval ductwork.

Seal Class: Where ductwork is not scheduled to be leak tested, seal ductwork to SMACNA Seal Class B
(all transverse joints and longitudinal seams). Seal outdoor ductwork, ductwork in unconditioned spaces,
and exposed ductwork to Seal Class A (all transverse joints, longitudinal seams and duct wall
penetrations).

Hanging and Supporting: Install and support ducts as follows unless indicated otherwise:

        Rigid Round and Rectangular: As indicated in SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards,"
        Tables 4-1 through 4-3, Figures 4-1 through 4-9, and Figures 5-3 and 5-4.

        Horizontal Ducts: Within 2 feet of each elbow and within 4 feet of each branch intersection.

        Horizontal Ducts Supported from Floor: Provide angle support from floor with welded foot and
        sufficient gauge to support ductwork rigidly.

        Vertical Ducts: At a maximum interval of 16 feet and at each floor.

        Upper Attachments To Structures: Allow for a load not exceeding 1/4 of the failure (proof test)
        load, but are not limited to the specific methods indicated.

        Install concrete insert prior to placing concrete.

        Install powder actuated concrete fasteners after concrete is placed and completely cured.

Connections: Make duct connections as specified below unless indicated otherwise:

        Equipment Connections: Connect equipment with flexible connectors in accordance with
        Division 15 Section "Duct Accessories."

        Branch Connections: Comply with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards," Figures
        2-5 and 2-6.

        Outlet and Inlet Connections: Comply with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards,"
        Figures 2-14 through 2-16.

        Terminal Units Connections: Comply with SMACNA "HVAC Duct construction Standards,"
        Figure 2-17.

Protection: Install ductwork that is free of dust and construction debris.

        Seal ductwork during transport and storage.

        Wipe down internal surfaces of ductwork immediately prior to installation.



METAL DUCTWORK                                                                            15891 - 179
        Seal open ends of completed and in-progress ductwork.

Protect ductwork during construction in accordance with SMACNA “IAQ Guidelines for Occupied
Buildings Under Construction.”

Balancing: Adjusting and balancing air systems; not work of this section.

Leak Testing: Refer to Division 15 Section "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing" for requirements and
procedures for leak testing; not work of this section.

Temporary Heat: Protect all intake and return/exhaust openings of ductwork systems with 1” filter
material when used for temporary heating, ventilating, or air conditioning during construction (when
allowed).


END OF SECTION 15891 (15891C)




METAL DUCTWORK                                                                      15891 - 180
SECTION 15910 - DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES

Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit product data on ductwork accessories including performance data, dimensions,
finishes, and accessories.

SMACNA Compliance: Comply with applicable portions of SMACNA) "HVAC Duct Construction
Standards - Metal and Flexible."

Industry Standards: Comply with ASHRAE recommendations pertaining to construction of ductwork
accessories, except as otherwise indicated.

UL Compliance: Construct, test, and label fire and smoke/fire dampers in accordance with UL Standard
555 and UL Standard 555S.

NFPA Compliance: Comply with applicable provisions of NFPA 90A "Air Conditioning and
Ventilating Systems," NFPA 92A “Smoke Control Systems”, and NFPA 92B “Smoke Management
Systems in Malls, Atria, and Large Areas”, pertaining to installation of ductwork accessories.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
Motor Dampers: Refer to automatic temperature control specifications for motor dampers shown on
drawings but not scheduled with equipment. In all cases damper actuators are furnished and installed by
the ATC contractor. Provide low-leakage control dampers, with smooth operation throughout the stroke,
and compatible with the actuators to be used. For all dampers controlling airflow that penetrates the
building envelope, leakage shall not exceed three cfm/sq. ft. at one inch static pressure when tested in
accordance with AMCA Standard 500. Damper schedule shall show leakage for each damper.

Low Pressure Manual Balancing Rectangular Dampers: Provide rectangular balancing dampers of
type and size as scheduled.

Low Pressure Manual Balancing Round Dampers: Provide round balancing dampers of type and size
as scheduled.

Counterbalanced Relief Dampers: Provide relief dampers of type and size indicated. If not indicated,
provide dampers with parallel blades, counterbalanced and factory-set to relieve at indicated static
pressure. Construct blades of 16-ga aluminum, provide 1/2" diameter ball bearings, 1/2" diameter steel
axles spaced on 9" centers. Construct frame of 2"x1/2"x14-ga steel channel for face areas 25 sq. ft. and
under; 4"x1-1/4"x14-ga channel for face areas over 25 sq. ft. Provide galvanized steel finish on frame
with aluminum touch-up.

Manufacturers: PHL, Inc.

Static Fire Dampers: Provide fire dampers, of types and sizes indicated. Provide fusible link rated at
160 to 165oF unless otherwise indicated. Provide damper with positive lock in closed position.



DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES                                                                    15910 - 181
Dynamic Fire Dampers: Provide dynamic fire dampers, of types and sizes indicated. Provide fusible
link rated at 160 to 165oF unless otherwise indicated.

Smoke Dampers: Provide smoke dampers of types and sizes indicated. Coordinate actuator voltage
with Electrical Installer.

Fire/Smoke Dampers: Provide fire/smoke dampers in types and sizes indicated. Provide reuseable UL
listed electric link/mechanical lock rated at 165oF unless otherwise indicated. Provide link activated by
either a signal from the fire alarm system or excessive duct ambient temperature.

Manufacturers of Fire, Smoke, and Fire/Smoke Dampers: Prefco, Nailor, Greenheck, Metalaire.

Fabricated Turning Vanes: Provide fabricated turning vanes and vane runners, constructed in
accordance with SMACNA "HVAC Duct Construction Standards."

Manufactured Turning Vanes: Provide turning vanes constructed of 1-1/2" wide curved blades set at
3/4" o.c., supported with bars perpendicular to blades set at 2" o.c., and set into side strips suitable for
mounting in ductwork.

Manufacturers of Turning Vanes: Aero Dyne; Airsan; Anemostat; Barber Colman; Duro Dyne;
Environmental Elements; Hart & Cooley; Register & Grille; or Souther.

Duct Hardware: Provide duct hardware, manufactured by one manufacturer for all items on project, for
the following:

        Quadrant Locks: Provide for each damper, quadrant lock device on one end of shaft; and end
        bearing plate on other end. Provide extended quadrant locks and end extended bearing plates for
        externally insulated ductwork.

Manufacturers: Duro Dyne.

Duct Access Doors: Provide where indicated or required for servicing equipment. Construct of same or
greater gage as ductwork served, provide insulated doors for insulated ductwork. Provide flush frames
for uninsulated ductwork, extended frames for externally insulated duct. Provide one size hinged, other
side with one handle-type latch for doors 12" high and smaller, 2 handle-type latches for larger doors.

Manufacturers: Air Balance; Duro Dyne; Register & Grille; Ruskin; Ventfabrics; or Zurn Industries.

Flexible Connections: Provide flexible duct connections wherever ductwork connects to vibration
isolated equipment. Construct flexible connections of neoprene-coated flameproof fabric crimped into
duct flanges for attachment to duct and equipment.

Manufacturers: American/Elgen; Duro Dyne; Flexaust; or Ventfabrics.




Part 3 - EXECUTION


DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES                                                                       15910 - 182
Installation of Ductwork Accessories: Install ductwork accessories in accordance with manufacturer's
installation instructions, with applicable portions of details of construction as shown in SMACNA
standards, and in accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve intended
function.

Balancing Dampers: Install balancing dampers at every duct branch on both supply and return ductwork
(whether or not specifically indicated on drawings) for all ductwork systems except high-velocity V.A.V.

Turning Vanes: Install turning vanes in elbows in supply and exhaust air systems as specified in
Division-15 "Ductwork" Section.

Duct Smoke Detectors: Mount duct smoke detectors furnished by fire alarm system supplier in main air
ducts of air handling units and elsewhere as noted in fire alarm system specifications and drawings.

Control Dampers: Mount control dampers furnished by ATC contractor in ductwork as noted on
drawings.

Damper Shafts: Score all damper shafts at end to indicate damper position. Applicable for all dampers
in all equipment.

Testing: Operate installed ductwork accessories to demonstrate compliance with requirements. Test for
air leakage while system is operating. Repair or replace faulty accessories, as required to obtain proper
operation and leakproof performance.

Fire Dampers: Install fusible links in fire dampers and adjust for proper action. Fire dampers require a
wall opening clearance to allow for expansion of dampers during a fire, refer to manufacturers installation
instructions for clearances required.

Smoke Dampers: Detectors by others. Coordinate with electrical contractor to connect to fire alarm
system and provide power to dampers (normally powered open). Coordinate voltage with electrical
contractor before ordering. Smoke dampers located in transfer ducts between rooms and corridors
requires the smoke detector to be located within 5 feet of the transfer duct inlet.

Identification: Label access doors in accordance with Division-15 Section, "Mechanical Identification."

Balancing: Final positioning of manual dampers is specified in Division-15 section "Testing, Adjusting,
and Balancing."

Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's
touch-up paint.

Spare Parts: Furnish extra fusible links to Owner, one link for every 10 installed of each temperature
range.
END OF SECTION 15910




DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES                                                                      15910 - 183
       MOTOR, BALANCING AND RELIEF DAMPER SCHEDULE
            MOSAIC COMMONS - COMMON HOUSE


           MOTOR DAMPERS
                MANUF.       GREENHECK
                MODEL        VCD-34

LEAKAGE SHALL NOT EXCEED THREE CFM/SQ. FT. AT ONE INCH STATIC PRESSURE
          WHEN TESTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AMCA STANDARD 500.

PROVIDE INSULATED BLADES

DAMPER SUBMITTAL SHALL SHOW LEAKAGE RATE FOR EACH DAMPER.

                 DAMPER MOTOR BY ATC CONTRACTOR, COORDINATE SHAFT.


           BALANCING DAMPERS
                RECTANGULAR       MEET SMACNA GUIDE WITH DURO DYNE
                                  KS-145 (LESS THAN 12”)
                                  KS-385 (UP TO 18”)
                                  KS-12 (18” AND GREATER)

                 ROUND            MEET SMACNA GUIDE WITH DURO DYNE
                                  KS-145 (LESS THAN 12”)
                                  KS-12 (12” AND GREATER)

RAPIT DAMPER REGULATORS AND JIFFY DAMPERS NOT ACCEPTABLE.

                 SCORE SHAFT TO INDICATE DAMPER POSITION.

                 DAMPERS PROVIDED WITH PREFABRICATED TAKE-OFFS MUST
                 MEET ABOVE REQUIREMENTS




                                                               15910 - S184
          STATIC FIRE DAMPER SCHEDULE
         MOSAIC COMMONS - COMMON HOUSE
ROUND           -    5500-CR, 0R BUCKLEY 150-CR
                     (CONTRACTORS OPTION)

RECTANGULAR     -    1-1/2 HR: PREFCO 5500-E6-LPB, BUCKLEY 150-B,
                     GREENHECK FD-150
                     3 HR: PREFCO 5500 E4, GREENHECK FD-350

DUCT ACCESS DOOR-    PROVIDE ACCESS DOOR IN DUCT AT ALL
                     FIRE DAMPERS. EXCEPT WHERE ACCESS
                     IS AVAILABLE THROUGH GRILLES.

FIRE DAMPERS REQUIRE A WALL OPENING CLEARANCE TO ALLOW FOR
EXPANSION OF DAMPERS DURING A FIRE, REFER TO MANUFACTURERS
INSTALLATION INSTRUCTIONS FOR CLEARANCES REQUIRED.

NOTE: REFER TO SPECIFICATIONS SECTION, “BASIC MATERIALS AND
METHODS” FOR ACCESS DOORS REQUIRED TO ACCESS DUCT ACCESS DOORS.
SECTION 15932 -AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS

Part 1 - General
Submittals: Submit product data on air inlets and outlets including performance data, dimensions,
finishes, and accessories.

ADC Compliance: Test and rate registers, grilles, and diffusers in accordance with ADC Equipment
Test Code 1062, provide Certified Ratings Seal on each unit.

ARI Compliance: Test and rate registers, grilles, and diffusers in accordance with ARI Standard 650.

AMCA Compliance: Test and rate louvers, dampers, and shutters in accordance with AMCA Standard
500, provide Certified Ratings Seal on each unit.

NFPA Compliance: Construct and install air outlets and inlets in accordance with NFPA 90A and 90B.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General: Except as otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard ceiling air diffusers, registers,
and grilles where shown; of size, shape, capacity and type indicated, constructed of materials and
components as indicated, and as required for complete installation.

Ceiling Diffusers, Registers and Grilles: Provide ceiling air diffusers, registers, and grilles that have, as
minimum, throw, drop, pressure, and noise criteria ratings for each size device as listed in manufacturer's
current data.

Manufacturers: Metalaire, Titus, Krueger.

Louvers: Provide louvers that have minimum free area, and maximum pressure drop for each type as
listed in manufacturer's current data, complying with louver schedule.

        Provide louvers with frame and sill styles that are compatible with adjacent substrate, and that are
        specifically manufactured to fit into construction openings with accurate fit and adequate support,
        for weatherproof installation. Refer to general construction drawings and specifications for types
        of substrate which will contain each type of louver.

Manufacturers: Vent Products; Greenheck; Air Balance, Inc..

Part 3 - EXECUTION
General: Install air outlets and inlets in accordance with manufacturer's written instructions and in
accordance with recognized industry practices to ensure that products serve intended functions.

Protection: Install air inlets and outlets that are free of dust and construction debris. Protect all openings
with plastic during construction.


AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS                                                                       15932 - 186
Coordination: Coordinate with other work, including ductwork and duct accessories, as necessary to
interface installation of air outlets and inlets with other work.

Location: Locate ceiling air diffusers, registers, and grilles, as indicated on general construction
"Reflected Ceiling Plans" and "Interior Elevations". Unless otherwise indicated, locate units in center of
acoustical ceiling modules.

Painting: Paint portions of ductwork visible through air inlets and outlets flat black.

Louver Installation: Pitch bottom of duct toward louver to allow drainage. Seal duct watertight. Caulk
perimeter of louver to building. Provide access as required to service or clean louver screens and
dampers.

        Coordinate louver and piping locations to provide 10 foot clearance to any pipes containing water
        continuously (potable water distribution, sprinkler piping, etc.), and 5 foot clearance to piping
        that contains water intermittently, or is protected (storm drains, condensate piping, heating piping
        with glycol).

Temporary Heat: (When allowed.) Protect each return air grille with filtration media with a Minimum
Efficiency Reporting Value (MERV) of 8 if air-handling systems must be used for temporary heating,
ventilating or air conditioning during construction.


END OF SECTION 15932




AIR OUTLETS AND INLETS                                                                     15932 - 187
           LOUVER SCHEDULE
    MOSAIC COMMONS - COMMON HOUSE


PLAN NO.         WL-1                 WL-2,3
MANUF. (ALL)     GREENHECK
MODEL NO.        EHH-501              EHH-501
TYPE             INTAKE               INTAKE, EXHAUST
SIZE WxH         29x29                17x17
DEPTH (ALL)      5"                   5”
CFM              1300                 300
FREE AREA (SF)   2.25                 0.61
FA VEL - FPM     577                  490
SP - - "H20      0.05                 0.03
MATERIAL (ALL)   EXTRUDED ALUMINUM
FINISH(ALL)      FLUOROCARBON (KYNAR) FINISH
                 STANDARD COLOR BY ARCHITECT
ACCESS.(ALL)     SCREEN
                 FLANGE


CONFIRM EXACT SIZE, COLOR AND LOCATION WITH ARCHITECT BEFORE
ORDERING.




                                                 15932- S188
DIFFUSER, REGISTER, AND GRILLE SCHEDULE
    MOSAIC COMMONS-COMMON HOUSE
PLAN NO.     S- 1, R-1
MANUF.       ALDES
MODEL        ALGRILLES
MATERIAL     POLYPROPYLENE
FINISH       WHITE

PLAN NO.     S-2
MANUF.       AIRMATE
MODEL        300-FL
MATERIAL     STEEL
FINISH       BROWN
ACCESS       FUSIBLE LINK

PLAN NO.     S-3
MANUF.       AIRCONCEPTS
MODEL        SPD-14
MATERIAL     AL
FINISH       WHITE POWDER COAT

PLAN NO.     R-2
MANUF.       AIRMATE
MODEL        325
MATERIAL     STEEL
FINISH       BROWN




                                      15932 - S189
SECTION 15970 - VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES
Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals: Submit manufacturer's technical product data for drive furnished, including: bill of materials
showing all Requirements and Options, dimension prints, wiring diagrams, product data sheets, copy of
actual warranty, and O & M manual. (Submit O & M manual as part of MC’s complete O & M Manual
submission.)

Electrical Requirements: Confirm electrical characteristics, including voltage, phase, and power
requirements with Electrical Contractor before ordering equipment.

Standards Compliance: Drives shall be UL listed and labeled. Comply with IEEE 519 (latest), NEC
508, and NEMA. Components and installation shall comply with NFPA 70 "National Electrical Code."

Warranty: Provide written warranty for factory authorized on-site service to replace/repair, within
warranty period, drives with inadequate or defective materials and workmanship, including breakage,
improper assembly or start-up, or failure to perform as required.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General: Furnish variable frequency drives and motor control equipment in sizes and capacities
indicated, and the necessary hardware and software as required for complete installation. Except as
otherwise indicated, furnish manufacturer's standard system components as indicated by published
product information, designed and constructed as recommended by manufacturer.

Basic Requirements – All Drives:

1.    drive efficiency 96% minimum
2.    displacement power factor 0.96 minimum
3.    carrier frequency adjustable from 4 to 8 KHz, minimum, with three programmable skip frequencies
4.    minimum seven-key keypad
5.    backlit minimum 30-character LCD display, with messages in English, including the last three faults
6.    start/stop input channel (or via DDC)
7.    selectable 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC analog input channel
8.    PI setpoint control
9.    run feedback Form C relay output (or via DDC)
10.   programmable fault signal Form C relay output (or via DDC), and storage of the last five faults
11.   selectable 4-20 mA or 0-10 VDC speed monitor analog output channel (or via DDC)
12.   NEMA 1 enclosure, or NEMA 12 for return air VFD locations
13.   optically-isolated controls
14.   electronic thermal motor overload protection
15.   auto restart after power outage, with flying start capability (unless directed otherwise by Owner).
16.   ambient operating conditions: 32 to 104 °F and 95 %RH non-condensing
17.   two year warranty from date of factory start-up (see Part 1)
18.   factory start-up (see Part 3)
19.   factory training (see Part 3)


VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES                                 July 19, 2007                   15970 - 190
20. ability to operate effectively down to 20% speed

Additional Requirements – “Level A”:
   • door-interlocked circuit breaker with locking capability
   • harmonics: minimum 2.5% impedance protection via AC line reactors or DC link reactor or other
       technology as required to achieve maximum 33% THD

Additional Requirements – “Level B”:
   • door-interlocked fused disconnect switch with locking capability
   • harmonics: minimum 2.5% impedance protection via AC line reactors or DC link reactor or other
       technology as required to achieve maximum 33% THD

Additional Requirements – “Level C”:
   • door-interlocked fused disconnect switch with locking capability

Additional Requirements – “Level D”:
   • disconnect switch not included; Mechanical Contractor must provide a separate disconnect

Option – “Bypass”:
   • single NEMA 1 enclosure for bypass and drive, fully pre-wired
   • class 10 thermal overload relay
   • selector switches and pilot lights
   • third contactor to allow power to the drive when in bypass mode
   • selectable auto or manual bypass
   • Do not provide bypass for single phase input / three phase output applications (even if so
       scheduled in error).

Option – “Single phase input – three phase output”:
   • Provide phase conversion of single phase input to three phase output

Option – “DDC Interface”:
   • Provide two-way digital communications interface to DDC system (LonWorks, BACnet, or other
       protocol—as selected by ATC Contractor).

Separate Disconnects: Note that either a door-interlocked circuit breaker or disconnect switch is required
for each drive, Levels A, B, and C. These may be provided by drive manufacturers, or Mechanical
Contractor (MC) may choose to get them from a separate source. However, MC shall be responsible for
any additional electrical costs due to the use of separate disconnects.

Second Disconnects: Where drives are not installed within close proximity and in sight of the motor, a
separate, second disconnect switch must be provided at the motor. At the time of startup service, VFD
supplier shall provide an engraved red plastic warning label and permanently adhere it to the front cover
of this second disconnect switch. The label shall read: “VFD MUST BE OFF BEFORE THIS
DISCONNECT SWITCH IS TURNED ON OR OFF.”

Manufacturers, Models, and Distributors (in alphabetical order). All drives on a project must be from
the same manufacturer, except for drives provided by an HVAC unit manufacturer. Note that drives shall



VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES                                July 19, 2007                   15970 - 191
be provided only by a listed distributor (shown in parentheses); those from any other distributor shall be
rejected. Additional distributors who would like to be listed, please contact Kohler and Lewis before
providing any quotes to contractors.

    • ABB Model ACH 400 (Tulimieri Associates, Inc., 508-460-6161x174).
    • AC Tech Model MCH (FIA, Inc., 781-938-8900; Mid-Hudson Controls, Inc. 518-465-4228).
    • Cerus P Series or S Series (Pro Controls, 603-856-0330).
    • Danfoss Model VLT 6000 Series (Control Technologies, 802-860-1700).
    • Siemens SED2 with Advance Operator Panel for each drive (Buckley Associates, 603-669-3566).
    • Yaskawa (formerly MagneTek) Model E7 (L. J. Early Company, 518-465-3566).
Note that Reliance, and Toshiba (S9 and E3 series) drives do not comply with these specifications due to
their lack of an LCD display.

Part 3 - EXECUTION
General: Mechanical Contractor shall provide drives to Electrical Contractor for mounting and wiring,
per Division 16 and this Section. System and materials shall be installed in accordance with
manufacturer’s instructions, and all applicable codes.

Mounting Location: Drives shall be mounted at convenient location and height, with ready access to the
drives for a person standing on a floor (or roof for rooftop units). For rooftop units, where recommended
by unit manufacturer, drives can be mounted inside the unit (generally, in the return air after the filters)
with permission of Engineer. Note that a NEMA 12 enclosure is required for this location. Otherwise,
drives shall be mounted inside the building in conditioned space. Ensure that both the motor’s and the
drive’s maximum lead length distance is not exceeded.

Support: Wall-mounted units shall be mounted to structural steel supports or unistrut. Free-standing units
shall be mounted on concrete houskeeping bases.

Electrical: Furnish copy of manufacturer’s wiring diagram submittal to Electrical Contractor for power
wiring. Motor leads from each drive shall be in a dedicated steel conduit. Top, side, or bottom conduit
knockouts shall be used for drive wiring. Installer shall refrain from drilling holes in the enclosure to
ensure that metal chips or other intrusion will not damage sensitive electronic equipment.

Control Wiring: Control wires shall be shielded and shall have the shield grounded at the drive only.
Control wires shall not be run in a conduit or cable tray with power wiring.

Start-up and Training: Drives shall not be powered up without authorization from the manufacturer.
Provide a minimum of 1.5 hours of start-up per drive, by a factory trained and authorized technician.
Coordinate start-up with Clerk. Submit a startup report that records all data and settings, and a checklist
of tests and observations. Replace damaged or malfunctioning equipment. Provide to Owner two hours of
training on site by a factory trained and authorized technician.

END OF SECTION 15970 (revised 4/25/07)




VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVES                                 July 19, 2007                    15970 - 192
                VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE SCHEDULE
                         MOSIAC COMMONS
                          COMMON HOUSE

EQUIPMENT                  CP-1, 2
LEVEL                      LEVEL B
OPTIONS                    SINGLE-PHASE INPUT, 3-PHASE OUTPUT
NOTES                      FIVE YEAR WARRANTY
                           FACTORY AUTHORIZED STARTUP
                           PROVIDE ONE DRIVE FOR EACH PUMP
                           SEE EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE FOR POWER REQUIREMENTS



Note: This schedule is not complete without pages 15970-1 and 15970-2.




July 19, 2007                                                            15970 - S193
SECTION 15971 - DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM
Common House

Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals and Change Orders
Submittals: Provide complete information with detail sufficient for evaluation of compliance with these
specifications. Submit on all significant products including all applicable products listed in the Control
System Schedule. Note additional specific submittal requirements throughout this Section and in the
Sequence of Operations Section. In the controls submittal, at the beginning of the section of cut sheets,
include a complete table of contents or material list, including complete model numbers, and place cut
sheets in the exact order as shown on the list.

Submittal Meeting: For all projects, ATC Contractor shall deliver Engineer’s copy of the control system
submittals in person and review them jointly with Engineer in his office in Keene, N. H. At Contractor’s
option, this may be a draft submittal, allowing corrections to be made before the required multiple copies
are provided.

Change Orders: All change order proposals by ATC Contractor must include a complete breakdown of
time, hourly rate, materials cost, and overhead/profit markups.

Standards
Electrical Standards: Where applicable, provide electrical products that have been tested, listed, and
labeled by UL. Comply with NEMA standards pertaining to components and devices for electric control
systems. Comply with FCC requirements. Comply with all requirements of electrical inspectors, at no
additional cost to Owner.

NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and
Ventilating Systems" where applicable to controls and control sequences.

Accessibility Guidelines: Comply with the “Americans with Disabilities Act” (ADA) of 1990, and
mount all controls designed for occupant use in accordance with the Act.

Electrical Requirements and Coordination With Electrical Contractor
General: Install electrical components and use electrical products complying with Division 16.

Control Wiring: Line and low voltage control wiring required for the Automatic Temperature Control
(ATC) control system and/or any mechanical equipment, that is not shown on electrical drawings, shall be
provided by the ATC Contractor. ATC Contractor is responsible for wiring any control devices, remote or
otherwise, that may be furnished with any mechanical equipment but are not factory-installed. Coordinate
these wiring requirements with the manufacturer supplying this equipment.




DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM                       July 19, 2007                        15971 - 194
Room Sensor and Actuator Wiring: Provide minimum 4-wire cable to each room sensor and to each
actuator, even though all wires may not be currently used. Provide more than four wires may if needed or
specified elsewhere.

Line Voltage Wiring: All line voltage wiring, and low voltage wiring where required by local authority,
shall be installed by a licensed electrician.

ATC Power Wiring: Power wiring and all required disconnects and transformers for all Direct Digital
Control (DDC) panels, controls, and devices shall be by ATC Contractor. Power source for remotely-
located control transformers or devices shall originate from local control panels or from equipment being
served, and is by ATC Contractor (Electrical Contractor provides circuit and breaker at power panel).

EC Power Wiring: Power wiring for all mechanical equipment will be provided by the Electrical
Contractor (EC). Power panel circuits and circuit breakers shall be provided by the Electrical Contractor.
Boiler room emergency (red) shut-off switch is provided by the Electrical Contractor.

Duct Smoke Detectors: Electrical Contractor shall furnish and wire duct smoke detectors; and connect
detectors into electrical circuits to stop fans and close dampers in the event of the presence of smoke, and
provide power wiring for the detectors. Duct smoke detectors shall have auxiliary alarm contacts for use
by ATC Contractor.

Smoke Dampers. Smoke dampers are provided by Mechanical Contractor. Electrical Contractor shall
connect smoke dampers to fire alarm system, and shall provide power to the smoke dampers. Dampers
shall be normally powered open, and damper shall close when smoke is detected. ATC Contractor is not
involved with smoke dampers.

Coordination With Mechanical Contractor:
Cooperation: The Mechanical Contractor (MC) shall provide size coordination of valve and damper
schedules furnished by the ATC Contractor; mechanical equipment submittal data as required by ATC
Contractor; a copy of the Maintenance Chart; and receipt, storage, and handling of valves and dampers at
the job site.

ATC-Furnished Items: Except as noted otherwise, the MC shall install the following equipment
furnished by the ATC Contractor:
        • control valves (coordinate 2-way vs. 3-way),
        • motor-operated dampers not scheduled in other Division 15 Sections,
        • immersion wells,
        • water flow switches.

Piping: The MC shall provide all pipe penetrations and provisions for installation of temperature sensors
and pressure taps with isolation valves, for devices furnished by the ATC Contractor.

Unit Ventilators: The MC has the option of arranging for the unit ventilator manufacturer to factory-
mount the control valves and actuators, and the damper actuators. The control valves and actuators, and
the damper actuators, are provided by the ATC Contractor.

Dampers: The MC shall furnish and install all dampers that are scheduled in other Division 15 Sections.
MC shall coordinate damper shaft with ATC Contractor. Motor-operated dampers shown on the Drawings


DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM                         July 19, 2007                        15971 - 195
but not scheduled shall be furnished by the ATC Contractor and installed by the MC. In all cases, damper
actuators shall be furnished and installed by the ATC Contractor, except for outside air damper actuators
which may come with ERUs, RTUs, FCUs or PTACs, and which are compatible with the ATC
Contractor’s controller.

Duct Smoke Detectors: Mechanical Contractor shall locate and install duct smoke detectors (furnished
by Electrical Contractor) in main air ducts of air handling units and elsewhere as noted in mechanical or
fire alarm system specifications and drawings.

Speed Controls: Speed controls furnished with mechanical equipment shall be mounted and wired by
ATC Contractor.

Variable Frequency Drives: Supplied by MC, specified in Division 15 Section “Variable Frequency
Drives.” ATC Contractor provides control interfaces and DDC software as specified elsewhere.

Remote Buttons: ATC Contractor shall install and wire remotely-located pushbuttons, switches, etc.
required to operate MC-furnished devices such as solenoid-operated flush valves and gas valves. ATC
Contractor shall provide all buttons, switches, wiring, transformers, solenoid actuators, etc. which are
required but not indicated as being provided by MC.

Coordination With Owner
Telephone Extension: Unless indicated otherwise, Owner will provide a telephone line to a single
location for the modem/auto dialer. This line will be “analog” and will not be routed through a
switchboard unless approved by ATC Contractor. Coordinate telephone line location with owner.

LAN Network: When requested by ATC Contractor, Owner will provide DDC connection to the
Owner’s LAN, provide IP address for Web Browser user interface, and provide a reasonable number and
location of additional LAN jacks if requested in a timely manner by ATC Contractor.

ATC Contractor must arrange with Owner to provide all needed jack locations, and whether to have a
combined LAN, two separate LANS, or a VLAN, etc. Owner shall provide a LAN jack in the boiler room
and at other convenient locations as needed for connection of a laptop PC for purposes of HVAC system
monitoring. Coordinate Network Controller locations with Owner.

Component Placement: Coordinate with Owner the placement and protection of all user-accessible
control components such as the Operator’s Station, room sensors, modems, auto-dialers, manual reset
controllers, and visual/audio alarms.

Programming: Provide initial programming/setting of all room temperature setpoints, time schedules,
alarm points and messages, auto-dialing parameters, and Operator’s Station software as requested by
Owner.

Licensing Agreement: The Owner will sign a copy of the manufacturer’s standard software and
firmware licensing agreement as a condition of the contract. Such license(s) will grant use of all control
programs and application software to Owner but will protect manufacturer’s trade secrets contained
within such software.




DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM                       July 19, 2007                        15971 - 196
Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General
Complete System: Provide DDC control products consisting of controllers, valves, dampers, actuators,
sensors, relays, transformers, control panels, wiring, computer systems and other components as required
for complete installation. Devices not specifically listed in this section, yet required by the Division 15
Section “Sequence of Operation,” shall be provided as required, at no additional cost to Owner.

Acceptable Manufacturers / Contractors: Only the pre-qualified manufacturers / contractors listed in
the Control System Schedule are acceptable for this project. See Division 15 Section “Basic
Requirements,” paragraph “Manufacturers--Control Systems” for information on pre-qualification.

Network
Use of Owner’s LAN Network: The Owner’s LAN shall not be used by ATC Contractor for any purpose
other than providing a user interface, such as through a Web Browser user interface, or local LAN jacks
in places such as the boiler room for connection of a laptop PC. Where the DDC system requires a LAN
for communication between controllers, this LAN shall be separate from the owner’s LAN and shall be
provided by ATC Contractor, unless agreed to otherwise in writing.

Network Architecture: Units and devices shall be assigned to controllers in an orderly, logical manner.
No single controller shall control units or devices on multiple floors, or which serve areas that are not
contiguous, without permission of the Engineer. The following HVAC units shall always have an
individual, Dedicated Controller: Split System, Rooftop Unit, Unit Ventilator, Fan Coil Unit, Packaged
Terminal Air Conditioner, Energy Recovery Unit, and Air Handling Unit. Dedicated Controllers are
allowed to control auxiliary devices--such as exhaust fans, occupancy sensors, and lighting circuits--that
are in the area served by that controller’s HVAC unit.

Global Setpoints: Not allowed, except for Balancing Valve Command, Purge Command, Purge
Minimum Temperature, Pushbutton Override Time, Software Aquastat Setpoint, and other parameters
specifically indicated or approved in writing by Engineer. Each zone must have its own Night Setback
Setpoint and, where applicable, Discharge Air Low Limit Setpoint.

Password Protection: Provide minimum three levels of Operator’s Station password protection. Each
use shall be recorded by the system by time, date, changes made, and password. Each remote dial-in and
web-based use also shall be logged in as above. Remote logs may be stored in a device separate from the
Operator’s Station PC.

Controllers
All Controllers: Provide minimum seven days retention of all software memory and trend logs, during
loss of electric power. If a battery is used for memory back-up, it shall be field-replaceable and have a
minimum life of five years. All controllers shall have communication, input, output, and power
connections adequately protected against EMI, lighting, and power fluctuations. Communication lines
shall be optically isolated. Every controller or its room sensor shall have a communications jack for a
portable service tool.




DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM                        July 19, 2007                        15971 - 197
Controller Software: All controllers used for the same type of equipment and implementing the same
sequences shall have identical software programs. In addition, contractors are encouraged to use one
version of software that can accommodate minor sequence differences within the same program; for
example, a single zone RTU program could work for either one or two stages of DX cooling.

Controllers with Input/Output: Each actuated device shall be controlled by a separate controller output,
unless deviations are specifically authorized by Engineer.

Terminal Unit Controllers: Pre-programmed applications software stored in ROM is acceptable if it
complies with all relevant sequences of operation. (A “terminal unit” is any item scheduled in Division 15
Section “Terminal Units” plus other similar devices such as exhaust fans.) Any custom ROM program
created for this project shall not be used on any other project without written permission of the Engineer.

All Controllers Except Terminal Unit Controllers: Applications software shall be fully programmable.
Program changes shall be able to be downloaded via the network.

Network Controller: The operating system, applications program, and setpoints shall be stored in
nonvolatile memory, or shall have minimum seven-day battery backup in case of power failure. Locate
Network Controller in Master Control Panel. In some system designs, there may be multiple Network
Controllers. Archival system data (minimum 18 months) may be stored in a Network Controller(s) or in a
dedicated server or PC (which must be provided by ATC Contractor if used for this purpose).

Unitary Controllers: The operating system, applications program, and setpoints shall be stored in
nonvolatile memory.

Non-DDC Controllers: Except as specifically listed or authorized by Engineer, non-DDC controllers
(such as separate electric room thermostats or packaged economizer controllers) shall not be provided. All
controllers shall be microprocessor-based and digitally connected to the network.

Auxiliary Devices
Control Valves: Provide valves selected for installation requirements, fluid (including glycol where
specified), pressure class, and flow rate; and which mate and match material of connecting piping. Valves
shall have a minimum fluid temperature rating of 230°F. Two-position valves shall be line size, or, with
permission of Engineer, one size smaller than line size. Two-way valves shall have close-off pressure that
is 5 PSI higher than the static head (in feet, divide by 2.3 to get PSI) shown in the pump schedule.
(Nominal close-off pressure is 35 PSI.) Select Cv for all modulating valves to produce a full-open
pressure drop as close to 3 PSI as possible without exceeding 3.40 PSI, except do not go more than two
pipe sizes smaller than line size. If available, set “software stops” to 2.0 PSI at “fully open” position. In
submittal, list close-off and temperature ratings, GPM, Cv and PSI for all valves. Manufacturers: See
Control System Schedule.

Motor-Operated Dampers: Provide ultra-low-leakage control dampers, with smooth operation
throughout the stroke, and compatible with the actuators to be used. Provide position indicator (score on
the exposed end of the damper shaft) for all dampers. For all dampers controlling airflow that penetrates
the building envelope, leakage shall not exceed three cfm/sq. ft. at one inch static pressure when tested in
accordance with AMCA Standard 500. Damper schedule shall show leakage for each damper. Example
damper make and model numbers as of 11/15/03: Ruskin CD50, CD60; Greenheck VCD-33, 34, 40, 42,
43, VCDRM-53.


DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM                         July 19, 2007                         15971 - 198
Damper and Valve Actuators: All actuators shall be designed for a minimum of 60,000 full torque
cycles or five years’ operation, whichever is greater; and shall be electrically operated by a controller.
Where specified, the “spring-return” function must be satisfied by an actual mechanical spring. Size each
actuator to operate dampers or valves with sufficient reserve power to provide smooth operation. Provide
modulating or two-position action as specified. Heat motor type actuators are not allowed, except for two-
position control with advance approval of Engineer. “Beer can” actuators are not allowed.

Room Temperature Sensors: Note that room temperature sensors may be designated on the Drawings as
“thermostats.” Sensing accuracy for all types of sensors: +/- 1.0 °F or better, including A/D conversion.

        (1) Adjustable Sensors. Type: See Control System Schedule. Provide one sample of adjustable
sensor to Engineer along with or prior to submittals (unless Engineer already has a sample of the identical
model). Provide clear plastic locking guards in cafeteria and similar multi-use spaces, and where
requested by Owner.

        (2) Nonadjustable Sensors. Type: flush metal plate sensor with vandal-resistant fasteners and
complete thermal isolation from the wall. Where required for compatibility with the contractor’s selected
controller, other types of plain front sensor housings are allowed, except that contractor must provide a
metal guard for such sensors when they are installed in hazardous locations or whenever so requested by
owner, architect, or engineer.

Duct Temperature Sensors: Provide rigid sensors for small ducts and units, and averaging sensors for
airflows above 2000 cfm, with sensing elements minimum 12 feet in length, except 24 feet for airflows
above 6000 cfm.

Sensor Calibration: Thermistor type temperature sensors shall not be field calibrated without specific
instruction to do so by Engineer or Commissioning Agent; discrepancies often indicate a field problem
such as cold air from inside the wall, and not an inaccurate sensor. All type sensors shall be field
calibrated if allowed by manufacturer’s instructions, and as requested by Engineer or Commissioning
Agent.

Relative Humidity Sensors: Capacitive type sensor, ASTM E104.85 calibration, ± 2 % accuracy @
0-90% RH, interchangeable and replaceable sensor element. Unit must be capable of tolerating and
recovering from 100% saturation, with no damage.

Carbon Dioxide Sensors For Room Air: Level A Requirements: (1) range 0-2000 ppm; (2) infrared
technology; (3) accuracy at 1000 ppm and 77 °F shall be ±70 ppm or better; (4) published five-year drift
of ±100 ppm or less over the period (not relying on a “self-calibration” algorithm); (5) for wall mounting;
(6) with no digital display of ppm visible with cover in place. At Contractor’s option, unit may include
sensing of room temperature and/or room RH, if required, and if room temperature setpoint adjustment or
override specifications (if any) are met. Level B Requirements: Same as Level A except (3) accuracy
±100 ppm and (4) relying on a “self-calibration” algorithm.

     Approved Models, Level A: Johnson Controls CD-W series (an OEM version of Vaisala
GMW25); Vaisala GMW20 series (accuracy ±50 ppm, five-year drift less than ±100 ppm); Vaisala
GMW25 (accuracy ±70 ppm, five-year drift less than ±100 ppm); or equal approved by Engineer prior to
bid.




DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM                        July 19, 2007                        15971 - 199
         Approved Models, Level B: AirTest TR9000 series (accuracy ±70 ppm with self-calibration);
Honeywell C732A (accuracy ±100 ppm with self-calibration, drift 20 ppm/year nominal); Telaire
Ventostat® 8000 Series “Precision Grade” or “Commercial Grade” products (accuracy ±75 ppm with
self-calibration); Veris CWE and CWL series (accuracy ±80 ppm with self-calibration); or equal
approved by Engineer prior to bid.

        Not acceptable: Digital Control Systems AirSense Model 310 (accuracy ±75 ppm, five-year drift
less than ±375 ppm); and Vulcain 90DM3A-SM (uses the Telaire Ventostat® “Commercial Grade”
Model 6004 OEM detector without self-calibration).

Carbon Dioxide Sensors For Outside Air: Level B, similar to the above, as recommended by
manufacturer for outside air duty; for example, with manufacturer’s outside air enclosure rated for
ambient temperatures to -20 °F.

Time Switches: Seven-day programmable electronic time switch. Time switch shall have: automatic
daylight savings time adjustment, minimum 48-hour carryover in case of power failure, large LCD
display, simple keypad, holiday programming, locking NEMA-1 enclosure at least 7x4x2 inches, number
of channels as indicated, and an integral function of allowing manual override for the current time period.
Paragon, Tork, or equal; Grasslin not allowed.

Pushbutton Switches: All switches shall be ADA compliant. Provide extended style for all applications,
except mushroom style for emergency gas shut-off switches. All pushbuttons on room sensors,
thermostats, and other devices for use by building occupants shall have the following characteristics: (1)
activation force of 16 oz. or less, (2) tactile “click” feedback.

Control Panels: Provide master and local control panel enclosures of fully enclosed steel cubical type,
with locking doors. All panel shop built control panels shall be UL listed assemblies unless not required
by electrical inspector.

Transformers: Comply with NEMA TP-1 standard, with minimum efficiency per Energy Star, and show
compliance on submittal.

Part 3 - EXECUTION
General
Installers: Installers shall be factory-trained and certified to install, commission and service the system
supplied for this project. Qualified electricians can be used for the electrical installation portions of the
work. See Part I for electrician licensing requirements.

Controllers and Control Panels: Mount controllers at accessible locations and heights. Except for VAV
box actuator/controller packages (where allowed by Electrical Inspector), mount all controllers inside
Control Panels: either within the HVAC unit Control Panel or a separate Control Panel mounted adjacent
to equipment served. Do not locate controllers above suspended ceiling unless they are controlling above-
ceiling equipment.

Damper and Valve Actuators: Comply with all programming requirements and recommendations from
manufacturer regarding dead bands, pulse durations, etc. For ball valve type actuators, if actuator has not



DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM                         July 19, 2007                         15971 - 200
moved within the last 24 hours, exercise it by changing its position by 50% and then returning to the
original position. For all actuators, provide ability to skip over a range of valve positions that are found to
cause noisy operation.

Sensors: It is Contractor’s responsibility to consult Engineer and revise any sensor locations indicated in
the Contract Documents as required to ensure that all sensors are installed in locations that are
representative of the measured parameters, and to relocate any newly installed sensor, at no extra cost to
Owner, as required to achieve this objective. For example, locate boiler leaving water temperature
sensor very close to the boiler in order to give an accurate reading.

Room Sensors: Provide a DDC room temperature sensor for every terminal unit, unless specifically
indicated otherwise. Omission of a sensor symbol on the plans is not indication to omit the sensor.

        (1) Adjustable Sensors. Location: all areas except as noted below or on the Drawings.

       (2) Nonadjustable Sensors. Location: storage rooms, closets, entries, corridors, stairwells, toilet
rooms, boiler rooms, utility rooms, locker rooms, multipurpose rooms, cafeterias, other “public spaces,”
and hazardous areas such as gymnasiums.

         For all types of room sensors (temperature, humidity, etc.): Mount room sensors as required, in a
location exposed to representative room air conditions. Do not locate sensors between doorway and light
switch, or behind door swing. Wherever possible, locate sensors at least two feet away from doors and
operable windows. Never locate sensors where they will be in direct sunlight, or where exposed to any
discharge airstream or local heat-producing devices such as boilers, soda machines, and copy machines.
Do not locate on exterior walls or where exposed to unconditioned air. Provide air-sealing and thermally-
insulating backplate for all wall locations, and seal wiring penetrations to provide a complete air-tight
seal. Relocate sensors that no longer comply with all of the above for any reason, including Owner-placed
furnishings or equipment.

         Coordinate mounting heights with Architect and comply with ADA (see section 4.27): generally,
the highest operable part shall be max. 54 inches above the floor where side wheelchair access is possible;
or max. 48 inches where only front wheelchair access is possible; or max. 46 inches above a 34 inches
high by 24 inches deep cabinet/counter. A typical thermostat location is beside and at the same height as
the light switch, on the side of the light switch away from the doorway; coordinate with EC so that light
switches and room sensors are mounted at the same height.

Outside Air Sensors: Never locate sensors where they will be in direct sunlight. Locate on north side of
building unless specifically approved otherwise by Engineer.

Low-Temperature Protection Thermostats: Secure Engineer’s approval before using. In addition to
the hard-wired connection to fans/dampers, connect to a digital input of the appropriate Unitary
Controller. No manual reset thermostats shall be used; remove or disconnect all factory-mounted manual
reset thermostats.

Variable Frequency Drives: Locate pressure sensor or sensors according to Contractor’s experience and
in consultation with Engineer. Provide discrete wiring from sensor(s) to drive’s DDC controller.

Electrical Requirements



DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM                          July 19, 2007                         15971 - 201
Control Wiring: The term “control wiring” is defined to include providing of wire, conduit and
miscellaneous materials as required for mounting and connecting electric control devices.

Wiring System: Install complete control wiring system for control systems. Conceal wiring, except
install wiring in conduit in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and piping are exposed. It is
not allowed to power any devices inside a control panel using a plug-in transformer at an outlet outside
the panel, with unprotected cord going into the panel. Provide multi-conductor instrument harness
(bundle) in place of single conductors where number of conductors can be run along common path.
Fasten flexible conductors bridging cabinets and doors neatly along hinge side, and protect against
abrasion. Tie and support conductors neatly. Number-code or color-code conductors appropriately for
identification and servicing of control system.

Wire: Install circuits over 25-volt with color-coded THWN/THHN wire in EMT, or MC cable as whips
to equipment connections. (Liquid-tight conduit in exterior or wet or damp locations.) Install circuits
under 25-volt with color-coded No. 18 wire with insulation on each conductor and plastic sheath over all.
Provide air plenum cable above plenum rated ceilings.

Protection: Install low voltage circuits located in concrete slabs, masonry walls, or underground in
electric conduit. In existing construction where control piping or wiring is surface mounted in occupied
rooms and it is not possible to conceal wiring, run wiring in wiremold raceway (color by Architect).

Project Close-Out
Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer's
touch-up paint. Remove debris from inside room sensor cases. Remove paint from room sensors.
Coordinate with other contractors as required to accomplish the requirements of this paragraph.

Testing and Adjusting: Start-up, test and adjust control systems. Demonstrate compliance with
requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning control equipment. Provide all support as and when
needed by commissioning agent; and by balancing contractor. Resolve any problems uncovered by
balancing contractor, and provide Engineer with a list of problems identified and resolved.

Tuning: Carefully fine-tune all on-off differentials, PID parameters, and optimal start routines. Tune on-
off differentials as tightly as possible consistent with maintaining appropriate lifetimes of the cycled
devices. Tune PID parameters to eliminate cycling; a small amount of continuing proportional error is
much preferable to cycling. Ensure that optimal start routines achieve setpoint by the time of scheduled
occupancy.

Final Control System Inspection: Contractor shall meet with Engineer to thoroughly review the control
system. See Schedule for the location of this meeting. Contractor shall take corrective actions per
Engineer’s punch list, and shall submit itemized confirmation that required actions have been completed.

Owner’s Training: Provide training services for not less than the number of hours as listed in the Control
System Schedule. Sixty percent of the training shall take place preceding Owner’s acceptance of the
control system, 20% shall occur approximately six months later, and 20% during Year 2 of the warranty.
Provide number of training material packages as requested by Owner; up to one package per four hours of
required total instruction.




DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM                       July 19, 2007                        15971 - 202
         Cover the following topics: general instruction on the user interface; Owner’s mechanical
equipment; Owner’s specific user interface; questions from Owner. Per Owner, make all requested screen
changes of identifiers (names and numbers of rooms, equipment, etc.). Review all screens with Owner.
Specifically train on common setpoint adjustments, trends, alarms, maintenance schedules, time schedules
and overrides, and troubleshooting. Provide written step-by-step instructions for common Owner user
interface actions.

        Training that is conducted informally, or without proper notice, will not be counted toward the
required number of hours. Return a signed “Confirmation of Owner’s Training and Acceptance of Control
System” form when initial training is complete.

Commissioning Support: See Division 15 Section, “HVAC Commissioning.” If a third-party
commissioning agent is part of the project, see the Contract Documents prepared by the commissioning
agent.

Warranties
Two-Year Hardware/Software Warranty: The ATC Contractor shall provide a two-year parts and
labor warranty, covering all control hardware and software. The warranty shall include semi-annual
review of the system and PID tuning by remote access, all calibration and adjustment of devices where
required by manufacturer’s instructions, and verbal/written response to a reasonable number of Owner
questions. During the second year, the ATC Contractor shall provide a refresher training course equal to
20% of the total specified hours.

Five-Year Valve and Actuator Warranty: The ATC Contractor shall provide a five-year parts and
labor warranty on all valve assemblies and damper actuators.

END OF SECTION 15971 (updated June 5, 2007)




DIRECT DIGITAL CONTROL SYSTEM                      July 19, 2007                       15971 - 203
                         CONTROL SYSTEM SCHEDULE
                             MOSIAC COMMONS
                              COMMON HOUSE
ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS/CONTRACTORS (June 29, 2007)
Manufacturer/Contractor Name                                      Geographic Area of Service
                                                                  N. Vt. S. Vt. N. NH S. NH        Mass.
Alerton Technologies - Control Technologies - N. H. +++           --     --     X      X           X
Alerton Technologies - Control Technologies - Vt. +++             X      X      X      X           --
Andover Controls - BASiX/Engineered Systems +++                   X      X      X      X           X
Automated Logic - Elliott Controls                                --     --     X      X           X
Automated Logic - Yankee Technology                               --     X      --     --          X
Honeywell - Manchester, N.H. Branch                               --     --     X      X           --
KMC Controls - Pro Controls +++                                   X      X      X      X           --
Invensys - Control Technologies - N. H. +++                       --     --     X      X           --
Invensys - Control Technologies - Vt. +++                         X      X      X      X           --
Invensys- Invensys SNE                                            --     --     --     --          X
Johnson Controls - Controtech                                     --     X      X      X           --
Johnson Controls - Hallam ICS                                     X      X      --     --          --
Johnson Controls - Control Technologies - N. H.                   --     --     X      X           --
Johnson Controls - Control Technologies - Vt.                     X      X      X      X           --
Johnson Controls - Manchester, N. H. Branch                       --     --     X      X           --
Johnson Controls - Viking Controls                                --     --     X      X           X
Siemens - Albany Branch                                           X      X      --     --          X
Siemens - Northern New England Branch                             --     --     X      X           --

+++Manufacturers/Contractors with proven, completed web browser project experience. Contractors not
showing this mark must provide Engineer with the IP address and read-only password for a sample web
browser project of theirs, prior to bidding a project for which a web browser user interface is specified.

Contractor Information
BASiX/Engineered Systems. Hampton, N. H., John T. Hall/Ralph Beaudry/Mark Modeen, 603-926-
        0190, fax 603-926-3900, e-mail jthall@esinh.com or ralphb@esinh.com or markm@esinh.com
Control Technologies - N. H. Manchester, N. H., Bruce Merges, 603-626-6070, fax 603-626-0352,
        e-mail bmerges@controltechinc.com
Control Technologies - Vt. Burlington, Vt., Mike Bessette, 802-860-1700, fax 802-860-1799,
        mbessette@controltechvt.com
Controtech. Keene, N. H., Guy Soucy, 603-357-1216, fax 603-357-0669, e-mail guys@controtech.com
Elliott Controls. Amherst, N. H., Glen Elliott, 603-883-7975, fax 603-881-8668, e-mail
        glen_elliott@elliott-controls.com
Hallam ICS. So. Burlington, VT, Mike Van Horn, 802-658-4891, fax 802-658-1457, e-mail
                  mvanhorn@hallam-ics.com
Honeywell - Manchester, N. H. Branch. Dan Levasseur, 603-668-6729, fax 603-668-6374, e-mail
        daniel.levasseur@honeywell.com



CONTROL SYSTEM SCHEDULE                              July 19, 2007                         15971 - S204
Invensys SNE. East Granby, Conn., Greg Williams or Joe Rosinski, 860-653-5095, fax 860-653-5328, e-
        mail gwilliams@invensyssne.com jrosinski@invensyssne.com
Johnson Controls - Manchester, N. H. Branch. Jim Willant, 603-222-2412, fax 603-222-2422, e-mail
        James.F.Willant@jci.com
Pro Controls. Bow, N. H., Richard Olson & Paul O’Brien, 603-856-0330, fax 603-856-0332, e-mail
        pobrien@procontrolsinc.com
Siemens - Albany Branch. Latham, N. Y., Dan Mathewson, 1-800-578-1334, fax 315-437-9049, e-mail
        dan.mathewson@siemens.com
Siemens - Northern New England Branch. Falmouth, Maine, John Popp, 207-885-4100, fax 207-885-
        4170, e-mail john.popp@siemens.com
Viking Controls. Nashua, N. H., Erik Maseng, 603-881-4830, fax 603-881-9618, e-mail
erik.maseng@vikingcontrols.com
Yankee Technology. Ludlow, Mass., Matt Dempesy, 413-547-6595, fax 413-547-6657, e-mail
        matt@yankeetech.com

PROJECT NOTES

1.       See Bid Alternates. If hydronic system is eliminated, provide electric control system for the few
     items not handled by factory heat pump controls.

REMOTE COMMUNICATION
RC-3:            Direct Alarm Auto-Dialer

Provide an auto-dialer, operated directly from a DDC controller, to take control of the phone line and
send out alarm messages to at least three different prioritized phone numbers. Provide digitally-recorded
voice and/or numeric or alphanumeric pager messages as selected by Owner. Provide minimum two
levels of messages corresponding to two severities of alarms. See the Alarms sequence of operation for
the two alarms, or, if not indicated elsewhere, the more severe alarm shall be programmed for any critical
failure of the heating plant, and the secondary alarm shall be as directed by Owner.

TIME SWITCHES
TS-4: Four Channel Time Switch: Paragon, Tork DTS400A-Y series, or approved equal, with
      voltage rating as required.

TS-5: Bypass Timer - Digital Override Time Switch, ADA: Watt Stopper TS-200-24, or approved
      equal, with cover plates as required.

OPERATOR’S STATION HARDWARE


OS-13:           Keypad/Display

Provide a small keypad/display unit in mechanical room, for all Owner needed user interface except that
time scheduling function may be by separate Time Switch. At Contractor’s option, provide a PC, location
by Owner.




CONTROL SYSTEM SCHEDULE                              July 19, 2007                        15971 - S205
ACTUATORS

Provide the following actuators as applicable. Note: “terminal unit” means any device specified in Section
15830. Manufacturers: Belimo, Erie, Honeywell, Invensys, Johnson Controls, KMC, or Siemens. No
other “equal” brands accepted. Note 230ºF temperature rating required; see 15971 section.

A-1:    Two-Position, Fail-in-Position Actuators
        (Two-Position, Spring-Return Actuators also acceptable)

Boiler Isolation Valves - Fail Open if Spring-Return
Heating/Cooling Switchover Valves - Fail To Heating if Spring-Return

A-2:    Two-Position, Spring-Return Actuators

DHW HX Valve - Fail Closed
Hot Water Coil Seasonal Valves - Fail Open
CUH and UH Seasonal and/or Control Valves - Fail Open
Steam Humidifier Safety Shut-off Valve – Fail Closed
Fan Coil Unit Outside Air Dampers - Fail Closed
ERU OA Damper - Fail Closed
ERU Exhaust Damper - Fail Closed
Combustion Air Intake/Relief Upper Louvers - Fail Open
Combustion Air Intake/Relief Lower Louvers - Fail Closed
Combustion Air Fan Intake Louver - Fail Open

A-3:    Modulating, Fail-in-Position Actuators (“Floating” Actuators also acceptable)

Fin Tube Radiation and Convectors, Valance Convectors
Duct VAV, Balancing, or Motor Dampers (excluding outside air dampers)

A-4:    Modulating, Spring-Return Actuators (* indicates analog feedback signal required, which
comes into the controller as an analog input.) Examples of recently approved valves and new valves
expected to be approved: Honeywell V58 Series, Invensys/TAC Ball Valves, Johnson Controls VG1000
Series, KMC VEP-45 Ball Valves, Siemens Powermite 599 Series.

* Three-Way Hot Water Valve - Fail to Boiler
* Chilled Water Coil Valves - Fail Closed – Note: often these are three-way; see plans.
* ERU Hot Water Coil Valves - Fail Open
* AHU Hot Water Coil Valves - Fail Open
* Steam Humidifier Control Valve – Fail Closed
* AHU/RTU Outside Air Dampers - Fail Closed
* Gravity Ventilator or Exhaust Fan Outside/Relief Air Dampers – Fail Closed
* Boiler Room Combustion Air Fan Relief Air Louvers – Fail Open
UV/FCU/Duct Coil - Heating Valve - Fail Open
UV/FCU/Duct Coil - Cooling Valve - Fail Closed
Unit Ventilator Face/Bypass Dampers (not exposed to outside air) - Fail to Face
Unit Ventilator Outside Air Dampers - Fail Closed




CONTROL SYSTEM SCHEDULE                              July 19, 2007                        15971 - S206
ROOM TEMPERATURE SENSORS

RS-13: °F Scale Single Setpoint Sensor With No Thermometer

Example make & model: KMC STE-6020.

Required features:
(1) Setpoint adjustment means with accuracy 0.5 °F or better, range 65 - 80 °F minimum, and label in
degrees F. Options: (a) a slide lever (on front, top or side) with minimum six-hundredths (0.06) inch
travel per degree F. (b) a slide lever (on front, top or side) with click stops for every degree F or smaller.
or (c) two pushbuttons, 1 °F resolution, with visual indication when high/low limits reached.
(2) Override Button: Unlabeled; or labeled “Override,” “Day/Night,” or with sun/moon symbols, etc. It
is acceptable to not have a separate override button if pressing either of the setpoint adjustment buttons
activates the override function.
(3) No display of room temperature allowed.
(4) LED or digital display that indicates either occupied/unoccupied mode (preferred) or
scheduled/override mode.

RS-14: °F Scale Dual Setpoint Sensor With Thermometer

PROJECT CLOSE-OUT

                          CI-2: Final Control System Inspection On Site

The Final Control System Inspection shall take place at the project site.

                                      OWNER’S TRAINING

OT-1: Five Hours Training (Heat Pump System)

OT-2: 10 Hours Training (Hydronic System)




CONTROL SYSTEM SCHEDULE                                July 19, 2007                         15971 - S207
                   CONFIRMATION OF OWNER’S TRAINING
                   AND ACCEPTANCE OF CONTROL SYSTEM
           Project:

Owner’s representative affirms that:

       he/she has read the “Owner’s Training” paragraph near the end of the Control Systems
Specifications Section, and the “OWNER’S TRAINING” paragraph above, and that

         all work and training required to be provided by the Contractor by the time of control
system acceptance has been provided, and has been fully satisfactory as far as can be determined
at this time. All requested screen changes of identifiers (names and numbers of rooms,
equipment, etc.) have been made to the satisfaction of the Owner.

       Training sessions took place at the following place, dates, and times:




       Total hours of training provided:


       Owner’s representative:


               Signed


               Date

Note that, as specified, additional training is required in approximately six months.


END OF CONTROL SYSTEM SCHEDULE (updated 10/19/05)




CONTROL SYSTEM SCHEDULE                          July 19, 2007                      15971 - S208
SECTION 15972 - ELECTRIC CONTROL SYSTEM
Residential Buildings, Office Building, Workshop/Art Studio

Part 1 - GENERAL
Submittals, Change Orders, and Description of Work
Submittals: Provide complete submittal information with detail sufficient for evaluation of compliance
with the Contract Documents. Submit on all significant products including all applicable products listed
in the Control System Schedule. Note additional specific submittal requirements throughout this Section.

Change Orders: All change order proposals by ATC Contractor must include a complete breakdown of
time, hourly rate, materials cost, and overhead/profit markups.

Description of Control System Work (Electric): Provide an electric control system to accomplish all
control sequences as specified. Actuation of the controller’s associated devices such as dampers and
control valves shall be accomplished electrically. All necessary controls and wiring for a complete
operating system must be provided.

Standards
Electrical Standards: Provide electrical products that have been tested, listed, and labeled by UL.
Comply with NEMA standards pertaining to components and devices for electric control systems.
Comply with FCC requirements.

NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 90A "Standard for the Installation of Air Conditioning and
Ventilating Systems" where applicable to controls and control sequences.

Accessibility Guidelines: Comply with the “Americans with Disabilities Act” (ADA) of 1990, and
mount all controls designed for occupant use in accordance with the Act.

Electrical Requirements and Coordination With Electrical Contractor
General: Install electrical components and use electrical products complying with Division 16.

Control Wiring: Line and low voltage control wiring required for the Automatic Temperature Control
(ATC) control system and/or any mechanical equipment, that is not shown on electrical drawings, shall be
provided by the ATC Contractor. ATC Contractor is responsible for wiring any control devices, remote or
otherwise, that may be furnished with any mechanical equipment but are not factory-installed. Coordinate
these wiring requirements with the manufacturer supplying this equipment.

Room Thermostat and Actuator Wiring: Provide minimum 4-wire cable to each room sensor and to
each actuator, even though all wires may not be currently used. Provide more than four wires may if
needed or specified elsewhere.

Line Voltage Wiring: All line voltage wiring, and low voltage wiring where required by local authority,
shall be installed by a licensed electrician.



ELECTRIC CONTROL SYSTEM                             July 19, 2007                       15972 - 209
ATC Power Wiring: Power wiring and all required disconnects and transformers for all control panels,
controls, and devices shall be by ATC Contractor. Power source for remotely-located control transformers
or devices shall originate from local control panels or from equipment being served, and is by ATC
Contractor (Electrical Contractor provides circuit at power panel).

EC Power Wiring: Power wiring for all mechanical equipment will be provided by the Electrical
Contractor (EC). Power panel circuits and circuit breakers shall be provided by the Electrical Contractor.
Boiler room emergency (red) shut-off switch is provided by the Electrical Contractor.

Coordination With Owner
Component Placement (Electric/Pneumatic): Coordinate with Owner the placement and protection of
all user-accessible control components such as the Master Control Panel, room thermostats, modems,
auto-dialers, manual reset controllers, and visual/audio alarms.

Programming: Provide initial programming/setting of all room temperature setpoints, time schedules,
alarm points and messages, and auto-dialing parameters, as requested by Owner.

Coordination With Engineer
ATC Contractor Responses: ATC Contractor shall respond in writing within 60 days to Engineer’s
submittal reviews, site visit reports, and punch lists. At each stage, all items must be satisfactorily
resolved in writing before Engineer begins the next stage.

Part 2 - PRODUCTS
General: Provide control products consisting of controllers, valves, dampers, sensors, thermostats,
clocks, relays, and other components as required for complete installation. Except as otherwise indicated,
provide manufacturer’s standard materials and components; designed and constructed as recommended by
manufacturer, and as required for application indicated. Devices not specifically listed in this section, yet
required by the Division 15 section “Sequence of Operation”, shall be provide as required, at no
additional cost to Owner.

Room Thermostats: Provide tamper-proof thermostats or guards for all unsupervised or hazardous areas,
such as public-access rooms, storage rooms, closets, entries, corridors, toilet rooms, and utility rooms;
coordinate with Owner. Room thermostats shall not contain mercury.


Part 3 - EXECUTION
General
Installers: Installers shall be factory-trained and certified to install, commission and service the system
supplied for this project. Qualified electricians can be used for the electrical installation portions of the
work. See Part I for electrician licensing requirements.




ELECTRIC CONTROL SYSTEM                               July 19, 2007                         15972 - 210
Thermostats: Provide a room thermostat for every terminal unit, unless specifically indicated otherwise.
Omission of a thermostat symbol on the plans is not indication to omit the thermostat.

        Mount room thermostats, humidistats, etc. as required, in a location exposed to representative
room air conditions. Do not locate thermostats between doorway and light switch, or behind door swing.
Wherever possible, locate thermostats at least two feet away from doors and operable windows. Never
locate thermostats where they will be in direct sunlight, or where exposed to any discharge airstream or
local heat-producing devices such as boilers, soda machines and copy machines Do not locate on
exterior walls or where exposed to unconditioned air. Provide air-sealing and thermally-insulating
backplate for all wall locations. Relocate thermostats that no longer comply with the above requirements
because of Owner-placed furnishings or equipment.

       Coordinate mounting heights with Architect and comply with ADA (see section 4.27): generally,
max. 48 inches; or max. 46 inches above a 34 inches high by 24 inches deep cabinet/counter.

       Adjust differential to provide as close temperature control as possible without exceeding
manufacturers recommended cycling rate for the actuated devices.

Electrical Requirements
Control Wiring: The term “control wiring” is defined to include providing of wire, conduit and
miscellaneous materials as required for mounting and connecting electric control devices.

Wiring System: Install complete control wiring system for control systems. Conceal wiring, except
install wiring in conduit in mechanical rooms and areas where other conduit and piping are exposed. It is
not allowed to power any devices inside a control panel using a plug-in transformer at an outlet outside
the panel, with unprotected cord going into the panel. Provide multi-conductor instrument harness
(bundle) in place of single conductors where number of conductors can be run along common path.
Fasten flexible conductors bridging cabinets and doors neatly along hinge side, and protect against
abrasion. Tie and support conductors neatly. Number-code or color-code conductors appropriately for
identification and servicing of control system.

Wire: Install circuits over 25-volt with color-coded THWN/THHN wire in EMT, or MC cable as whips
to equipment connections. (Liquid-tight conduit in exterior or hazardous locations.) Install circuits under
25-volt with color-coded No. 18 wire with insulation on each conductor and plastic sheath over all.
Provide air plenum cable above plenum rated ceilings.

Protection: Install low voltage circuits located in concrete slabs, masonry walls, or underground in
electric conduit. In existing construction where control piping or wiring is surface mounted in occupied
rooms and it is not possible to conceal wiring, run wiring in wiremold raceway (color by Architect).

Project Close-Out
Cleaning: Clean factory-finished surfaces. Repair any marred or scratched surfaces with manufacturer’s
touch-up paint. Remove debris from inside room sensor cases. Remove paint from room thermostats and
sensors. Coordinate with other contractors as required to accomplish the requirements of this paragraph.




ELECTRIC CONTROL SYSTEM                              July 19, 2007                        15972 - 211
Testing and Adjusting: Start-up, test and adjust control systems. Demonstrate compliance with
requirements. Replace damaged or malfunctioning control equipment. Provide all support as and when
needed by commissioning agent.

Commissioning Support: See Division 15 Section, “HVAC Commissioning.” See Commissioning
Division, if a third-party commissioning agent is part of the project.

Warranties
Two-Year Hardware/Software Warranty: The ATC Contractor shall provide a two-year parts and
labor warranty, covering all control hardware and software. The warranty shall include verbal/written
response to a reasonable number of Owner questions.


END OF SECTION 15972 (updated 5/5/04)




ELECTRIC CONTROL SYSTEM                           July 19, 2007                      15972 - 212
                        CONTROL SYSTEM SCHEDULE
                            MOSIAC COMMONS
                  RESIDENTIAL BUILDINGS, OFFICE BUILDING,
                          WORKSHOP/ART STUDIO
                                          PROJECT NOTES

      1. Electric heater thermostats are to be specified by Electrical Engineer and installed by
         Electrical Contractor.

      2. Install and configure factory wall mounted controller/thermostat for heat pumps.

      3. Set EF-2 controller’s delay timer to 15 minutes.

      4. No ATC Contractor work required for the residential pellet stoves.


                                      ROOM THERMOSTATS

T-5      Digital Heating-Cooling Manual Changeover 5-Day/2-Day Local Night Setback Room
         Thermostat: LuxPro PSP511LA or approved equal (Walter F. Morris Co. 781-828-5300).
         Submit physical sample of any proposed equal for review.

         Application: Workshop GF-1, Residential RH-1

         Features: manual changeover; on-off single stage heating and single stage cooling; large LCD
         display; field-selectable F or C units; “up” and “down” setpoint buttons; mercury-free; “cool-off-
         heat” system switch; “on-auto” fan switch; field-adjustable cycling differential; four time
         schedules per day; one program for Monday-Friday, and a second program for Saturday and
         Sunday.

                                           ATTIC ALARM
                                     (Residential Buildings Only)

AA-1 Attic Alarm: Attic low temperature alarm: Provide a low temperature room air thermostat,
     location and setpoint by Sprinkler Engineer, and connect to a audible alarm of the building
     exterior, location by Architect.

END OF CONTROL SYSTEM SCHEDULE (7/19/07)




CONTROL SYSTEM SCHEDULE                               July 19, 2007                        15972 - S213
SECTION 15985 - SEQUENCE OF OPERATION
Common House – Does not apply to other buildings

Scope of Work: All equipment described in the Contract Documents shall be controlled, including items
whose sequences may be inadvertently omitted. For omitted sequences, Contractors shall refer to the
“Sequence of Operation Schedule - Kohler & Lewis Master List,” of which each prequalified temperature
control contractor has a copy. Prior to and during project Close-Out, ATC Contractor shall make minor
revisions to sequences and screens, as directed by Engineer, at no additional cost.

Numbering Note: The part of the sequence number before the hyphen indicates the principal relevant
Division 15 or 16 specifications section or section series. However, each sequence applies to all
applicable devices regardless of their specification section number.

Submittals: Submit shop drawings for each system automatically controlled.
   1. Shop drawings shall be easily readable, WITH ALL LETTERING AT LEAST THIS BIG, yet be no larger
      than 11 x 17 inches.
   2. Pages printed back-to-back shall not relate to the same equipment.
   3. Include schematic flow diagram of system showing fans, pumps, coils, dampers, valves, wiring,
      piping, and control devices.
   4. Submit separate drawing(s) or list of all zones in which one controller controls more than one
      HVAC unit. (See “Network Architecture” paragraph in Section 15971.)
   5. Include written description of sequence of operation and explicitly note any proposed deviations
      from the Specifications. List sequences in the same general order as specified and with the
      sequence numbers.
   6. It is acceptable to submit a verbatim copy the specified sequences and note any proposed
      modifications; contact Engineer for electronic copy of the project specifications and include all
      relevant addenda. If a verbatim copy is submitted, then Contractor is required to at the same time
      submit a complete cross reference between equipment and sequences. For example:

                BLR-1, 2.        550-AL: Boiler Failure Alarm.
                                 550-BR: Boiler Return Water and Lead-Lag Control.
                                 550-BT: Boiler Trim.
                                 971-DE: Equipment Diagnostics.
                                 971-DT: Temperature Diagnostics.

    7. Include cut sheets for all significant products: Reference equipment mark numbers, and include a
       complete and accurate table of contents of all cut sheets.
    8. Submittals shall comply with the requirements of Division 15 Section “Basic Requirements” and
       shall be included in the MC’s 3-ring submittal binder or shall be in a separate hard-sided 3-ring
       binder.
    9. If there is a third-party commissioning agent as part of the project, all control submittals shall also
       go to the commissioning agent, and Engineer will review the submittals after receiving the
       commissioning agent’s review comments.




SEQUENCE OF OPERATION                                 July 19, 2007                          15985 - 214
Abbreviations:
      adj.     adjustable via User Interface               HX    Heat Exchanger
      AHU Air Handling Unit                                LWT   Leaving Water Temperature
      DAT Discharge Air Temperature                        MAT   Mixed Air Temperature
      DHW Domestic Hot Water                               OAT   Outside Air Temperature
      ERU Energy Recovery Unit                             RAT   Return Air Temperature
      EWT Entering Water Temperature                       RH    Relative Humidity
      HWR Hot Water Return                                 Run   operate continuously
      HWS Hot Water Supply                                 RTU   Rooftop Unit

END OF SECTION 15985 (updated 2/2/2007)




SEQUENCE OF OPERATION                          July 19, 2007                   15985 - 215
                  SEQUENCE OF OPERATION SCHEDULE
                         MOSIAC COMMONS
                          COMMON HOUSE
Mechanical Equipment
430-RP: DHW Recirculation Pump - Cycling. Monitor recirculation temperature. Turn pump on at 121
ºF and turn it off at 123 ºF (both setpoint nonadjustable). Be sure that master mixing valve is set to
provide 127 ºF leaving water. Note that this sequence must be approved by the Owner, as it is not in
accordance with the recommendation to operate the pump continuously, per OSHA: U. S. Department of
Labor, Occupational Safety and Health Administration, OSHA Technical Manual, Section III, Chapter 7,
LEGIONNAIRES' DISEASE, paragraph V-C-3-c: “Domestic hot-water recirculation pumps should run
continuously. They should be excluded from energy conservation measures.” References:
http://www.osha.gov/dts/osta/otm/otm_iii/otm_iii_7.html#5 and http://www.awt.org/legionella03.pdf).

435-SP: Sump Pump. If a second (backup/safety) float switch is indicated, monitor and annunciate its
status. Maintain number of starts and cumulative operating time.

540-HC: Primary Heating Circulators. CP-1,2. Run circulators when outside air temperature is less
than 65 oF (adj.); otherwise turn off. Provide automatic lead/lag operation and automatic switchover to lag
circulator in event of lead circulator failure. Rotate lead and lag pumps weekly to maintain approximately
even runtimes.

540-VP: Variable Speed Pumps. CP-1,2. Annunciate drive failure. Modulate pump speed per pressure
sensor signal(s) located at the discretion of the ATC Contractor. Set operating pressure setpoint as
required to ensure adequate flow to all zones. When pumps are turned on, begin at 20% (adj.) speed.
Before pumps are turned off, ramp down to 20% (adj.) speed. Ramp up/down at a maximum rate of 10%
(adj.) per minute. Provide I/O as noted in Division 15 Section “Variable Frequency Drives.”

540-WS: Wood Boiler Secondary Circulator. CP-3,4. Run circulator whenever wood boiler is
operating, or whenever wood boiler temperature is more than 20 oF (adj.) above the HWS setpoint.

540-HS: Heating Secondary Circulator. CP-5. Start circulator when the corresponding boiler begins
firing upon a call for hydronic heating, and stop circulator ten minutes (adj.) after the boiler stops firing.
Where there is a shut-off control valve, cycle the valve along with the circulator.

540-HW: Domestic Hot Water HX Pump. CP-6. Cycle DHW HX pump, which circulates boiler water
through water storage tank HX, to maintain 140 oF (adj.) tank temperature, and send call for heat to lead
boiler. Continue to run circulator ten minutes (adj.) after the boiler stops firing. If tank temperature
exceeds its high limit setpoint, annunciate this event and lock out DHW HX pump until a user manually
resets it.

        For multiple boiler systems with zone valve on DHW piping between boiler and DHW tank, open
zone valves associated with lead boiler.


SEQUENCE OF OPERATION SCHEDULE                             July 19, 2007                     15985 - S216
550-BL: Boiler Lead-Lag. Stage boilers to maintain HWS setpoint or on call for DHW heating. Tune
differentials to minimize HWS temperature swing yet avoid short-cycling boilers.

550-BD: Boiler Water and Lead-Lag Control. Stage fossil fuel boiler by measuring Hot Water
Reference (HWR) temperature after the wood boiler, but before the fossil fuel boiler. Bring on fossil fuel
boiler system when wood boiler is not meeting the load, or has been shut off. Set HWR setpoint at
150 °F (adj.) and coordinate this setpoint to be about 20-30°F (adj.) below the wood boiler setpoint. Shut
down fossil fuel boiler when HWR setpoint is satisfied.

       Field-test all setpoints and tune for proper operation, keeping excess boilers from firing,
minimizing cycling, and providing stable control.

550-BT: Boiler Trim. Provide boiler trim wiring as required for proper boiler operation, including: low
water cutoffs, high limit set at 220 °F (adj.), boiler operating controls set at 180 °F (adj.), burner controls,
and other devices. Provide H-O-A switches for all new heating system equipment.

550-WP: Wood Boiler - Primary. The wood boiler always shall be the primary, lead boiler. Secondary
fossil fuel boiler shall stage on per above.

620-GF: Gas-fired Heaters. GF-1, RH-1. Install and wire factory-supplied controls, and provide
additional controls as required. Provide thermostat as scheduled; adjust differentials/anticipators to
provide proper cycle times.

675-HP:        Multizone     Heat    Pumps.    Install and configure factory wall mounted
controller/thermostat for heat pumps. Configure for cooling only if hydronic system is provided;
or for heating and cooling if there is no hydronic system; or as directed by Owner.

830-RC: Radiation and Convector. Position valve to maintain room setpoint.

830-VH: UH and CUH with Variable Speed Pumping. Keep fan off when fluid temperature falls
below 130 oF (adj.). Provide two-position control valve.

        Heating - Occupied Mode and Unoccupied Mode: (1) For the three units in entries, keep valve
open and cycle fan to maintain room setpoint. (2) For units in other locations, cycle fan and valve to
maintain room setpoint.

846-ES: Energy Recovery Unit Standard Controls: Fixed HX. ERV-1-3. If not factory-installed,
ATC Contractor shall provide unit defrost controls as recommended by Manufacturer. Operate unit per
time schedule and Bypass Timer. Cycle outside air damper (located at intake louver) with supply fan, and
exhaust air damper (if any) with return/exhaust fan, and prove damper opening before starting fans.
Monitor ERU RAT, DAT, and exhaust air temperature.

        Coordinate with manufacturer’s factory-installed controls.




SEQUENCE OF OPERATION SCHEDULE                              July 19, 2007                     15985 - S217
850-CB: Combustion Air Control - Fan. Run fan SF-1 whenever wood boiler (manually operated) is
running. Prove fan airflow before enabling fossil fuel boiler. Install at the fan the speed control if
scheduled with unit. Run fans whenever boiler room temperature exceeds 80°F (adj.).

855-OA: AHU - Single Zone, 100% OA Make-up. AH-1. For AHUs with hot water coil, provide
freeze protection. AHUs with water coils must be face-and-bypass; ATC Contractor to confirm.
Whenever designated exhaust fan(s) are running, unit mode is “On,” otherwise it is “Off.”

        “On” Mode: Run fan; open outside air damper; modulate valve to maintain DAT setpoint, as reset
from room temperature; at all times, maintain minimum DAT of 50 ºF (adj.).

      “Off” Mode: Turn off supply fan; close outside air damper; modulate heating valve to maintain
DAT setpoint.


Control Equipment
971-AA: Attic Low Temperature Alarm: Provide a low temperature room air thermostat, location and
setpoint by Sprinkler Engineer, and connect to a audible alarm of the building exterior, location by
Architect.

971-TC: Time Clock Time Scheduling. A separate Time Switch (Time Clock), with number of channels
as scheduled, provides Occupied/Unoccupied time scheduling. Locate Time Switch per Owner.

971-RS: Room Setpoints. Provide initial setpoints: Occupied heating = 71 °F, Occupied cooling=75 °F,
Unoccupied heating = 55 °F, Unoccupied cooling = 90 °F. Provide single (non-setback) heating-only
setpoint of 55 °F for normally unoccupied spaces such as attics and crawl spaces. Provide 60 °F occupied
heating setpoint for seldom-occupied spaces such as storage rooms, and for enclosed vestibules.

971-FZ: Freeze Protection. For all units with outside air, and for heating coils downstream of a fan unit
that has no water coil, provide mechanical freezestat serpentined across leaving side of water coil. If
temperature falls to 35 °F (adj.): de-energize unit fan, close outside air damper fully, and open valve fully.
Provide auto reset.

        Ensure that, whenever there is no airflow, heating valves are open to maintain the DAT setpoint.

        Provide control sequences to prevent nuisance freeze protection shutdowns for any reason,
including abrupt increases in the amount of outside air. Provide appropriate components and sequences,
such as limiting damper position by DAT, restricting speed of actuator movement, etc.

END OF SEQUENCE OF OPERATION SCHEDULE (7/19/07)




SEQUENCE OF OPERATION SCHEDULE                             July 19, 2007                     15985 - S218
SECTION 15990 - TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING

Part 1 - GENERAL
Description of Work: Test, adjust, and balance all air and hydronic mechanical systems as applicable.

HVAC System Cleanliness: Verify that the HVAC systems including ductwork, air handling
equipment, and air distribution terminals are visibly clean.

        Do not balance HVAC systems until they are visibly clean of dust and debris. Inform Engineer
        immediately of dirty condition.

Noise and Vibration: Identify systems with potential noise and vibration problems.

Leakage Testing: Provide leakage testing for scheduled ductwork in compliance with SMACNA,
“HVAC Air Duct Leakage Test Manual” (1985).

Preliminary Balance Report: Prepare preliminary balancing report and submit to Engineer.

        Include recommendations for correcting any balancing, leakage, noise or vibration problems.

        Note all deviations from specified control system sequences of operation.

Final Balance Report: Following engineering review of preliminary balance report and DDC system
information, make adjustments and supplementary measurements as required. Recheck control system
sequences of operation until all sequences have been verified as operating properly. Submit final report.

Submittals: Submit preliminary and final balancing reports. Preliminary balance report is required prior
to Engineer’s final inspection.

Engineer and Technicians Data: Submit proof that the Test and Balance Engineer assigned to supervise
the procedures, and the technicians proposed to perform the procedures meet the qualifications specified.

Certified Reports: Submit testing, adjusting, and balancing reports bearing the signature of the Test and
Balance Technician. The reports shall be certified proof that the systems have been tested, adjusted, and
balanced in accordance with the referenced standards.

Report Contents: Provide the following minimum information, forms and data:

        General Information and Summary: Identify testing, adjusting, and balancing agency, Contractor,
        Owner, Architect, Engineer, and Project. Include addresses, and contact names and telephone
        numbers. Include a certification sheet containing the name address, telephone number, and
        signature of the Test and Balance Technician.




TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING                                                       15990 - 219
        The remainder of the report shall contain the appropriate forms containing as a minimum, the
        information indicated on the standard report forms prepared by the AABC or NEBB for each
        respective item and system. Prepare a schematic diagram for each item of equipment and system
        to accompany each respective report form.

        Control System Sequence of Operation Verification:          Note all deviations from specified
        sequences of operation.

Independent Balancing Agency: Employ the services of an independent testing, adjusting, and
balancing agency to be the single source of responsibility to test, adjust, and balance the building
mechanical systems identified above, to produce the design objectives. Services shall include checking
installations for conformity to design, measurement and establishment of the fluid quantities of the
mechanical systems as required to meet design specifications, and recording and reporting the results.

Agency Qualifications: NEBB or AABC certified, or a Professional Engineer registered in the state in
which the services are to be performed, or at least three (3) years of successful testing and balancing
experience on projects with testing and balancing requirements similar to those required for this project.

Codes and Standards: Comply with the following codes and standards.

        AABC: "National Standards For Total System Balance."

        NEBB: "Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing of Environmental Systems."

        ASHRAE: ASHRAE Handbook, latest HVAC Applications Volume, Testing, Adjusting, and
        Balancing Chapter.

Part 3 - EXECUTION
Systems Operation: Systems shall be fully operational prior to beginning procedures. Test, adjust, and
balance the air systems before hydronic systems.

Air Systems: Before operating perform these steps:

        Check filters for cleanliness.

        Check dampers (both volume and fire) for correct and locked position, and temperature control
        for completeness of installation before starting fans.

        Prepare report test sheets for both fans and outlets. Obtain manufacturer's outlet factors and
        recommended procedures for testing. Prepare a summation of required outlet volumes to permit a
        crosscheck with required fan volumes.

        Place outlet dampers in the full open position.




TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING                                                        15990 - 220
       Prepare schematic diagrams of system "as-built" ductwork layouts to facilitate reporting.

       Lubricate all motors and bearings.

       Check fan belt tension.

       Check fan rotation.

Hydronic Systems: Before operating perform these steps:

       Open valves to full open position.

       Remove and clean all strainers.

       Blow-down strainers on self balance valves.

       Check pump rotation.

       Clean and set automatic fill valves or glycol fill tanks for required system pressure.

       Check that the system is completely full of water or glycol.

       Check air vents at high points of systems and determine if all are installed and operating freely
       (automatic type) or to bleed air completely (manual type).

       Set temperature controls so all coils are calling for full flow.

       Lubricate all motors and bearings.

Testing, Adjusting and Balancing: Perform testing and balancing procedures on each system identified,
in accordance with the detailed procedures outlined in the referenced standards.

       Balance air systems to within 10% of indicated air flow.

       Balance hydronic systems to 10% of indicated flow.            If self balance valves are employed,
       measure pressure drop across each valve.

       Balance air systems with dampers fully open whenever possible, then slow the fan to meet design
       conditions.

       Test and adjust mechanical systems for sound and vibration in accordance with the detailed
       instructions of the referenced standards.

       Cut insulation, ductwork, and piping for installation of test probes to the minimum extent
       necessary to allow adequate performance of procedures.



TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING                                                          15990 - 221
        Patch insulation, ductwork, and housings, using materials identical to those removed.

        Seal ducts and piping, and test for and repair leaks.
        Seal insulation to re-establish integrity of the vapor barrier.

        Mark equipment settings, including damper control positions, valve indicators, fan speed control
        levers, and similar controls and devices, to show final settings. Mark with paint or other suitable,
        permanent identification materials.

Pulleys, Belts and Sheaves: Make any changes in the pulleys, belts and sheaves as required for correct
balance as part of this Contract, and at no additional cost to the Owner.

Retesting: Retest, adjust, and balance systems subsequent to significant system modifications, and
resubmit test results.

Field Adjustment of Flow Rates: The hydronic and air flow rates noted in the construction documents
are design goals. The balancing contractor should attempt to balance the systems to achieve these flow
rates where possible. If not possible, the balancing contractor should consult with the Design Engineer to
determine appropriate adjustments to the system flow rates.

END OF SECTION 15990 (7/19/07)




TESTING, ADJUSTING, AND BALANCING                                                          15990 - 222
                      BALANCING SCHEDULE
                        MOSIAC COMMONS
                      NON –RESIDENTIAL UNITS

                             SCOPE OF WORK

BALANCE ALL HYDRONIC AND AIR SYSTEMS, AND PLUMBING SYSTEMS.

VERIFY HVAC SYSTEM CLEANLINESS.

SUBMIT COMPLETE PRELIMINARY BALANCE REPORT PRIOR TO ENGINEER’S FINAL
INSPECTION.

SUBMIT FINAL BALANCE REPORT AFTER CORRECTIVE MEASURES HAVE BEEN TAKEN.

                            DAMPER TESTING

CHECK EACH DAMPER TO CONFIRM THAT IT OPENS AND CLOSES AND SEALS TIGHTLY
AS INTENDED.

LIST EACH DAMPER LOCATION, SIZE AND OPERATIONAL AND SEALING STATUS IN
BALANCING REPORT.
                           HYDRONIC SYSTEMS

ELECTRIC CONTROL SYSTEMS: LOSS OF POWER TO ACTUATORS OPENS ALL HYDRONIC
VALVES TO 100% TO ASSIST BALANCING CONTRACTOR IN BALANCING SYSTEM.

VFDS:
FOR EQUIPMENT THAT OPERATES AT CONSTANT CFM WITH VFD'S, SET VFD FREQUENCY
TO PROVIDE DESIGN CFM. FOR EQUIPMENT WITH VARYING CFM, SET EQUIPMENT (BY
ADJUSTING SHEAVES/PULLEYS) TO PROVIDE DESIGN CFM AT VFD SETTING OF 60 HZ
(FULL SPEED).

                           PLUMBING SYSTEMS

SET DHW RECIRCULATION BALANCE VALVES AS INDICATED AND INCLUDE PUMP AND
BALANCE VALVE FLOWS, SUPPLY TEMPERATURE, AND RETURN TEMPERATURE IN
BALANCE REPORT.

RECORD IN BALANCING REPORT HOT WATER TEMPERATURE AT EVERY LAVATORY AND
SINK AFTER WATER HAS RUN FOR 30 SECONDS, IF REQUIRED BY LOCAL
ADMINSTRATIVE AUTHORITY.

END OF SCHEDULE 15990




HVAC COMMISSIONING                   July 19, 2007             15995 - 223

				
DOCUMENT INFO